Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

41st Annual Convention; San Antonio, TX; 2015

Program by Day for Saturday, May 23, 2015


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Workshop #W40
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Avoiding Common Programming Errors While Developing and Implementing Comprehensive Instructional Programs for Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
204B (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James W. Partington, Ph.D.
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Description: This workshop is designed for consultants who wish to further develop their skills in developing and implementing comprehensive intervention programs. In order to facilitate the rapid acquisition of critical language, social, and functional skills, it is important that both the selection of specific learning objectives and the teaching activities be prioritized. Developmental patterns of typically developing children also will be reviewed. Intervention strategies should focus on the development of skills that make it possible for the learner to acquire a broad range of skills from a variety of skill repertoires. Those skills must be maintained by naturally occurring reinforcement contingencies that associated with the use of those skills in common daily activities. Many instructional programs for individuals with autism fail to devote sufficient instructional time to the development of skills that will result in the greatest overall rate of skill acquisition. Therefore, it is important that consultants teach parents, educators, and other caregivers to be able to identify teaching opportunities available in home and community settings and that they be able to implement effective teaching and reinforcement strategies. Techniques will be presented that facilitate caregivers implementing teaching strategies with individuals at various levels of development in the home and community settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify strategies for helping parents and educators prioritize the learning outcomes for both language skills and functional living skills based upon a learner's current set of skills; (2) analyze programs for a nonverbal individual and select learning objectives that will help identify the skills necessary to develop instructional control and establish an initial verbal repertoire; (3) analyze an instructional program for an individual who has acquired a set of basic mand, tact, and intraverbal skills and select learning objectives that will teach more advanced skills in these repertoires and incorporate the use of these skills into a variety of everyday social interactions; (4) compare the existing skill levels of a young child with an autism spectrum disorder with the age-equivalent skills of typically developing children; and (5)identify methods to ensure caregivers come in contact with reinforcement for implementing intervention strategies designed to develop important functional life skills while participating in everyday household, community, and classroom activities.
Activities: Lecture, video review of teaching methods, handouts, and group discussions.
Audience: Behavior analysts who work with children with autism.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessment, Autism, Program development
 
Workshop #W41
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
On Becoming Fully Verbal
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
213B (CC)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN), RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Educational & Developmental Therapies)
Description: The purpose of this workshop is to describe and review the required contingency progression that allows a learner to become fully verbal as both a speaker and listener. Research has shown that basic prerequisites greatly enhance an individual's development of functional verbal behavior. These skills include: visual and auditory attending to the instructor and instructional materials, discriminating voices and faces, and naming (the integration of speaker/listener repertoires). This workshop will provide an overview of teaching procedures that develop the foundation repertoires needed for becoming a fully verbal learner. The range of topics will include an overview of basic respondent and operant operations relevant to verbal behavior programming, strategies developed to (1) establish various joint attending skills and repertoires, (2) conditioning auditory and visual stimuli to have value, and (3) the development of emergent speaker and listener repertoires through an integration of verbal behavior and Relational Frame Theory programming. In summary, workshop attendees will learn a structure for gradually increasing the sophistication and complexity of programming that promote learners to becoming fully verbal.
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify behavioral operations utilized in various types of verbal behavior programming; and (2) be able to explain a structure for gradually increasing the sophistication and complexity of programming that promote learners to becoming fully verbal.
Activities: I. An overview of pre-requisite skills (20 minutes) a. review of basic behavioral operations, b. review of operant and respondent contingencies and their relevance to verbal behavior programming, c. overview of operant and respondent contingencies in typical child development, d. (videos of echoic and joint attending conditioning), e. conditioning stimuli to have value via operant and respondent contingencies, f. pre-requisite programs in the curriculum, g. (videos of group and one-to-one conditioning of toy play). II. The acquisition of an echoic repertoire (20 minutes), a. review of standard procedures, b. echoic repertoire, c. videos practice. III. speaker reperotire mands and tacts (20 minutes) a. mands--protocols, b. tacts--protocols c. videos practice. IV. rapid tacting (20 minutes) a. rappers' song, b. protocol--how to prepare materials, c. videos--practice. V. Autoclitics-components (20 minutes) a. what are autoclitics, b. protocols--curriculum, c. videos. VI. becoming fully verbal--listener competencies (40 minutes) a. relational frame theory, b. video examples of RFT programming. VII. becoming fully verbal (20 minutes) a. diary--how to develop it, b. how to incorporate the family c. Videos. VIII. questions (20 minutes).
Audience: Speech therapists, psychologists, master-degree level ABA students, and board-certified behavior analysts.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Language, Verbal behavior
 
Workshop #W42
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Practical Strategies for Addressing and Preventing Bullying of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
206A (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer Yakos, M.A.
JENNIFER YAKOS (Institute for Behavioral Training (IBT)), CECILIA KNIGHT (Institute for Behavioral Training (IBT))
Description: Bullying is a widespread issue which has garnered increased attention and awareness during the past several years. Tragically, individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are two to three times more likely to become victims of bullying. Common skill deficits characteristic of ASD are likely to increase an individual's susceptibility to bullying, including the presence of atypical social behaviors, limited self-advocacy skills, and difficulties with perspective taking, including detecting deception, sarcasm, and the intentions of others. The purpose of this workshop is to help practitioners identify common markers that may make individuals with ASD more vulnerable to bullying, and to review strategies for addressing these target areas. Topics will include proactive strategies for teaching self-advocacy skills, identification of bullying and deceptive statements of others, understanding intentions, and instruction of appropriate social skills and social boundaries. Training also will include an application activity to practice identification of relevant skill targets for a sample case profile. Participants will discuss proactive strategies that may be useful in addressing bullying and how to improve the individual's ability to avoid potentially dangerous situations.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify importance of addressing bullying and preventative strategies among individuals with ASD; (2) identify common skill deficits among individuals with ASD which make them susceptible to bullying; (3) discuss instructional strategies related to teaching self-advocacy, social skills, and perspective taking skills; (4) implement instructional procedures to improve social and behavioral skills of individuals with ASD that may reduce or prevent bullying.
Activities: Training also will include an application activity to practice identification of relevant skill targets for a sample case profile. Participants will discuss proactive strategies that may be useful in addressing bullying and how to improve the individual's ability to avoid potentially dangerous situations.
Audience: BACB certificants and licensed psychologists, behavior analysts, clinicians, teachers, therapists, administrators, and other professionals working with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Parents and graduate students also would benefit from this workshop.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Bullying, Perspective Taking, Social Skills
 
Workshop #W44
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
The Autism iPad Curriculum
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
216A (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Laura Kenneally, Ed.D.
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Learning Center)
Description: Many parents and school districts have purchased iPads in the hope of helping students with autism learn new skills. Social media has touted the iPad as a "miracle cure" for students with autism to learn to communicate and socially engage. Unfortunately, without proper training and support, the iPad often becomes an expensive "stim-toy" with little or no educational value. This workshop is a step-by-step simple curriculum to help teachers use the iPad effectively and integrate it seamlessly into their students' IEP. The program teaches students to use it correctly to perform a range of skills from simple directions to complex communication and independent activities. Students will learn to increase their attention span and markedly improve their direction-following skills, all while simultaneously decreasing self-stimulatory behavior and other disruptive behavior including aggression and self-injurious behaviors using positive behavioral supports.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) use differential reinforcement; (2) use discrimination training procedures; (3) use prompt and prompt fading; (4) use instructions and rules; (5) use modeling and imitation; (6) use shaping: (7) use chaining; (8) use incidental teaching techniques; (9) identify the contingencies governing the behavior of those responsible for carrying out behavior change procedures and design interventions accordingly; and (10) determine and make environmental changes that reduce the need for behavior analysis services.
Activities: Instructional strategies, hands on tasks, and videos. Please bring an iPad to use the curriculum.
Audience: BCBAs, teachers, administrators, and Child Study Team members.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W45
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
How Can I Possibly Teach this Group of Students? A Systematic Model of Group Instruction
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
205 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.A.
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (McGrale and Associates), Kristi Witkowski (McGrale and Associates), Kevin Van Horn (McGrale and Associates)
Description: Research has clearly demonstrated that learners with autism acquire skills most rapidly in a behavior analytic one-to-one teaching format referred to as discrete-trial teaching (DTT). Because DDT does not provide the skills necessary to learn in conditions similar to those found in the community and in adulthood, there has been a recent focus on group instruction. Similarly to other skills, group-working skills need to be broken down into clear steps and taught in a systematic, empirically based manner. Additionally, for learners to learn effectively in groups, it is critical that teachers are skilled in providing instruction in groups. While many programs teach staff to be very skilled one-to-one instructors, few provide staff to become proficient group teachers. This workshop will provide participants with skills to become effective group teachers as well as provide a comprehensive model of designing, implementing, and evaluating programs to teach group learning skills. Skills will be applicable across age groups and learning profiles; participants will practice writing lesson plans, running groups, designing data collections systems, training staff, and evaluating progress.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify skills required to work in a group; (2) create guidelines for constructing homogeneous groups; (3) identify key components of a staff-training program; (4) write a lesson plan for a group to include selection of appropriate activities for teaching skills; (5) create a format for teaching groups with empirically based group management techniques and interventions for addressing challenging behaviors; (6) determine empirically based teaching techniques including prompting strategies and reinforcement systems; (7) develop data-collection systems that target up to three behaviors for individual learners; and (8) promote the use of best practices and ethical standards into groups.
Activities: Didactic instruction, role-play development of lesson plans, development of a staff training program, and development of data collection procedures.
Audience: Directors, supervisors, and instructors of children with autism and related disorders. Participants should have skills in one-to-one instruction.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Group Instruction
 
Workshop #W46
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavior Analytic Training for Health, Happiness, Fitness, and Peak Personal Performances
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
214D (CC)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Stephen Ray Flora, Ph.D.
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University)
Description: As obesity, high blood pressure, diabetes, and other health problems are at epidemic proportions for many populations, including populations served by behavior analysts, it is vital that behavior analysts learn to apply behavior analysis to ameliorate these problems and to promote healthy lifestyles as effectively as possible. Medical, behavioral, and psychological benefits of exercise, athletic participation, physical fitness, and healthy living will be covered. The workshop will teach participants to use applied behavior analysis principles to objectively access, and optimally improve their own, or their clients' physical fitness, health-related lifestyles, and, if desired, athletic performances. Emphasis will be placed on Behavior Analytic "gradual change techniques"; optimal goal-setting parameters; objective, data-based analysis and decision making; and on how the use of Behavioral Analytic Experimental Designs, such as Multiple Baselines Across Situations and Bounded Changing Criterion Designs, may not just be used to measure change, but actually facilitate effective behavioral change. A new focus will be on the uses and misuses of web-based, social media fitness tools (e.g. Strava, fitbit, etc.) from a behavior analytic perspective. Finally, participants will learn how improved health allows individuals to live a valued life and aid in chosen life directions.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) state many of the behavioral, psychological, and medical benefits of physical fitness, athletic participation, and living a healthy lifestyle; (2) perform functional assessment of current health- and fitness-related behaviors; (3) perform task analyses of healthy eating behaviors; safe, effective exercise; and skilled athletic performances; (4) identify personalized reinforcers, motivations, incentives, and values for healthy lifestyles, physical fitness, and athleticism; (5) understand the importance of, and how to effectively use goal setting, task analysis, pinpointing; how to identify skill gaps; how to set realistically achievable goals; and how to effectively use publicly posted goals to achieve fitness and optimal athletic performance; (6) use Behavior Analytic Experimental Designs to not only measure and access behavioral change but to facilitate health, fitness and athletic behavioral changes; (7) use the concepts of optimal physiological arousal, periodization, and super compensation in designing a personalized training program; (8) analyze and use web-based, social media tools as health and fitness aids; (9) use data collection, charting, and graphing to optimize fitness and improve eating related behaviors.
Activities: Participants will be guided though presented information with PowerPoint slides, worksheets, and lecture handouts that will provide participants with the information necessary to learn the medical, behavioral, and psychological benefits of fitness and develop effective programs for improving health, physical fitness, diet behaviors, and healthy lifestyles; develop effective programs to optimize athletic performance; and to use Behavior Analytic Experimental Designs to access and facilitate desired behavioral change.
Audience: Board certified behavior analysts, BCaBAs, psychologists, personal trainers, and others interested in learning to use behavior analytic procedures to promote healthy lifestyles, fitness, or to optimize elite performance. Professionals with a strong interest in behavioral medicine, or health and fitness also will benefit.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): diet, health, fitness, sport psychology
 
Workshop #W47
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Incorporating iOS (Apple) Apps into Effective Behavioral Programming in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
211 (CC)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Wenig, M.S.
JESSICA WENIG (Advances Learning Center), ELIZABETH PAIGE ADAMS (Advances Learning Center)
Description: "There's an app for that." In September 2012, Apple announced it had 700,000 approved applications available in The App Store, with 250,000 specifically for iPad. By September 2014, that number increased to 1.3 million applications, 670,000 for iPad. The Apple App Store itself is currently the largest digital application distribution platform. With the number of approved apps increasing exponentially, the spillover of this new resource into the field of ABA is a tremendous opportunity to further realize Skinner's dream of a "teaching machine." The four capacities reviewed in this workshop include instructor tools, teaching, communication, and fun. Instructor tools apps include apps designed to facilitate data collection, graphing and assessment. Apps for teaching include apps that are either designed specifically or used incidentally to promote skill acquisition. Apps for Communication outlines apps created to facilitate Augmentative Alternative Communication(AAC), and apps for fun highlight some of the countless apps that may function as reinforcers. This workshop outlines multiple apps from each of these capacities, incorporate learning activities to demonstrate use of these applications in behavior analytic programming, discuss ethical considerations in using apps for applied programming, and review tricks of the trade and helpful resources to find apps for programming.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify evidence-based apps appropriate for programming and practice using apps from the following capacities: A. Instructor tools apps: data collection, discrete trial implementation, graphing, preference assessments, assessment of target behavior, self-monitoring, social stories, video modeling, and data conversion; based on cost, description, pre-requisite exemplars and reputable sources; B. Apps for Teaching: including activity schedules; apps to promote independence in vocational settings and fine motor skills; discrete trial apps to teach expressive and receptive language and pre-academic and academic skills across multiple subject areas. C. Apps for Fun: using preference assessment apps to determine potential reinforcers, new hot games on the market, lesser known activities and apps designed to teach functional skills hidden in "kid friendly" activities; D. Apps for Communication: based on AAC features including cost, age range, compatibility, text to speech output, accessibility (i.e.-switch output, eye gaze, sequential, row/column, auditory scanning, etc.), sentence/phrase mode, shared library, computer based interface, support site and fun additional features; (2) utilize assistive technology terminology to select appropriate AAC applications based on learner need and pre-requisite skills; (3) implement creative strategies, using applications, to replace stigmatizing methods commonly used to monitor behavior in community settings; (4) reference ethical considerations in selecting applications including determining reputable sources, evidence based apps, pre-requisites, informed consent, privacy, treatment efficacy and noting which considerations directly reference sections of the BACB guidelines; and (5) use the same resources as professionals in the assistive technology field to find even more applications and find deals on more costly applications.
Activities: Alternating among lecture and hands-on activities and demonstrations, participants will work in groups to use apps from each capacity, review case studies, and participate in creating sample videos for video modeling.
Audience: The intended audience includes Board Certified Behavior Analysts currently providing behavior analytic services in the home, school and/or community setting; teachers; speech and language pathologists; physical therapists; behavioral instructors or therapists who facilitate behavior analytic services; school staff intending to utilize apps to access portions of the curriculum, or who work with students that have an assistive technology written into their individualized education plans; and anyone currently using applications in the field or wishing to use them in the future.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ABA, Autism, teaching programs, Technology
 
Workshop #W48
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
BACB Ethical Guidelines for Academic Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
206B (CC)
Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Barbara Metzger, Ph.D.
BARBARA METZGER (Troy University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Houston Baptist University)
Description: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) presents certificates with ethical guidelines and requires ongoing training in ethics as part of maintaining certification. The emphasis, however, is for practitioners. The BACB does not give as much guidance for those whose primary job titles are professors and administrators in a university setting. This workshop will cover the BACB guidelines for academic settings and focus on ethical scenarios for professors and administrators.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) identify BACB ethical guidelines relevant to professionals working in academic settings; (2) identify changes in the BACB ethical guidelines relevant to professional working in academic settings; and (3) identify ethical guidelines applicable to ethical challenges common in academic settings.
Activities: Instructional activities will include short lecture with the majority of the workshop spent in role play and discussion of ethical scenarios.
Audience: Professors and administrators and others who work in academic settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Academic Settings, Administrators, Ethical Guidelines, Teaching ABA
 
Workshop #W49
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Overcoming the Challenges of Feeding: Community-Based Assessment and Treatment Application
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
210A (CC)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mark J. Palmieri, Psy.D.
MARK J. PALMIERI (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Shaunessy M. Egan (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Kristen Powers (The Center for Children with Special Needs)
Description: Feeding issues affect many individuals with complex disabilities and can quickly lead to substantial food restrictions, maladaptive rituals, and related behavioral challenges, such as tantrums and aggression. These restrictions create strife for the individual, the family system, and for community service providers. Functionally addressing feeding challenges is an on-going difficulty, particularly as this relates to skill mastery, stability, and generalization. In order to provide access to evidence-based interventions, it is essential that providers understand the underlying developmental challenges, how to assess issues such as maladaptive behavior and motor dysfluency, and how to then select functionally matched treatments. Community-based interventions require clinicians to be able to both implement sophisticated therapies and provide training to caregivers and school personnel on their generalization, in effect making training an equally essential component of intervention effectiveness as is direct intervention. This constellation of services then allows for socially valid and effective treatment. This workshop will address outpatient models for the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders with an emphasis on caregiver training and collaboration supporting all stages of treatment.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants shouldbe able to: (1) describe the procedures necessary for function-based assessment feeding challenges and replacement behaviors; (2) understand the steps needed to develop a treatment plan using assessment data; (3) develop data collection and analysis procedures for both in-session treatment and caregiver or teacher practice targets; (4) develop a rubric for guiding caregiver training and tracking all feeding targets through generalization.
Activities: A didactic presentation on the elements of community-based feeding interventions will be followed with hands-on collaborative practice on hierarchical food presentation and data collection.
Audience: Clinicians who are interested in applying evidence-based interventions for feeding challenges. It is not appropriate for undergraduate students and parents.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver Training, Community-Based Interventions, Feeding Challenges, Integrated Treatment
 
Workshop #W50
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Using Essential for Living to Teach Functional Skills to Learners With Moderate-to-Severe Disabilities, Including, but Not Limited to, Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
214A (CC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Patrick E. McGreevy, Ph.D.
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates)
Description: Dr. Patrick McGreevy will describe how to use Essential for Living to teach functional skills and manage problem behavior in children and adults with moderate-to-severe disabilities, including, but not limited to, autism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) select functional, short-term objectives for learners with moderate-to-severe disabilities; (2) select a nonvocal, alternative method of speaking for learners with limited or no vocal-verbal skills; (3) track small increments of learner progress during acquisition, maintenance, and generalization; and (4) teach the Essential Eight Skills.
Activities: (1) Lecture by the presenter; (2) demonstrations by the presenter with participation from the audience; and (3) practice activities for the audience.
Audience: Teachers, behavior analysts, curriculum coordinators, and psychologists.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): essential skills, functional skills, life skills, living skills
 
Workshop #W51
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Implementing the PECS Protocol to Teach Functional SGD Use
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
217D (CC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D.
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants), ANNE OVERCASH (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Description: High-tech Speech Generating Devices (SGD) are being used more frequently with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. While research is expanding on the use of various communication apps on smart tablets, many recent publications are frought with procedural and logical problems. There are no standard protocols established regarding how to teach the use of an SGD. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is an evidence-based protocol. This workshop will review the key elements that are necessary to demonstrate that the use of an SGD would qualify as verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957) and which teaching issues, especially regarding discrimination, should be incorporated into training protocols. We will briefly review the main components of the PECS protocol and review how to best transition users to an SGD. We will review published guidenlines (Frost and McGowan, 2012) identifying key variables that may influence successful transitioning. We will review recent studies looking at the effectiveness of either attempting to begin communication training with an SGD or how to effectively transition from PECS. Participants are encouraged to bring either an SGD or an app for a tablet to actively practice key transitional steps including how to identify SGD features that may influence learning.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) describe key elements to demonstrate verbal behavior via SGD use; (2) describe key elements of the PECS protocol; (3) describe assessment targets to transition from PECS to an SGD; and (4) describe how to evaluate functional use of an SGD.
Activities: Review of recent literature regarding SGD use, review PECS protocol, review published guidelines on how to effectively transition from PECS to SGD, review videos demonstrating effective use and potential problems with transitions, and review how to transition from PECS to SGDs and/or tablet apps brought to workshop by participants.
Audience: Anyone working with current users of PECS or with individuals for whom an SGD or tablet app is being considered. This may include behavior analysts, speech/language pathologists, teachers or others involved with communication training with children and adults with disabilities including ASD.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W53
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Using Applied Behavior Analysis in K-12 Teacher Supervision, Training, and Evaluation: Hands-on Application of Appealing ObserverWare Technologies
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
202A (CC)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr., Ed.D.
THOMAS L. SHARPE, JR. (Educational Consulting, Inc.)
Description: This workshop will provide hands-on application of a data supported set of procedures for the description, analysis, feedback and goal-setting activities necessary to effective teacher supervision, evaluation, and training in K-12 teaching settings, and also in postsecondary professional practice environments. Workshop activities include (a) introduction to the importance of a behavior systems approach to teacher education; (b) hands-on observation system construction; and (c) data collection, analysis, and feedback activities designed for instructional and on-site practicum supervision purposes. Additionally, explanation and hands-on interaction with procedures designed for logically sequenced training activities are provided, including: (a) classroom video observations; (b) on-site data-based assessment and immediate feedback and goal-setting; and (c) research and development into effective educational practice. Workshop participants will leave with a familiarity with behavior systems educational procedures designed for effective ongoing teacher supervision and professional education practice. Participants will be provided with a complimentary downloadable copy of the complete software tools, MSWORD files of all necessary illustration materials, and a .pdf file of a summary copy of a compatible methodology textbook in relation to the procedures discussed as a function of workshop participation. ***It is recommended that workshop participants bring their own IBM compatible laptop hardware and/or an IPAD to facilitate hands-on workshop interactions.
Learning Objectives: Workshop participants will exit with skills in the area of applied behavioral teacher supervision and professional teacher training. Skills include the ability to design observation systems that match with training objectives, construct video-based observational learning laboratory experiences, implement on-site data-based feedback and goal-setting experiences to determine if supervision and educational objectives have been met, and for those engaged in postsecondary professional education, develop a set of applied research activities to document the relative effectiveness of professional training activities. At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) discuss the principles and practice of applied behavior systems analysis in relation to teacher supervision and professional teacher training; (2) construct observation systems relevant to their particular professional teacher supervision and teacher training objectives; (3) design and implement video-based observational learning activities in relation to educational objectives for professionals in training and professional in practice; (4) understand and apply a range of computer-based data collection and analysis techniques in relation to recommended data-based on-site feedback and goal setting procedures; and (5) develop applied research activities in relation to teacher supervision and professional teacher training objectives to determine the relative effectiveness of those efforts.
Activities: Activities include: (1) a review of applied behavior systems analysis in relation to teacher supervision and professional training activities; (2) hands-on application of observation system construction designed as compatible with teacher supervision and professional training objectives; (3) hands-on application of observational laboratory development in relation to the classroom instruction of relevant behavior analytic professional training objectives; (4) hands-on application of data-based, on-site feedback and goal-goal setting procedures in relationship to teaching practices of teachers on the job and teachers in training; and (5) introduction and review of recommended research activity development in relation to determining the relative effectiveness of recommended supervision and professional training activities.
Audience: K-12 lead teachers and administrators engaged in the ongoing supervision and evaluation of teachers on the job. Advanced graduate students and behavior analysts working in the area of professional teacher education in specific, and in the area of postsecondary training for professional competencies in general. Those working in postsecondary educational settings where focus is on the education, on-site training, and assessment of professional practice competencies, and who are challenged with how to teach, describe, and analyze highly interactive behavioral transactions that characterize education settings should find the workshop experience and complimentary materials particularly appealing to a wide range of professional training, assessment, and applied research applications.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W54
CE Offered: BACB
Customized Computer Applications for Research and Application: Easy to Learn LiveCode Programming Environment
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
214B (CC)
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: William F. Potter, Ph.D.
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University), RYAN REDNER (Western Michigan University)
Description: LiveCode is a free, simple to learn, yet powerful platform for creating custom computer programs and phone apps (IPhone and Android). Based on HyperCard, the software uses English-like terminology to facilitate being able to create programs. This workshop will provide an introduction to the software, provide an overview of how it works, and then provide hands-on training to create several simple programs such as staff training courses (computer-based training), matching to sample, or receptive identification (client-training). The software will be provided on a USB drive, so participants should bring laptops (Macintosh or PC with a USB slot). During the actual training, participants will create their own computer programs as directed by the facilitators. The workshop also will cover actual and potential applications LiveCode programs can be used for (e.g. tact training, or use in stimulus-equivalence studies). Finally, participants will be provided with self-study materials and completed applications (source-code) for them to review and modify.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) create a simple, functioning program in LiveCode; (2) implement simple programming functions such as if-then statements and variables; (3) know how to seek out additional training (and to obtain needed resources) to extend their skills in LiveCode beyond the workshop.
Activities: 1. Overview of the software. 2. Participants will install, and interact with the LiveCode software. 3. Participants will create one or more simple computer programs.
Audience: Behavior analysts who would like to use technology to facilitate research or application. No programming experience is necessary, but general familiarity with a computer is useful (opening documents, saving them, etc. ).
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Applied, Computer, Experimental, Technology
 
Workshop #W58
CE Offered: BACB
Negotiating the Health Insurance Process to Deliver Home-Based ABA Services to Families
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
207B (CC)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Steven Woolf, Ph.D.
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services), KELLEY HENRY (Beacon ABA Services), COLLEEN DEMELLO (Beacon Services of CT), CHRISTIAN BENAVIDES (Beacon ABA Services)
Description: This workshop is designed to provide behavior analysts and program administrators with strategies for accessing funding for evidence-based treatment through health insurance. First, the presenters will complete a historical overview and clinical justification of health insurance mandates relative to the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Second, the workshop will identify basic advocacy efforts and legal components associated with providing home-based/community-based ABA services supported by health insurance services. Third, strategies for securing and obtaining insurance service authorizations will be addressed using a medical model for treatment (DSM-5/ICD-10) and behavioral assessment exemplars to provide clinical data to support service recommendations. Fourth, problem solving strategies for negotiating with insurance companies will be discussed including how to develop position papers supporting the use of evidence-based treatments. Finally, the workshop will emphasize the use of CPT billing codes for behavior analysts and the scope of documentation required when providing insurance funded services.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: (1) name the four key components of federal law and state mandates when assessing ASD treatment legislation; (2) state the three key differences between the DSM-IV and DSM-V relative to the diagnosis of ASD; (3) describe the five key elements to successful negotiation with insurance companies and developing a positional standpoint; (4) identify the differences between procedure and CPT codes used by health insurance providers to fund ABA services; (5) label the sections of behavioral assessment needed to support ABA treatment; (6) write client specific goals/objectives that permit health insurance service care coordinators to approve ABA treatment; (7) identify the process and procedures needed to complete a current review to re-authorize ABA treatment following six months of treatment; (8) model the procedure of speaking with a health insurance service coordinator to identify member co-payments, co-insurance, and deductibles; and (9) identify three procedures used to collect member co-payments, co-insurance, and deductibles.
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a various methods including lecture, guided practice, and small and large group discussions. Timeline breakdown: 1 hour of lecture, 1 hour of small group discussion identifying essential elements in behavioral assesments and concurrent reviews required for health provider funding, and 1 hour of whole group of discussion of goals/objectives related based in worksheets and summary cases distributed to the group.
Audience: This workshop is designed for BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, behavior analysts, and supervisors who are currently providing or supervising those who provide home-based or community-based ABA treatment to children and families affected by ASD.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W59
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Novel Approach to Parent Training: Establishing Critical Discrimination and Responding Repertoires
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
204A (CC)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D.
STEVEN RIVERS (Beacon ABA Services), DENA SHADE-MONUTEAUX (Beacon ABA Services), ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Description: Parent training procedures can often require significant hours of clinician time to develop and implement. Once target skills are acquired, the parents do not always demonstrate generalization of the skills across behavioral topographies. An analysis of parent repertoires suggest that what parents are lacking may be three critical skills. The first, is the ability to reliably discriminate correct and incorrect responses (appropriate from inappropriate behavior). The second is the ability to identify what is and is not a reinforcing response to their child. Lastly, the ability to demonstrate the discrimination and performance response successively (discriminate when to deliver reinforcement and then the actual delivery or withholding of reinforcement under the discriminated conditions). This workshop uses a Behavioral Skills Training approach to teach participants how to establish the critical discrimination repertoires and the performance repertoire necessary for parents to effectively manage challenging behavior, reinforce adaptive behavior and more critically, respond to novel behavioral situations. In this model, parents are required to demonstrate the target discriminations across a wide range of adapted and problem behavior to competency prior to moving to the next treatment phase. Efficacy data will be presented, video exemplars will be shown and sample materials will be provided to participants.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) describe critical parent discrimination skills associated with high levels of correct program implementation; (2) describe procedures to teach parents correctly discriminate between adaptive/desired behaviors and maladaptive/undesired; and (3) develop examples of discrimination training repertoires for parents.
Activities: I. Introductions A. Background/Service model. II. Discussion points on the importance/relevance of parent training. A. Review of this training's main focus. B. Identify critical components of this training model (Correct/Incorrect, Deliver/Withhold). C. Movement through phases contingent on performance on each phase of treatment. III. Participant criteria. A. Parent needed to be able to participate in training session. B. Consent to be videotaped (potential for review). C. Target behavior was maintained by attention. IV. Description of Treatment Phases of Parent Training Model. A. Pre-Test (Baseline). B. Treatment Conditions. 1. Phases 1-3. C. Post-Test. V. Creation of interval data sheets for Pre and Posttest Phases. VI. Creation of data sheets (step by step) for Treatment Phases. A. Identify target behavior(s) with definitions (for parents and staff) for reference. B. List child/observer/Date/Phase/Define characteristics of phase. C. Trial #, Program. Target, Child/Staff Responses w/definitions. VII. Review/Identify table-top activity for DTT. VIII. Format of training sessions. A. Materials required (Datasheets, writing instruments, token boards, clipboards, video camera, DTT materials, reinforcers). B. Pre-session set-up and discussions with parent. C. In-vivo discussion (feedback and check-in regarding trial number). D. Trials conducted per session. E. Post session discussions. IX. Review video exemplars. X. Group role play with practice data sheets. XI. Material packet distribution. XII. Data review of past participants (ease of use, rapid acquisition, reductions observed in target behavior). XIII. Questions/Discussion.
Audience: Practicing behavior analysts who provide home-based services and struggle with changing the behavior of parents with respect to behavioral interventions and implementation of teaching procedures.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Discrimination Training, Parent Training
 
Special Event #3
Closed Meeting: Affiliated Chapter Leadership Training
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
Lone Star Ballroom B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)

ABAI is pleased to offer a Leadership Training Session for officers of ABAI affliated chapters for the purpose of providing strategies for guiding the growth of chapters and providing services to members and constituents. Althought this training is free for up to three officers per chapter, advanced registration is required and attendance is by invitation only. Presentations will include:

How Can Affiliate Chapters and Universities Join Forces to Promote Behavior Analysis to the General Public? INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College)

Interactions Between State Licensing Boards and Affliated Chapters ROBERT ROSS (Massachusetts ABA and Beacont ABA Services), MICHAEL DORSEY (Board of Registration of Allied Mental Health and Hunam Services Professions and Endicott College), GRANT GAUTREAUX (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association and Nicholls State University) and others

Breakout Sessions

Following presentation, presenters will be available for toical breakout group discussions, focused on the presentation topics.

Keyword(s): Chapter Leadership, Leadership Training
 
 
Special Event #4
Closed Meeting: Special Interest Group Leadership Training
Saturday, May 23, 2015
9:00 AM–11:00 AM
Lone Star Ballroom A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)

ABAI is pleased to offer a Leadership Training Session for officers of ABAI Special Interest Groups (SIGs) for the purpose of providing strategies for guiding the growth of SIGs and providing services to members and constituents. This training is for SIG leaders only. Although the SIG training is free for up to three officers per SIG, registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.

TRAINING AGENDA

Introduction to the SIG Board and ABAI Resources for SIGs (Christy Alligood)

Choosing the Right Technology for Your SIG (Amanda Kelly, Mark Mattaini, Matt Brodhead, Josh Pritchard)

This discussion will focus on how to choose between the many available communication technologies (websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc.) based on SIG communication goals. Panelists will share their experiences in this regard, including pros and cons of different technologies, and recommend goal-oriented strategies.

Creating Collaborations and Sustaining Momentum

-Strategies for sustaining momentum between ABAI conventions (Christy Alligood)

-Collaborating with ABAI chapters on additional conference participation (Heather McGee)

-SIG/SIG collaborations (Ben Witts)

-SIG/ABAI Program Area collaborations (Cindy Anderson)

This panel will focus on ideas for creating different types of collaborations amongst SIGs and other entities, as well as setting contingencies for sustained momentum within SIGs.

Breakout Sessions

Following the panel discussions, the panelists will be available for two topical “breakout group” discussions, focused on the panel topics.

Keyword(s): Leadership, SIG
 
 
Special Event #4a
Parents, Professionals and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention
Saturday, May 23, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
218 (CC)
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Trumpet Behavioral Health)

Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter

Keyword(s): ABAI, Parents Welcome, Professionals Welcome
 
 
Special Event #5
CE Offered: BACB
Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards
Saturday, May 23, 2015
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Michael Perone, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service: Behavior Analysis 1970-2015: A Personal Perspective

Abstract:

Life as a behavior analyst for Dr. Sigrid Glenn began some 30 years after B. F. Skinner’s momentous publication of The Behavior of Organisms. In 1970, the history and status of behavior analytic work could be summarized in 19 chapters in Honig’s Operant Behavior: Areas of Research and Application (1966). And a two-volume compendium of reprinted articles provided easy pre-Internet access to 98 original works on concepts, principles, methods, and applications of behavior analysis (Ulrich, Stachnik, and Mabry, 1966 and 1970). Further, as a new graduate student she could reasonably set out to read all 12 volumes of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and the one volume of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis that then existed. Most exciting to Dr. Glenn, Skinner’s newly published Contingencies of Reinforcement offered a coherent worldview that replaced a muddle of incoherent ideas. Behavior analysis was very different then. Looking back on the subsequent 45 years, Dr. Glenn will recount a few of the events that seem to capture the changes she has seen, and reflect on the relevance of those changes to the future of behavior analysis as a coherent whole. Finally, a brief survey of several future paths behavior analysis may take is followed by a recommendation for one that seems best to support disciplinary coherence.

 
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
 
Dr. Sigrid Glenn’s passionate commitment to behavior analysis is seen in the range of her contributions. Her four books and 50-plus articles and chapters include basic and applied experimental analyses, conceptual and interdisciplinary offerings, and reflections on the nature and status of the discipline. As founding chair of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, Dr. Glenn established its master’s and bachelor’s programs and led the faculty in becoming ABAI’s first accredited graduate program. A charter certificant of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), she led a cadre of distant learning pioneers in developing the first BACB-approved Internet course sequence. She has served as editor of The Behavior Analyst and on several other editorial boards and is a founding fellow of the ABAI and a fellow of the American Psychological Association and its Division 25. Dr. Glenn is recipient of CalABA’s Award for Outstanding Contributions to Behavior Analysis; the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis Award for Career Contributions to Behavior Analysis in Texas; the Michael Hemingway Award for Advancement of Behavior Analysis; the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Ellen P. Reese Award in Recognition for Significant Contributions to Communication of Behavioral Concepts; and ABAI’s Student Committee Award for Outstanding Mentorship. Dr. Glenn served on the ABAI Executive Council from 1989-1996 and was ABAI president in 1993-94 and SABA president in 1994-95. She is now Regents Professor Emeritus at the University of North Texas.
 

SABA Award for International Dissemination: Science and the Treatment of Autism: A Multimedia Package for Parents and Professionals

Abstract:

A severe shortage of training courses exists across Europe to prepare professionals to meet the needs of parents whose children are diagnosed with autism. To address this concern and the resulting myths about applied behavior analysis that have sprung up, Leonardo, a former part of the European Commission's Lifelong Learning Programme, supported two projects to further development of an innovative multimedia program first developed in Northern Ireland by local charity Parents' Education as Autism Therapists (PEAT) and behavior analysts from the Ulster University. Called Simple Steps, this multimedia program uses video material in the form of parental testimonies, animations, demonstrations, and textural material to teach the principles of applied behavior analysis. The projects funded by Leonardo were each called STAMPPP and included partners from the United Kingdom, Norway, Spain, Italy, the Netherlands, Sweden, Iceland, and Germany; another group from Portugal obtained funding independently to develop the program. For some partners, this was the first time they had access to material on behavior analysis in their own language. In this presentation, Dr. Keenan will show examples of the resources that were developed and encourage others to think about the importance of moving beyond static images when teaching about something dynamic such as behavior.

 
MICHAEL KEENAN (Ulster University)
 
Professor Mickey Keenan, BCBA-D, is a fellow of the British Psychological Society, a distinguished community fellow at the School of Psychology, Ulster University in Northern Ireland, and a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He is founder of the charity PEAT (Parents’ Education as Autism Therapists; www.peatni.org). He has received numerous awards for his untiring efforts to bring applied behavior analysis to communities in Ireland and further afield. He has received the Award for Promoting Equality of Opportunity from the British Psychological Society, a Personal Achievement Award from the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis, Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis (presented in Chicago, May 2008), and the Michael Hemingway Award from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (presented in New Orleans, March 2014). With his wife, Professor Karola Dillenburger, he produced the first multimedia textbook in behavior analysis, Behaviour Analysis: A Primer, available on iTunes bookstore for Mac platform.  
 

SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Putting It All Together: Interdisciplinary Behavior Analysis for the Public

Abstract:

Sustainability, education, workplace safety, language development, addiction, autism ... the list goes on and on. Behavior analysis applies very broadly indeed, and is inherently interdisciplinary. How can we best get our scientific principles recognized, valued, and used in all the areas they apply? One approach is to reach out to the public directly. In The Science of Consequences, Dr. Susan M. Schneider sought to cover the full range of our science and its applications, simultaneously highlighting many connections with other fields. This inclusive approach seems valuable for the sake of both science and dissemination: We now know how fully operant principles interact with others in the large and complex nature-and-nurture system, for example. Can we do better at getting the word out about all that we have to offer? In this presentation, Dr. Schneider will explore this continuing challenge as well as celebrate our progress.

 
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific)
 
Dr. Susan M. Schneider’s involvement in behavior analysis goes back to high school when she read Beyond Freedom and Dignity and wrote B. F. Skinner, never dreaming that he would reply. They corresponded through her master's degree in mechanical engineering from Brown University, her engineering career, and her stint in the Peace Corps. At that point, Schneider bowed to the inevitable and switched careers earning a Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, holding faculty positions at St. Olaf College, Auburn University, and Florida International University. A research pioneer in the quantitative analysis of behavior, her publications also cover the history and philosophy of behavior analysis and its biological context. Building on this background, her book for the public, The Science of Consequences: How They Affect Genes, Change the Brain, and Impact Our World, describes operant principles, their role in the nature-nurture system, and their full range of applications. It earned a mention in the journal Nature, was a selection of the Scientific American Book Club, and took Schneider on a book tour across the United States and Scandinavia. She also has appeared on national radio programs. The SABA award letter took note of the book’s engaging style and broad scope, calling it “extraordinary.”

 

SABA Award for Scientific Translation: How Can We Increase the Impact of Behavior Analysis in Solving Problems in New Areas?

Abstract:

Behavior analysis is a powerful tool that could ameliorate many of society’s problems. One of the first problems seriously addressed with a behavior analytic approach was the treatment of autism. Although a behavioral approach yielded promising results from the start, it took many years before the behavioral approach was accepted as the treatment of choice for autism. Although promising data also have been obtained from applications of behavioral technology to other social problems, these applications have not yet been widely accepted or disseminated. B. F. Skinner envisioned behavior analysis as a technology that would address a wide variety of societal challenges. Initially, behavior analysts were highly enthusiastic about society adopting our approach in areas such as education, but many people already working in these fields were resistant to a behavioral approach. This paper will examine a number of areas where behavior analysis could make a difference, and explore ways to overcome obstacles and accelerate the acceptance of our approach.

 
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
 
Dr. Ron Van Houten received his BA from State University of New York at Stony Brook and his MA and Ph.D. from Dalhousie University, where he received training in the experimental analysis of behavior. He is currently a professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Van Houten has published extensively in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis on a wide variety of problems, such as the education of inner city youth and children with "learning disabilities," the treatment of children and adults with developmental delays, the treatment of clinical problems in children, traffic safety, energy conservation, and aviation safety. Currently, Dr. Van Houten is a member of the Transportation Research Board and a member of the National Committee for Uniform Traffic Control Devices. He is a past assistant editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and a Fellow of ABAI. Dr. Van Houten is also an avid pilot of power aircraft and gliders and a flight instructor.
 
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming
 
 
 
Symposium #6
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Procedures for Parent and Staff Training
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract: The proposed symposium includes three presentations addressing evaluations of procedures for parent and staff training. The first presentation evaluated an interactive computer training to teach parents to implement activity schedules with children with autism in the home. The second presentation evaluated the effects of video modeling as a training tool to teach four parents of children with autism to use guided compliance. The results of these studies indicate that parents can be taught to use behavior analytic strategies in the home. The third presentation evaluated the effects of a comprehensive video that contained written instructions, a voice over script, models, and rehearsal and a component analysis of the video components. The results indicated that viewing the comprehensive video was effective at increasing performance related to conducting preference assessments and that all components were necessary for training to be effective. The results of these studies provide support for the effectiveness of a range of training approaches for parents and staff.
Keyword(s): Computer Training, Parent training, Staff training, Video Modeling
 
An Evaluation of an Interactive Computer Training to Teach Parents to Implement a Photographic Activity Schedule
KRISTINA GERENCSER (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Jessica Akers (Utah State University), Bethany P. Contreras Young (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder are characterized by deficits in language and social interaction, as well as repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behavior. Because of these deficits, many children with autism tend to engage in unusual play or engage in behaviors that impede with play. An activity schedule is one technology that has been used to teach appropriate play, social skills, and independence for children with autism. Activity schedules have been used in a variety of settings such as at school and in home, however little attention has been paid to parent implemented activity schedules. Teaching parents how to use a technique that promotes independence would be of social significance. Therefore, a method to disseminate this technique to a broader community, such as parents, seems warranted. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of an interactive computer training to teach parents to implement an activity schedule with their child with autism in home. A fidelity checklist was used to measure the percentage of correctly implemented steps to teach an activity schedule. In baseline the percentage of steps completed correctly were low (0-11%) and following the interactive computer training, both participants’ teaching fidelity greatly increased (89-95%).
 
The Effects of Video Modeling with Voice-over Instruction on Parent Implementation of Guided Compliance with Children with Autism
HEIDI SPIEGEL (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Noncompliance with requests is a common problem for some children with autism. Failure to follow directions can interfere with learning, result in poor relationship with caregivers, and affect the lives of families of individuals with ASDs. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of guided compliance for increasing compliance of children with ASDs and caregivers have been successfully taught to implement guided compliance using behavioral skills training. Video modeling has proven effective for teaching staff who work with children with disabilities a variety of skills but has not received much attention in the parent training literature. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of video modeling as a training tool to teach four parents of children with ASDs to use guided compliance. Parent treatment fidelity was scored using a checklist of the components of manual guidance, and child performance was scored as completion or non-completion of parent-delivered directions. In baseline the percentage of components completed correctly were low (range across parents, 4%-48%), and child performance scores were also low (range across children, (13-67%). Following video modeling training, parent and children scores reached criterion (90% or higher for 2 consecutive sessions).
 
A Component Analysis of Video Training for Conducting Paired-stimulus Preference Assessments
CANDICE HANSARD (California Sate University Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated the use of videos for training; however, it is unclear what components are necessary for a video to be effective. In Experiment 1, we evaluated the effects of a comprehensive video that contained written instructions, a voice over script, models, and rehearsal. We found that all three participants met our mastery criteria immediately after viewing the video. In Experiment 2, we conducted a component analysis of the video to determine which components were necessary for it to be effective with 100% of the participants. We exposed 8 participants to 1 of 4 videos, each of the components, and found that all of the aforementioned components were needed for the video package to be an effective training tool if a supervisor will not be able to assess and provide performance feedback immediately after training. In the future, researchers can evaluate the necessary components of video packages that are developed to train other behavior procedures.
 
 
Panel #7
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence Based Practice: Application in Education Technology Product Development
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
204B (CC)
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Patricia I. Wright, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CHRISTINA WHALEN (West Health Institute)
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Rethink)
EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Autism Training Solutions)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are committed to reliance on scientific knowledge. Increasingly behavior analysts are utilizing technology to assist in their delivery of service in the applied settings including in the K-12 educational setting. Many educational technology companies claim that their products are evidence-based, however, the term evidence-based is not clearly defined nor are their guidelines how this term can be applied in association with educational technology products. In other fields (e.g. medicine) significant work has been done to develop an evidence-based review process for products and a clear notation of the approved use of said products. These other systems may or may not be relevant to the field of behavior analysis but they do provide an opportunity for compare and contrast. This session will explore the strategies several educational technology companies, whom are all grounded in the field of applied behavior analysis, currently use to ensure their products are grounded in scientific knowledge as well as the challenges the product development process experiences in attempting to garner an evidence base for their technologies.?

Keyword(s): Education Technology, Evidence Based
 
 
Symposium #8
CE Offered: BACB
Leaving the Safety of Our Closets: Examining the Impacts of Stigma and Discrimination in LGBTQ and Gender Nonconforming Populations
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
204A (CC)
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Garret M Cantu (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
CE Instructor: Angela M. Persicke, M.A.
Abstract: Although legal action has been consistently more progressive toward individuals who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer/questioning (LGBTQ) and gender nonconforming, the social climate still provides a context that perpetuates stigma and discrimination directed toward these individuals. Individuals who engage in stigmatizing behavior toward LGBTQ individuals often work justify these actions, while those who are being stigmatized or discriminated against display patterns of behavior associated with decreased psychological well-being and neglect to physical health. This symposium will look at behaviors associated with discrimination and stigma targeting LGBTQ and gender nonconforming populations from individuals who engage in stigmatizing behaviors as well as those who receive gender-related discrimination. The first presentation will assess the relationships between psychological flexibility and LGBTQ stigma in a southern college student sample. The second paper will discuss the relationships between gender-related discrimination, body image, psychological flexibility and engagement in health physical activity in the daily lives of individuals along the continuum of gender expression. Implications for future research as well as interventions aimed improving psychological and physical well-being of individuals in the LGBTQ and gender nonconforming population will be discussed.
Keyword(s): discrimination/stigma, gender nonconformity, LGBTQ issues, psychological flexibility
 
Seeing Past Sexuality: Psychological Inflexibility, LGBTQ Stigma, and Responsiveness to Education-Based Stigma Interventions
LAUREN BURNS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lauren Griffin (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Stigma associated with marginalized groups is quite common. As a marginalized group, the Lesbian Gay Bisexual Transgender and Queer/Questioning (LGBTQ) community is often the recipient of this stigma. Because of these stigmatizing views and beliefs, LGBTQ persons are often subjected to discrimination, harassment and violence. Stigma is most commonly addressed through education interventions, however, data supporting these interventions is mixed. This may be due to psychological factors that education interventions do not address. For example, psychological inflexibility involves narrowness of attention, rigidity and insensitivity of behavior, and dominance of the avoidant repertoire. Recently, investigations into the mechanisms underlying stigma reveal that psychological inflexibility might 1) facilitate stigma, and 2) interfere with new learning that could undermine stigma. The current study examined the relationship between psychological flexibility, LGBTQ stigma, and responsiveness to an education intervention. Participants reported explicit attitudes toward the LGBTQ community, along with behavioral intentions. Next participants were exposed to an education intervention designed to decrease LGBTQ stigma. Preliminary data suggest that psychological flexibility predicts stigma, and responsiveness to education interventions designed to decrease stigma. Implications for integrating flexibility-based interventions with education will be discussed.
 
She, He, They and Their Bodies: Gender-Related Discrimination, Body Image, Flexibility, and Physical Activity across the Continuum of Gender Expression
MADISON GAMBLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Gender identity and gender expression influence many areas of the individual’s life beyond interpersonal relationships, including psychological and interpersonal well-being. For example, gender nonconforming adolescents have been found to engage in less physical activity than their counterparts which may have serious implications for their physical well-being (Calzo et al., 2014). One mechanism by which this impact is made is through discrimination from others. Individuals who are gender nonconforming are more likely to be discriminated against than individuals whose gender identity conform to their biological sex. The negative impacts associated with this discrimination might stem from bodily dissatisfaction and inflexibility about experiences of the body, which have also been linked to decreased engagement in physical activity. This study sought to determine the effects of experiences of gender-related discrimination, body image disturbance, and body image flexibility on patterns of healthy physical activity. Ecological momentary assessment (EMA) was used to assess these behaviors over the course of the participants’ daily experiences. Preliminary results suggest that flexibility with body experiences may play a role in the impacts of gender-related discrimination on physical activity. Implications for intervention and future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #9
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment Adjuncts to Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
214D (CC)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Heather Pane (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Heather Pane, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium will include data-based presentations that describe the use of functional communication training (FCT) as part of a treatment package. The first study used a brief-functional analysis in developing a Social Story that matched the function of the target behavior for two participants with autism. The function-based Social Story plus FCT was effective in decreasing the target behavior and increasing the target mand for both participants. The second study evaluated the effectiveness of multiple schedules to maintain treatment gains when generalized to a naturalistic setting for two participants with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Discriminated mands maintained with both participants while problem behavior remained low in new settings. The third study evaluated the effects of token economies following acquisition of a break response to increase rates of compliance for two participants who engaged in problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. Following FCT, token economies were introduced. The token economy resulted in increasing rates of compliance, while maintaining low levels of problem behavior and break requests. These studies support the use of FCT as part of a treatment package for decreasing problem behavior and increasing appropriate mands.

Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, FCT, problem behavior
 
Social Stories™ with Children with Autism: Functional Analysis, Treatment Preference, and Maintenance
HEATHER PANE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ)
Abstract: Social Stories™ are often used with children with autism to provide information about appropriate behaviors in specific contexts. In the Social Story™ literature, there is limited research on functional analysis as a pre-assessment for determining the function of an individual’s behavior and subsequent implementation of a function-based Social Story™. This study used a brief-functional analysis to assist in developing a Social Story™ that matched the function of the target behavior for two participants with autism. The differential effects of a Social Story™ that matched the function of the behavior, a Social Story™ that did not match the function of the behavior, and a Social Story™ that described baseline were compared in an alternating treatments design. Results indicated that (a) the function-based Social Story™ plus functional communication training (FCT) was effective in decreasing the target behavior and increasing the target mand for both participants, (b) both participants selected the function-based Social Story™ during the treatment preference evaluations, and (c) both participants maintained low levels of the target behavior and maintained target mands when the Social Stories™ were removed.
 
Some Novel Methods of Establishing Multiple Schedules Following Functional Communication Training
SETH B. CLARK (The Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (The Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Alvarez (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Studies have indicated that multiple schedules can be effective tools to produce discriminated manding while maintaining low rates of problem behavior (Fisher, Kuhn, & Thompson, 1998; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). Multiple schedules may also be effective when trying to maintain treatment effects in the natural environment. Treatments are commonly evaluated within a single environment that is well controlled (Campbell, 2003). However, difficulties can arise in natural environments that are inevitably less structured. The use of schedule correlated stimuli within a multiple schedule arrangement may help promote stimulus control of problem behavior and manding, and prevent resurgence. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of multiple schedules to maintain treatment gains when generalized to a naturalistic setting. Participants were two individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Prior to generalization, participants first completed a schedule thinning protocol designed to maintain discriminated manding while thinning the schedule of reinforcement to a terminal goal of a 10 min in the presence of the SDELTA. Next, treatment was generalized to leisure, academic, life skills, and other naturalistic settings and tasks. Overall, discriminated mands maintained with both participants while problem behavior remained low in these new settings.
 
An Evaluation of Token Economies Following Functional Communication Training to Increase Compliance
NADRAT NUHU (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-supported intervention used to manage problem behavior by teaching alternative communicative responses to access functionally equivalent reinforcers (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Sometimes during FCT, the individual will engage in the communicative response excessively, requiring systematic schedule thinning (Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto, & LeBlanc, 1998). The current study evaluated the effects of token economies following acquisition of a break response to increase rates of compliance. Two participants who engaged in problem behavior maintained by escape from demands were taught to request a break. Following FCT, token economies were introduced. Tokens were earned contingent on compliance and then traded-in for preferred items and enhanced breaks. The token economy contingencies were systematically increased while the break response continued to result in the removal of demands. The token economy resulted in increasing rates of compliance, while maintaining low levels of problem behavior and break requests. These findings persisted across increasing the ratio of difficult demands and increasing the schedule and exchange requirements. The findings suggest that FCT schedule thinning is not always necessary to decrease rates of communication response use and that competing contingencies may be effective for increasing compliance.
 
 
Symposium #10
CE Offered: BACB
On the Utility of Within-session Data Analysis for Functional Analysis Clarification
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
214C (CC)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University )
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Kettering, Ph.D.
Abstract: Within session data can be used to clarify the results of unclear or undifferentiated functional analyses. For example, graphing minute by minute data on behavior during a longer experimental session may reveal extinction or reinforcer effects (Vollmer et al. 1993). Similarly, evaluating responses that occur in the presence and absence of the establishing operation separately may reveal a more clear functional relation between variables or rule out a reinforcement contingency (Roane et al. 1999). In the first data-based presentation, the utility of analyzing within-session data during standard functional analysis conditions will be explored by comparing graphs of problem behavior in the presence and absence of the establishing operations. Results indicated that evaluating response-reinforcer relationships during functional analysis test conditions reveal patterns that may confirm or dispute that a consequence is a functional reinforcer for the target response. In the second data-based presentation, the utility of analyzing within-session patterns of behavior during extended no interaction conditions were analyzed to differentiate between the maintaining variables of similar topographies of behavior. Data revealed that the assessment could be used to separate response classes when some, but not all, topographies of behavior were maintained by automatic reinforcement. Implications for assessment purposes will be discussed.
Keyword(s): functional analysis
 
Analysis of Within-Session Responding in the Presence and Absence of Establishing Operations for Functional Analysis Clarification
JONATHON METZ (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Susan Field (Georgian Court University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Analysis of within-session responding may prove to be a useful tool when differentiating unclear results in formal functional analyses (Fahmie & Hanley, 2008). In a typical functional analysis, establishing operations are systematically altered to evoke behavior in reliable patterns. Thus, comparing patterns of responding in both the presence and absence of establishing operations during a single functional analysis may help identify the the functions of problem behaviors (Roane et al., 1999). The present study is an extension of the methods developed by Roane et al. (1999) and assesses the efficacy of utilizing within-session data by comparing the rates of problem behavior in the presence and absence of establishing operations. All participants were diagnosed with autism and resided in a residential facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior. A traditional functional analysis was conducted for each participant and graphs were created such that the rate of problem behavior in the presence and absence of establishing operations were graphed separately for each topography of problem behavior. The results suggest that analyzing the rate of problem behavior separately in the presence and absence of establishing operations can help clarify the results of traditional functional analyses.
 
Within-Session Data to Differentiate Social and Automatic Sources of Reinforcment for Multiple Topographies of Behavior
JOSHUA LAFORTE (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Extended no-interaction conditions following an undifferentiated standard functional analysis may help differentiate between socially and automatically maintained behavior (Vollmer et al., 1995). Multiple topographies of behavior that would typically be classified in a single response class may be maintained by different reinforcers and possibly cause undifferentiated functional analysis results (Thompson et al., 1998). Querim et al. (2013) demonstrated the utility of an extended alone assessment as a screening tool for automatic reinforcement and confirmed the findings in a functional analysis. In the current study, within session data for separate response topographies of problem behavior were recorded within an extended alone assessment for individuals with autism. Two response classes of self-injury (one socially mediated and one automatically reinforced) were identified for two participants and two response classes of disruptive behavior (one socially mediated and one automatically reinforced) were identified for one participant. Implications for the functional analysis of problem behavior for individuals with multiple topographies of problem behavior will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #11
Lessons Learned While Growing a Developmental Disabilities Organization
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon F (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center)
VINCENT STRULLY (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The process of change leads to growth not only in the science of our field but in our personal selves as well. In the process of life and work, we learn all our lessons, some of which stay with us forever and become personal truths. These lessons or personal truths shape how businesses are run, how leaders lead and how an industry grows. This panel presentation will offer the opportunity to hear from experienced and successful company leaders about some of the lessons they have learned. Panel participants will each discuss five to ten lessons learned from their time working in the field of developmental disabilities and growing their perspective organizations. Panelists represent a small, mid- and large size organization.

Keyword(s): change, growth, life lessons, personal truths
 
 
Special Event #12
SQAB Tutorial: B = f(O, E): Implications of Quantitative Models of Behavior for Translational Research and Practice
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
103AB (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Presenting Authors: : ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Quantitative models of behavior are precise and succinct descriptions of functional relationships between behavior and environmental events. The purpose of this tutorial is to foster an appreciation of how quantitative models of behavior can be used to guide conceptually systematic analyses of behavior. The intended audience is academic applied behavior analysts and practicing board certified behavior analysts who are curious to learn how quantitative models of behavior can inform research and practice, but who may be a bit intimidated by the mathematics or may see quantitative models as too esoteric to inform solutions to socially significant behavioral problems. We will review examples from the literature on choice and decision-making, consumer demand analyses, matching theory, and other topics in order to demonstrate how quantitative models of behavior can be useful in framing questions about behavior and generating solutions to practical problems.

 
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Eric A. Jacobs, Ph.D., received his doctoral training in experimental psychology at the University of Florida under the direction of Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D. Subsequently he completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont, where he researched substance-abuse treatment under the direction of Warren K. Bickel, Ph.D. Dr. Jacobs is currently the voice of behavior analysis within the Department of Psychology at Southern Illinois University. He is the director of SIU's Brain and Cognitive Sciences graduate program and is also cross-appointed with SIU's Applied Psychology graduate program. His research interests include choice and self-control, conditioned reinforcement (including token reinforcement systems), human operant behavior, and most recently using operant methods to assess recovery of function following traumatic brain injury in rats. Dr. Jacobs has served on the editorial boards of The Behavior Analyst and The Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and is a former co-chair of ABAI's Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group. He also has served as president of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis and president of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association.
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, delay discounting, quantitative models, translational research
 
 
Paper Session #13
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
007A (CC)
Area: EAB
Chair: Marcelo Frota Benvenuti (USP)
 

Cultural Selection and Cultural Transmission in a Free-Operant Procedure.

Domain: Basic Research
THAIS F N DE TOLEDO (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso), Marcelo Frota Benvenuti (USP)
 
Abstract:

We investigated the effects of a cultural consequence on interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) in a task in which a response of clicking the mouse was free to occur. Two studies compared arrangements in which there was no conflict between operant and cultural contingencies with those in which meeting cultural contingency resulted in getting less individual reinforcers. Undergraduate students, in triads, performed the task on a computer. Operant contingency: responses produce reinforcement on a VI or VR schedule. Cultural contingency: when the interval between participants' responses was larger than x s, a "bonus" was presented. Study 1 focused on selection of IBCs in a closed group. Two conditions were programmed in a reversal design for two triads: Condition A, only operant contingency was in effect; Condition B, cultural and operant contingencies in effect. Study 2 involved two groups of six participants and two phases: cultural selection and transmission (replacement of participants). Results showed the selection and transmission of IBCs, both in an arrangements in which the cultural contingency not conflicted with the operant contingency as in a conflicting situation. We discuss the contributions of a procedure analogous to the free-operant to the study of cultural selection.

 

Instructional Variables Affect Non-verbal Behavior and Estimates of Control in a Free Operant Procedure With Non-contengent Outcomes

Domain: Basic Research
MARCELO FROTA BENVENUTI (USP), Thais F N de Toledo (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso)
 
Abstract:

The present paper asked about the effect of social variables over learning mechanisms in the illusion of control. Learning mechanisms emphasizes the effects of coincidences between probability of responding and non contingent outcomes. On the other side, social experimental psychology suggested that illusions might play an adaptive role to protect self-esteem and to maintain motivation to act. To contrast this views, we present a series of data obtained in a common task. Participants engaged in a computer-based task, in which points were presented in a session with two alternated periods of 45 seconds each: in one, points were presented independently of participants' responses; in the other, points were not presented. Two conditions differed. In the first, the participants received points that were not exchangeable for anything. In the second condition, points were exchangeable for photocopies at the end of the sessions. The results showed that conditions when points that were exchangeable for photocopies produced a higher frequency of responses positively correlated with higher estimates of control over the non contingent points. The effect of instruction can be understood as a motivational effect that increase the probability of superstitious behavior. The consideration of social variables that increase or decrease the probability of responses can be a key aspect in the integration of contributions from social experimental psychology and recent contributions from behavior analysis and learning perspectives to illusion of control.

 
 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Schools: Developing Functional Behavior Assessment and Behavior Interventions
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
210AB (CC)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Paula Chan, M.A.
Abstract: Conducting functional behavior assessments and developing behavior intervention plans in schools can be challenging for a variety of reasons. For example, some teachers may be underprepared to conduct a functional behavior assessment without additional training. Others may struggle to identify how to best integrate information from the relevant team members into a meaningful, comprehensive assessment. The purpose of this symposium is to share research focusing on conducting functional behavior assessments and behavior interventions in school. The first paper will present findings from a study that trained educators to collect accurate descriptive data. The second paper will report findings from a descriptive study that compared agreement between challenging behavior identified by the teacher and the student, and evaluated the quality of student responses. The last paper will present data that demonstrates how function based interventions can be used to decrease challenging behavior and increase academic engagement. Authors will discuss their findings and future directions for research.
Keyword(s): Behavior Interventions, FBA, Schools
 
Training Educators to Collect Accurate Descriptive-Assessment Data
SACHA T. PENCE (Auburn University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Descriptive assessments involve recording naturally occurring instances of behavior and corresponding antecedent and consequent events. Authors have argued for the use of two forms of descriptive assessment, structured and narrative ABC recording, because these methods may require little training. However, the extent to which minimal training produces accurate data with these methods has not been examined. During Experiment 1, we examined teachers’ accuracy recording descriptive data from videos. Accuracy on problem behavior did not improve over time in the absence of formal training, regardless of initial exposure to structured or narrative ABC recording. Teachers displayed a preference for the structured ABC recording sheet. During Experiment 2, eight participants were instructed using an automated training procedure that provided practice and feedback. Accurate data collection on problem behavior increased for six participants following training. Data-collection accuracy was higher for environmental events involving the presentation of stimuli (demand and attention) than the absence of stimuli (escape and low attention). Participants displayed idiosyncratic preferences for either the structured or the narrative ABC recording sheet.
 
Evaluating the Agreement Between Teacher and High School Students’ Identification of Challenging Behavior
PAULA CHAN (The Ohio State University), natalie andzik (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Students are frequently involved in Functional Behavior Assessments through student interviews. However, little research has been done to identify the agreement between teacher and student responses, or the quality of student contributions. The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate the agreement between behaviors identified by the students and by the teachers. Researchers complemented interviews with the teacher, student by dedicating four hours of direct observation in the classroom. Results indicate low levels of agreement on identified behaviors between students and teachers. A follow up analysis was conducted to identify the quality of student responses when asked to identify antecedents, behaviors, and consequences, and whether responses were objective, clear, and complete. Researchers found that students were able to identify setting events, antecedents, behaviors, and consequences while often including multiple components within each dimension. Additionally, there was variability in student responses within, and across participants. Authors will discuss findings and implications for practice.
 
An Evaluation on the Effects of Check-In/Check-Out with School-aged Children Residing in a Mental Health Treatment Facility
Crystal Stuart (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida)
Abstract: School-Wide Positive Behavior Interventions and Support (SWPBIS) is a framework to apply evidence-based strategies to address and prevent problem behaviors from occurring, promote pro-social behaviors, and create a positive learning environment for all students. Check-In/Check-out (CICO) is often cited as a foundational and successful secondary intervention in SWPBIS. However, the research conducted on the use of CICO has focused its attention more on its effectiveness in public elementary schools. There is a lack of research evaluating the effectiveness of CICO in alternative school settings. This study provides an extension to the literature by examining the effects of the CICO program with school-aged children residing in a mental health treatment facility. Using a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design, students were exposed to a CICO intervention strategy in which problem behaviors were targeted for reduction and academic engagement was targeted for acquisition. All three students showed substantial decreases in problem behavior and increases in academic engagement when the CICO intervention was in place.
 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Examination of Behavioral Assessments and Interventions for School-Related Behaviors
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
212AB (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract: School-age children exhibit many behaviors that can interfere with learning and school success. Historically, behavioral interventions have been used to improve school-related behavior. This symposium focuses on several innovative approaches to addressing two common problems, homework completion and disruptive behaviors. Two studies examined factors that may affect homework completion. The first paper focuses on research on how competing variables can adversely impact homework completion. Additionally, this project examined how technology can be used to increase homework completion. The second paper focuses on a identifying more effective reinforcers through a functional analysis. It is through this functional analysis that a function-based intervention can be developed to increase homework completion. The final paper focuses on reducing disruptive behavior during classroom transitions using a randomized dependent group contingency. This study showed that the contingency decreased the disruptive behaviors of teacher identified students. All three papers demonstrate the utility of behavioral assessments and interventions to improve common problems exhibited by school-age children.
Keyword(s): classroom, disruption, functional analysis, homework
 
The Effect of Mode of Presentation on Homework Completion in Elementary-Aged Students
KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Michele R. Traub (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the correlation between homework completion and improved academic performance (e.g., Olympia et al., 1994) and the role that behavioral intervention can play in improving homework completion and accuracy (Olympia et al., 1994; Madaus et al., 2003). One growing impediment to homework completion is the availability and reinforcing nature of competing items such as cell phones and televisions. In the current study we compared the rate of math problem completion with and without distractors present, and when the math problems were presented on paper and on a computer screen. In over half of the participants the distractors competed with the homework when math was presented on paper, but these same participants completed the math problems in the presence of distractors when the math was presented on the computer. These preliminary results may indicate a relatively simple intervention to increase homework completion and decrease distraction in the natural environment.
 
Increasing Compliance with Homework: A Functional Analysis of Schoolwork Completion
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (University of Florida), Michele R. Traub (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Early research from our lab has indicated that students are unlikely to complete homework when distracting items are present (magazines, puzzles, etc.) For some students, changing the mode of presentation from paper to computer increases the likelihood of work completion (see another presentation in this symposium for these data). In a continuation of this line of research, we are using adapted multielement functional analysis methods to identify potential reinforcers for homework completion in a subset of individuals who had previously completed little or no work under distraction conditions, both when work was presented on paper and on computer. These students are presented with math problems on a simple computer program under several reinforcement conditions: contingent praise, contingent feedback, contingent edibles, contingent breaks, and a control condition with no social interaction. We will then reevaluate homework completion on both computer and paper to assess the efficacy of the identified reinforcer under more naturalistic conditions.
 
Mystery Walker: A Preliminary Investigation of a Randomized Dependent Group Contingency
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract: We conducted a preliminary evaluation of the mystery walker game, a randomized dependent group contingency to decrease disruptive behavior during hallway transitions. Two first-graders, who were identified by their classroom teacher, participated in this study. A multiple baseline across transitions was used to evaluate the effects of the mystery walker game on participants’ disruptive behavior during hallway transitions. Results indicated that both participants engaged in lower levels of disruptive behavior during the mystery walker game compared to baseline. In addition, generalization of treatment effects was observed for one participant.
 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
The formation of academic stimulus classes using Equivalence Based Instruction
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
211 (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Previous applied studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of the stimulus equivalence paradigm in teaching skills such as fractions, reading, and U.S. geography. Additionally, researchers have confirmed the utility of match-to-sample procedures and tact training in the formation of equivalence classes. The following three studies showed the formation of equivalence classes with a variety of stimuli and across two different populations. Experiment 1 evaluated the effects of tact training on the formation of equivalence classes with a 10-year old male with autism. Results showed that following tact training, the participant demonstrated the emergence of derived auditory-visual and visual-visual relations. Experiment 2 examined at the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach four, 4-member classes representing functions of behavior to 10 undergraduate and graduate college students. Results showed that all participants acquired both trained and derived relations. Finally, in experiment 3, equivalence classes were established for the fifth grade science concepts, liquid, gas, and solid through the use of match-to-sample conditional discrimination training with students with autism spectrum disorders.

Keyword(s): derived relations, match-to-sample, stimulus-equivalence, tact training
 

The Formation of Geography Equivalence Classes Following Tact Training

MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract:

The stimulus equivalence paradigm has been well documented within the applied literature over the past four decades. Many researchers have shown that following the direct training and reinforcement of specific stimulus-stimulus relations untrained relations have emerged. Match-to-sample procedures have been frequently used in training however, some research has suggested that having an established naming repertoire for a particular class of stimuli may be sufficient for the formation of equivalence relations. The current study evaluated the formation of 3 equivalence classes following tact training using geography-based stimuli (state shape, state abbreviation, state flag). The participant was a 10-year old male who held a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. The nine visually dissimilar stimuli were separated into three different classes (i.e. Connecticut, Massachusetts, Maine). The participant was taught to tact each of the nine stimuli as Connecticut, Massachusetts or Maine. Results showed that following tact training, the participant demonstrated the emergence of untrained relations through auditory-visual and visual-visual match-to-sample tests.

 

Teaching advanced learners about functions of behavior using stimulus equivalence-based instruction.

LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell College), Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Determining the function of behavior through the interpretation of data is a critical skill for any behavior analyst. The present study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach four, 4-member classes representing functions of behavior to 10 undergraduate and graduate college students. Computerized equivalence-based instruction along with multiple exemplars of stimuli were used to teach the classes. A pretest-training-posttest design was used to evaluate performances on computer-based tests and written multiple-choice tests (selection-based responding), as well as oral tests (topography-based responding). All participants acquired both trained and derived relations during computer-based match-to-sample instruction. Testing scores improved from pretest to posttest on both selection-based tests (i.e., computer-based and written multiple-choice) and the topography-based tests (i.e., oral) for all participants following equivalence-based instruction. Finally, test performance maintained two weeks after equivalence-based instruction was completed. The present study demonstrated that equivalence-based instruction can be used to effectively teach the function of behavior and that a selection-based teaching protocol administered on a computer can promote the emergence of responses to a selection-based testing protocol using multiple-choice and to a topography-based oral test.

 
Stimulus Equivalence with Applied Fifth Grade Science: Class Expansion
EMILY LEONARD (Simmons College)
Abstract: In three experiments, equivalence classes were established for typical third grade science concepts of carnivore, herbivore and omnivore with multiple participants across multiple settings and methodologies. The current study was a systematic replication with novel science concepts (liquid, gas, solid) with students with autism spectrum disorders. Initially, participants were taught to match visual pictures of the different states of matter to their printed word categories liquid, gas, solid. Then they were taught to match the printed descriptions of liquid, gas, solid, again, to the same printed word categories. Subsequent testing of all possible stimulus-stimulus relations documented the formation of three, three-member equivalence classes. The results demonstrated the emergence of novel stimulus-stimulus relations indicative of equivalent class formations of novel science concepts with students with autism spectrum disorders. The results of these experiments are discussed in terms of applying stimulus equivalence technology to groups of general and special education students in order to teach general education science concepts.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #17
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Still Dreaming but Still Learning to Create Positive Climates for Leaders

Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
207AB (CC)
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Judi Komaki, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
JUDI KOMAKI (New York)
Wes Becker's graph of students Edward and Elmer changing from aimless wandering to completing assignments was Dr. Judi Komaki's introduction to applied behavior analysis. That was at Illinois in 1968. Seven years later, teaching work motivation (part time) in Georgia Tech's business school, she shifted to working adults. Without proper management support, however, Dr. Komaki learned programs would be doomed to failure. Leaders became her focus when joining the industrial/organizational psychology faculty at Purdue University and the City University of New York. After tracking leaders in darkened theaters and aboard racing boats, she formulated an operant leadership model, highlighting performance monitoring especially work sampling and positive consequences. Writing plays forced her to confront the sometimes pernicious impact of bias, which in turn propelled her to promote social and economic justice. Besides 40-plus articles and chapters, she's the proud author of a leadership book, an off-off Broadway play, and an article daring to pursue the dreams of the Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr. Dr. Komaki has served on editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Leadership Quarterly. Awarded contracts by the Office of Naval Research, the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, and the Army Research Institute, she is now an ARI Fellow striving to prevent sexual harassment and assault.
Abstract:

Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) audaciously aspired to making a difference. Modestly, however, they encouraged a "self-evaluating, discovery-oriented" process. This learning stance helps to enable the dreams of Dr. Judi Komaki. She'll talk about just two. Curious how an inner city public high school managed to maintain a graduation rate of 95%, Dr. Komaki shadowed a gifted principal for three semesters. She saw how he stealthily created a safe, supportive climate, which enticed the students to attend and their dedicated teachers to remain. Just as critical, however, she learned how the chancellor created a supportive climate, empowering and establishing full-throated organizational metrics and incentives for principals. Currently, Dr. Komaki is trying to prevent sexual assault in the United States Army. Initially stymied, she finally figured out how we as behavior analysts reduced workplace accidents by reinforcing the positive (safety). If cultures could be created in which team members ferociously protect one another, assaults would drop. Team culture clearly needs to be bolstered. But just as important, given the severe under-reporting of assault, the challenge is to help busy commanders motivate junior officers by providing timely information and feedback about whether their team is on the right track. Imagine if we could ensure that only leaders successful at building positive climates were promoted.

Target Audience:

Master's and post-masters behavior analysts and psychologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe for an interested school superintendent how a gifted high school principal was empowered and measured in his quest to maintain a graduation rate of 95% and how the principal created a safe, supportive climate which enabled two pillars of educational reform, enticing inner city minority students to come to school and their talented teachers to stay; (2) persuasively show why a behavioral approach to preventing sexual assault might be a viable approach on college campuses. Use as an example the positive approach we behavior analysts sometimes use to reduce undesired workplace accidents and disruptive classroom behavior; and (3) identify the best team you have ever been on and the leader(s) of that team. Specify in behavioral terms what you liked about the leader(s). Now assume that you are in charge of the organization and would like to foster those behaviors in other leaders. Identify what if any changes you would make to the organization's measurement of leaders.
Keyword(s): leadership, school climate, sexual assault
 
 
Panel #18
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Navigating the Licensure Process: A Discussion of Behavior Analyst Licensure Laws
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda E. Urbanczyk, M.S.
Chair: Mallory Garrett (The University of Memphis)
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
AMANDA E. URBANCZYK (Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

There are currently 19 states in the United States that have passed bills related to the licensure of behavior analysts. Establishing state licensure involves navigating a legislative system that may be unfamiliar to the practitioners and scientists who comprise our field. This process involves numerous steps, and requires behavior analysts to communicate effectively with legislators and professionals from other disciplines. Once state licensure is established, there are additional challenges as rules and procedures are established for the new credential. During this panel discussion we will learn about this process from three panelists who have been in the forefront of getting licensure bills passed. They will talk about strategies they found useful in achieving state licensure, and specific roadblocks they have come across in different states. The implications of their experiences for behavior analysts in other states considering licensure will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #18a
CE Offered: BACB
The Unfortunate State of Affairs of Graphing Practices in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
006D (CC)
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: William J. Helsel (Behavior Technology Consultant)
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina Jr., Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts take great care in observing and recording data. Line graphs form the main device used to interpret the rigorous collected data. However, the care with which the field of behavior analysis uses when publishing data varies greatly. Behavior analysis relies on nonstandard linear (or equal interval) graphs to determine the effects of almost all times series data. Due to the nonstandard nature and the limitations of linear graphs behavior analysis must continue to face inveterate limitations of non-quantification and shifting slopes due to arbitrary decision of graph creators. The science of behavior analysis would improve at least 10x with standardization, quantification, and vastly improved information for time series behavior. The present symposium provides data from a study showing the state affairs for line graphs in behavioral journals. The symposium also presents and alternative to nonstandard linear graphs in the form of a superior visual display, the Standard Celeration Chart.

 
A Critical Review of Line Graphs in Behavior Analytic Journals
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: Graphs have played an instrumental role in the science of behavior analysis since its inception. The most common graphic used in behavior analysis falls under the category of time series. The line graph represents the most frequently used display for visual analysis and subsequent interpretation and communication of experimental findings. However, no critical examination of graphical quality has occurred to date. The purpose of the current survey serves to examine the essential structure and quality features of line graphs in behavioral journals. Four thousand three hundred and thirteen graphs from 11 journals served as the sample. Results of the survey indicated a high degree of deviation from standards of graph construction and proper labeling. A discussion of the problems associated with graphing errors precedes future directions for research in the field of behavior analysis.
 
A direct comparison of nonstandard linear graphs and Standard Celeration Charts
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Penn State), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: Behavior analysts analyze and interpret data as well as construct, communicate, and defend claims of knowledge with data graphics. While behavior analysts do use other inscription devices, such as tables, visual analysis of data serves as the linchpin of the science of behavior. From Skinner to contemporary behavior analysts, researchers and practitioners mostly rely on time series data graphics such as the line graph. With so much analytical and communicative power invested in line graphs behavior analysts must consider how different types of line graphs effect their verbal behavior. This paper describes, compares, and contrasts two types of line graphs, or charts, available for time series data: nonstandard linear charts and Standard Celeration Charts. Standard Celeration Charts provide benefits that all behavior analysts should demand: quantification of trend, variability, immediacy of behavior change, and trend changes. Beyond quantification, Standard Celeration Charts also present numerous advantages over nonstandard linear graphs for the graphic display of behavioral data.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #19
CE Offered: BACB

Genes, Environmental Sensitivity, Psychiatric Comorbidity, and Adaptation in Autism

Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Chair: John M. Guercio (AWS)
JOHN CONSTANTINO (Washington University)
Dr. John Constantino is Blanche F. Ittleson Professor and director of the William Greenleaf Eliot Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry at Washington University School of Medicine. His research on autism has focused on gene discovery and the elucidation of developmental markers of risk and resilience. He and his research team have pioneered the development of rapid quantitative methods for measuring inherited aspects of social impairment in children, to determine how such impairments are transmitted in families, populations, and across generations. Dr. Constantino’s work is currently funded by the U.S. National Institutes of Health, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control, and Autism Speaks. He has served on the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Autism Genetic Resource Exchange (AGRE, a national gene bank for Autism), and is a former chair of the Mental Health Commission of the state of Missouri. He has an active clinical practice specializing in the care of children with disorders of social development, and he is psychiatrist-in-chief of St. Louis Children’s Hospital. He has authored or co-authored more than 95 original peer-reviewed scientific papers.
Abstract:

This talk will first address what is currently known about the genetic underpinnings of autism, and how these overlap with susceptibilities to other neuropsychiatric conditions. The impact of genetic susceptibility to autism on children’s sensitivity and response to the environment will be discussed, with implications for approaches to behavioral support at respective stages of development. Next, the treatment of psychiatric comorbidities and their effect on adaptive functioning in autism will be reviewed. Finally, the goals for a next wave of research on the frontiers of genetics, early mind/brain development, and behavioral neuroscience will be discussed, specifically with respect to the promise of higher-impact intervention for affected children.

Keyword(s): autism genetics
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #20
CE Offered: BACB

From Keller and Schoenfeld to Concepts and Categories

Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Edward Wasserman, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky)
EDWARD WASSERMAN (University of Iowa)
Edward A. Wasserman received his B.A. in psychology from the University of California at Los Angeles and his Ph.D. from Indiana University. He was an National Science Foundation Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Sussex, England; a National Academy of Sciences Exchangee at the Institute of Higher Nervous Activity and Neurophysiology, Moscow, USSR; a Visiting National Center for Scientific Research scientist at the Center for Research in Cognitive Neuroscience, Marseille, France; and a visiting professor at Keio University, Tokyo, Japan. His first and only academic position has been at the University of Iowa, where is Stuit Professor Experimental Psychology. He has served as president of the Comparative Cognition Society as well as president of Divisions 3 (Experimental Psychology) and 6 (Behavioral Neuroscience and Comparative Psychology) of the American Psychological Association. He is a member of the Society of Experimental Psychologists and was the 2011 recipient of the D. O. Hebb Distinguished Scientific Contribution Award from Division 6 of APA. He has edited four volumes, most recently the Oxford Handbook of Comparative Cognition with Thomas R. Zentall and How Animals See the World: Comparative Behavior, Biology, and Evolution of Vision with Olga F. Lazareva and Toru Shimizu. Dr. Wasserman has published extensively in the areas of comparative cognition and perception.
Abstract:

Keller and Schoenfeld (1950) offered a unique behavioral perspective on conceptualization and categorization, one that has proven to be dramatically out of step with mainstream cognitive theory. Keller and Schoenfeld's behavioral approach has inspired Dr. Wasserman's research into conceptualization and categorization by nonhuman animals. Using a system of arbitrary visual tokens, Dr. Wasserman and his colleagues have built ever-expanding nonverbal "vocabularies" in pigeons through a variety of different discrimination tasks. Pigeons have reliably categorized as many as 500 individual photographs from as many as 16 different human object categories, even without the benefit of seeing an item twice. Their formal model of categorization effectively embraces 25 years of empirical evidence as well as generates novel predictions for both pigeon and human categorization behavior. Comparative study should continue to elucidate the commonalities and disparities between human and nonhuman categorization behavior; it also should explicate the relationship between associative learning and categorization.

Keyword(s): categorization, comparative cognition, concept formation
 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Tablet Based Technology in Autism Intervention: Verbal Behavior and School Readiness
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present recent research on the use of handheld computing technology in autism intervention and instruction. The first study will present data collect in terms of teacher fidelity and rate of the contrived mands across both the iPad as a speech-generating device and a picture based communication system. Additionally, teacher preference in terms of ease of use and general preference will be discussed. The second study will evaluate the use of the iPad as a speech-generating device in terms of a pliace-interverbal operant, in the answering of social questions- questions about personal information and personal preferences. The third study will evaluate the use of the iPad as a speech-generating device in terms of the acquisition of intraverbals in the form of animal sounds and its generalization to the natural environment. Finally, the use of the iPod and application Letter School to teach handwriting skills in three young children with autism will be described. Implications for future research in terms of powerful, portable, and readily available handheld technology in terms of autism will be discussed.
 
Comparing Teacher Fidelity and Preference for a Communication Modality
D. RENEE SPEIGHT (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Alison Karnes (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: This study compared teacher implementation fidelity across the iPad as a speech-generating device and a picture based communication system, in terms of mand training with preschool aged students diagnosed with autism. Teachers were trained on the a) importance of mand training; b) how to contrive mands; c) prompting strategies; and d) data collection, across both methods of communication training. Procedural fidelity data were collected until teachers reached 100% fidelity across both methods of communication and students reached mastery criteria of 80% independence with both communication methods. Following the achievement of mastery criteria and questionnaire was administered to evaluate teacher preference for a communication modality.
 
Evaluating the iPad as a Speech-Generating Device for the Answering of Social Questions
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Kristan Elsken (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of the iPad and application Proloqu2Go as a speech-generating device for the training of five social questions. Three school aged children with a diagnosis of autism participated in the study, which used a multiple-baseline across participants deign. The training procedure involving a five-second time delay, with full physical prompts. Following the training procedure participants acquired the ability to accurately and independently answer social questions using the iPad and application Proloqu2Go as a speech-generating device. Mastery criteria involved the discrimination between five pictures depicting answers to questions regarding personal information and likes (e.g., favorite toy), at or above 80%.
 
The use of the iPad as a Speech-Generating Device to Teach Animal Sounds
ALISON KARNES (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Kristan Elsken (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of the iPad and application Proloqu2Go in the development of intraverbal skills in school aged children with autism, using a multiple baseline design. The specific skill under investigation was the demonstration of animal sounds. The participants were recruited based on their limited intraverbal skills and lack of functional speech. Baseline data indicated the participants did not display the use of the iPad in correctly identifying animal sounds. In the teaching phase of the study, participants were taught to use the iPad to appropriately identify animal sounds, using a five-second-time delay, with full physical prompts training procedure. Once the participants met a mastery criterion of 80% accurate and independent responding, generalization was assessed during naturally occurring opportunities for the demonstration of animal sounds.
 

The Acquisition of Letter Writing using a Portable Multi-Media Player in Young Children with Developmental Disabilities

HOLLIE LAWLESS (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Ashley Parnell (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

This study investigated the use of the iPod Touch and the application Letter School in the acquisition of letter writing in three preschool aged children diagnosed with a developmental disability, using a multiple baseline across letters design. Additionally, the generalization of the acquisition of letter writing from the iPod Touch and stylus pen to paper and pencil was evaluated. Finally, participant preference for instruction using the iPod Touch with a stylus pen or paper and pencil was assessed. The results indicated that all three participants acquired the ability to write letters using a pencil and paper, following instruction using the iPod Touch and application Letter School. For two of the three participants instruction incorporating the iPod Touch and application Letter School was preferred, while one participant demonstrated a slight preference for paper and pencil instruction.

 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in the Production and Maintenance of Response Variability
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
CE Instructor: Joseph D. Dracobly, Ph.D.
Abstract: Response variability involves systematic changes in a dimension of a response from instance to instance and is important in various complex behaviors such as creativity, problem solving, communication, and the treatment of stereotyped behavior (see Lee, Sturmey, & Fields, 2007 for a review). The current symposium involve four presentations regarding recent advances in the production and maintenance of response variability. Methods and results will be discussed involving the prevalence of response variability in young children with and without intellectual and development disabilities. Three studies involve determining the influence of lag reinforcement schedules for increasing variability in responding. Of these three studies, two studies compare the effects of smaller and larger lag schedules for the production in response variability. Finally, two studies discuss the methods and procedures to promote and maintenance and stimulus control of both repetitive and variation in responding. Discussion regarding the implications and limitations of the procedures and results, as well as suggestions for future research will be included.
Keyword(s): lag schedules, response variability, stimulus control
 

Increasing Verbal Response Variability with a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement

Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), KATHRYN MASON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of lag schedules of reinforcement to increase variability in verbal responding (Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002). Therefore, lag schedules may be an effective intervention for increasing variability in verbal initiations, such as with conversation initiation by commenting or asking a question about relevant stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the conditions under which a lag schedule of reinforcement increased novel initiated verbalizations for a participant with developmental delay (male, age 13) who engaged in frequent perseverative language that interfered with his clinical programming. Following a functional analysis of the perseverative language, a lag schedule was used to reinforce varied appropriate verbalizations initiated to an interventionist. All perseverative verbalizations were on extinction. Results indicated an attention function for perseverative language, and preliminary evidence of increased variability with initiated verbalizations during intervention. These data are discussed with implications for intervention to increase response variability, with particular relevance to individuals who engage in repetitive, or perseverative verbal behavior.

 
An Application of a Lag Contingency to Reduce Perseveration on Circumscribed Interests during Sustained Conversation
TRACY L. LEPPER (McNeese State University), Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Some individuals with autism tend to perseverate on circumscribed interests (CIs) in conversation, which may interfere with peer relations (Nadig, Lee, Singh, Bosshart, & Ozonoff, 2010). We evaluated the effects of a lag contingency on the prevalence of CI-related and CI-unrelated talk with two adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who readily sustained conversation with others, but perseverated on CIs. A functional analysis suggested that the participants’ verbal behavior was sensitive to a conversation-partner’s attention as a consequence. In baseline, the conversation partner provided attention at the end of each 10-s interval in which the participant directed conversation at the partner. In the Lag 1 condition, the conversation partner provided attention only at the end of intervals in which there was a change in topics from the previous interval (all CIs were counted as one topic), and in the Lag 2 condition, attention was provided only at the end of intervals in which the topic differed from the two previous intervals. Lag 1 produced increases in the percentage of intervals that included CI-unrelated talk for both participants. For one participant, Lag 1 also produced substantial decreases in CI-related talk, but Lag 2 did not produce further behavior change. For the other participant, Lag 1 did not decrease CI-related talk, but Lag 2 did. Although the lag contingencies successfully altered the prevalence of CI-related and –unrelated talk, further research is needed to identify appropriate treatment goals with respect to variability and content.
 
The Use of a Discrimination Training Procedure to Teach Mand Variability to Children with Autism
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Purdue University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Jessica Akers (Utah State University)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of a script fading and discrimination training procedure on mand variability in preschoolers with autism. Participants were taught to vary their vocal mands in the presence of written scripts, a green placemat, and a lag schedule of reinforcement. They were also taught to engage in repetitive mands in the presence of the same written scripts and a red placemat. When the scripts were removed, all three participants continued to engage in varied manding in the presence of the green placemat and lag schedule, and they continued to engage in repetitive manding in the presence of the red placemat. When the lag schedule was also removed, two of the three participants continued to engage in varied responding in the presence of the green placemat and repetitive responding in the presence of the red placemat. Finally, all three participants demonstrated generalization and maintenance of mand variability during snack sessions when their peers were present.
 
An Evaluation of Procedures that Affect Response Variability
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (Eastern Connecticut State University), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Response variability has traditionally been studied as both a by-product of schedules of reinforcement and as a dimension of operant behavior. More recently, researchers have focused on inducement (via extinction), direct reinforcement (via percentile and lag schedules), and stimulus control of response variability. The purposes of the current study were to (a) determine general levels of response variability across a large number of young children, (b) replicate and extend previous research on effects of various procedures on the production and maintenance of both variable and novel responses, and (c) determine if stimuli correlated with response variability and response repetition contingencies could immediately affect response variability. In Study 1, there was a nearly bi-modal distribution of participants who emitted low and high variability. In Study 2, for the majority of children, variability increased when exposed to extinction but both fixed-lag 4 and variable-lag 4 schedules produced the highest levels of variability and novelty. Finally, in Study 3, stimuli correlated with each contingency were effectively used to evoke relatively rapid alternation between repetition and variation. Implications and considerations for future researchers will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB
Staff Training for Human Service Settings: Analyses and Evaluations
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysts who develop behavioral programming are typically faced with the challenge of effectively training others to implement the programming. Such training involves a number of considerations, including how to structure the training, how to ensure adequate practice of the skill without endangering clients, how to ensure that training will maintain, and ensuring the skills will generalize to novel situations. This symposium will include discussions on each of these areas with talks on a parametric analysis of rehearsal on functional analysis implementation fidelity, an evaluation of the utility of a humanoid robot as a simulated client, and, a pyramidal approach to teach staff effective interaction techniques for older adults with neurocognitive disorder, and using video modeling to teach staff a prompt fading procedure.
Keyword(s): Rehearsal, Simulation, Staff Training
 
A Parametric Analysis of Rehearsal and Feedback Opportunities during Training of Functional Analysis Conditions
SARAH R. JENKINS (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The number of rehearsal with feedback opportunities varies widely in staff training research, ranging from one to 10 in distributed and massed role-plays. Ward-Horner and Sturmey (2012) suggest that rehearsal may be unnecessary to train functional analysis methodology; however, the researchers omitted feedback, which allowed participants to practice errors and does not reflect use of rehearsal in applied settings. Thus, the purpose of this investigation was to conduct a parametric analysis of rehearsal with feedback. We evaluated the effects of massed (one, three, or 10) and distributed rehearsals with feedback within a behavioral skills training package on undergraduate participants’ fidelity of three functional analysis conditions. In general, fidelity was low following instruction and increased with the video model, but participants did not demonstrate mastery in either condition. Participant fidelity increased following massed rehearsals with feedback for a majority of participants; however, most required additional rehearsals to meet criterion. On average, participants required 4.6 rehearsals to meet criterion. Several participants demonstrated high fidelity in the attention condition across nearly all phases of the study suggesting it may be a relatively easier condition to implement accurately. In sum, these findings demonstrate that rehearsal with feedback is beneficial to promote high-fidelity performance.
 
Pyramidal Training For Supervisors and Caregivers of Aging Adults
ROCKY HAYNES (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Hannah Ritchie (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale)
Abstract: Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) is more prevalent than any other disease under the umbrella of Neurocognitive Disorder (Alzheimer’s Association, 2013). Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs) are the typical front-line care staff who care for individuals in aging care (Sengupta, Harris-Kojetin, & Ejaz, 2010). The present study investigated the use of a pyramidal training model to teach aging facility staff to be able to conduct trainings and to teach direct care staff antecedent strategies shown to be effective when communicating with individuals with AD. Pyramidal training resulted in two tiers of staff successfully implementing training for subsequent tiers of staff and subsequent staff demonstrated mastery of the trained material. However, during maintenance observations, some decreases were observed both with regard to training integrity as well as implementation of the trained material.
 
Using Video Modeling with Voiceover Instruction to Train Staff to Implement a Most-to-Least Prompt Fading Procedure
ANTONIA GIANNAKAKOS (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Most-to-least (MTL) prompting procedures are often an important component of teaching methods based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. However, only two studies have trained staff to implement MTL (Lerman, Tetreault, Hovanetz, Strobel, & Garro, 2008; Lerman, Vorndran, Addison, & Kuhn, 2004) and both incorporated training procedures that requiered the presence of a staff trainer. In the present study a training modality that did not require the presence of a staff trainer, video modeling with voiceover instruction (VM), was evaluated in training staff trainees at a clinic for individuals with autism to implement a MTL prompt prompt/prompt-fading procedure. Generalization to novel prompt fading procedure was also assessed. Results indicated that VM was effective in teaching participants to use MTL and their skills generalized to a untrained prompt delay procedure.
 
Further Evidence That a Robot Can Simulate a Client in Staff Training Research
LISA STEDMAN-FALLS (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Researchers can face methodological challenges when they evaluate staff training interventions, as trainee performance often depends on client responses. If clients respond differently within an experiment, trainees may have unequal opportunities to perform target skills. One possible solution may be to use a humanoid robot as a simulated client in training research. In Experiment 1, we used multiple baseline across participants designs to train 5 undergraduate students to implement a paired-stimulus preference (PS) assessment with either a robot (3 participants) or a human simulated client (2 participants). Following training, all participants met our mastery criteria and skills generalized across simulated clients. We conducted Experiment 2 using a multi-element design and 10 participants implemented both the PS and the multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments. After participants reached our mastery criteria conducting both assessments (one with the robot and the other with the human simulated client) we probed for generalization across simulated clients and across children. We found that participants performed similarly regardless of the assessment type or the simulated client with whom they worked and that skills generalized to working with children. We conclude that a robot may be an effective simulated client in training research.
 
 
Paper Session #24
Social Interaction Interventions in ASD
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT
Keyword(s): ASD
Chair: Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin)
 
Social Interaction Interventions for Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis of Single Case Research Studies
Domain: Applied Research
LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin)
 
Abstract: Peer interaction in adolescence can influence academic, social-emotional, and mental health outcomes but may be especially difficult for adolescents with ASD due to their social impairments. The purpose of this meta-analysis is to evaluate the effectiveness of social interaction interventions by offering a quantitative analysis of results, identify and describe the characteristics and components of interventions used to facilitate peer social interaction in adolescents with ASD, and suggest areas for future research. Overall, results suggest that there are a variety of potentially effective interventions to increase peer social interaction in adolescents with ASD, with mostly large effect sizes noted. Future research including more robust generalization, maintenance, fidelity, and social validity measures is needed, as is the extension of intervention findings to older adolescents and lower functioning individuals.
 

Murder Mysteriesand Mission Impossibles: Some Principles, Processes and Pitfalls of Teaching Social Skills to Small Groups of Children With Autism.

Domain: Service Delivery
CAROLINE PEARCE (The Teaching & Learning Collaboration), Daniel F Horan (The Teaching & Learning Collaboration)
 
Abstract:

ABA is often misconstrued as a 1:1 educational intervention, but the principles and procedures can equally be applied to teaching groups of students. Single case design and the low frequency of research directed towards group teaching methods fuel this misconception, yet group instruction is an educational reality for the vast majority of mainstream students and for a high proportion of children with special educational needs. This study will review the principles, processes and pitfalls of teaching social skills to small groups of children with autism. Over a three-year period, we delivered and evolved our practices based on different measures, procedures and students. The adaptation of goal setting, data collection and teaching activities; alongside the involvement of siblings, typical peers and parents will be form the foundation of the paper. The effectiveness of individual and group contingencies (e.g. the Hero Procedure), the use of the Teaching Interactions format and data on the acquisition of social skills will be analysed and discussed. The broader issue of disseminating behaviour analytical principles in group teaching and general education will conclude the talk.

 

Effects of Video-Based Group Instruction on Social Behavior of Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANY KAID (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
 
Abstract:

Deficits in social skills are a defining characteristic of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that persist into adolescence and adulthood. Few studies exist that examine the effectiveness of social skills interventions implemented within the public school setting, where a majority of adolescents with ASD and intellectual disabilities (ID) receive instruction. This paper summarizes a series of three interrelated and experimental studies examining the efficacy of video-based group instruction (VGI) to teach social skills to adolescents with ASD within the public school setting. Multiple probe across behavior designs were used to assess VGI when administered daily by a special education teacher to groups of 4 or 5 adolescents (n=9) with ASD and/or ID. Results of the three studies indicate VGI was effective in teaching a range of social skills to 7 of the 9 adolescents, with mixed results for 2 participants. Results of all three studies support the social validity and use of VGI as a part of a daily high school curriculum for some adolescents with ASD and/or ID.

 
Engineering the Contingencies of Joint Attending Programming
Domain: Theory
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Self-employed), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje)
 
Abstract: Learning readiness--including sitting or standing quietly, looking at and tracking the instructor, scanning, tracking and responding to instructional material and cues--is a fundamental repertoire for promoting acquisition, practice and application of skills. The term "Joint Attention" has been used over the years in reference to various patterns and functions of looking, scanning and tracking behaviors. One particular class of Joint Attention behavior is referred to as "Visual Regard," defined here as line-of-sight looking at another person's eyes. Visual regard is one of the Joint Attention repertoires that, in all, foster the acquisition of complex social and language competencies. The discussion today will report on how contingencies of conditioning and reinforcement can be managed to shape visual regard in young children with autism.
 
Keyword(s): ASD
 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Psychiatric Illness - Anxiety, Depression and Borderline Personality Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Shannon McDonald Shea (Work, Community, Independence)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D.
Abstract: In spite of a clear need for intervention, few behavior analysts are comfortable providing treatment related to psychiatric disorders. It is estimated that 30-35% of individuals with developmental disabilities are dually diagnosed with a psychiatric disorder (The National Association for the Dually Diagnosed). Additionally, 19.1% of individuals in the United States are diagnosed with an anxiety disorder. 6.7% have been diagnosed with major depressive disorder and 1.6% with Borderline Personality Disorder (National Institute of Mental Health , 2012). We intend to teach participants how to assess and treat psychiatric illnesses from a behavior analytic perspective. We will offer presentations on Anxiety, Depression and Borderline Personality Disorder. Each of these presentations will propose a behavior analytic theory of how these disorders may have developed, treatment suggestions and contraindications found in typical ABA interventions. These topics will be discussed from a behavior analytic point of view and are intended to encourage participants to provide effective treatment to individuals with psychiatric diagnoses.
Keyword(s): anxiety, BPD, depression, dual diagnosis
 
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Anxiety and Depression
COURNEY BUCKLEY (Vinfen)
Abstract: As Behavior Analysts seek to extend their reach into other socially valid areas of treatment this presentation is designed to provide a foundation for conceptualizing behavior analytic treatments to psychiatric illness and mental health disorders. Focusing on two of the most prevalent mental health disorders; depression estimated to occur in 6.9% of typically functioning adults and anxiety, estimated to occur in 18.1% of adults (The National Institute of Mental Health). Diagnoses are translated into measurable terms and defined behaviorally. Steps for analysis of behaviors and choice of treatment are reviewed. Treatments are presented in a system to conceptualize how behavior change can be executed in a treatment setting and generalization can be promoted to other environments. Current most effective procedures utilized in the mental health field are reviewed and tailored for the behavior analyst. Working in unison with other treatment professionals is encouraged to promote the best outcome for individuals served.
 
Borderline Personality Disorder: A Behavior Analytic Approach
SHANNON MCDONALD SHEA (Work, Community, Independence)
Abstract: The function of challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals diagnosed with Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) can be easily misinterpreted when conducting a traditional functional assessment, possibly leading to interventions that may be contraindicated. We will discuss how to identify individuals that may have challenging behaviors associated with BPD, events in their history indicating intervention contraindications, and suggested interventions to assist with skill deficits common to the disorder. An estimated 4-9% of individuals diagnosed with BPD complete suicide, and roughly up to 80% engage in suicide attempts (National Institute of Mental Health, 2014). Individuals with BPD have a higher rate of factors that may negatively impact quality of life. Compared with individuals who do not have BPD, risk factors include increases in psychotropic medication given at an earlier age, longer and more frequent psychiatric hospitalizations, standing psychotropic medications, and concurrent prescription of psychiatric medication (Zanarini MC, 2001). Many interventions designed based on results of a traditional functional assessment have the potential to worsen or maintain challenging behaviors associated with BPD. Effective interventions that may improve individuals’ quality of life, as well as decrease rates of suicide attempts and self injury would be of tremendous value.
 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
ACT for Children with Autism, Emotional Challenges, and Mental Illness
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University)
Discussant: Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois, LLC)
CE Instructor: Rachel Enoch, M.S.
Abstract:

In the field of behavior analysis a great deal of emphasis is placed on the direct management of contingencies in order to promote appropriate behavior while suppressing maladaptive behaviors. While strategies such as these have shown great efficacy in decreasing problem behavior among children and those with intellectual disabilities, these same methods have often been met with resistance when applied to verbally capable populations. Furthermore, many of the mental health difficulties encountered by these verbally capable populations are the result of acting upon verbal contingencies rather than the ones imposed by the non-verbal environment. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), a behavioral approach to talk therapy, may help behavior analysts to bridge this verbal gap between actual contingencies and those imposed by our verbal behavior by helping individuals to become aware of their current environment while decreasing the saliency of negative verbal construction and increasing their ability to identify and act upon appropriate patterns of behavior. The purpose of this symposium will be to introduce the behavior analytic foundations and methods of ACT-based therapy among populations of clinical importance to behavior analysts. Specifically, these presentations will stress the importance of observable measures of behavior, overt verbal behavior, and choice allocations that demonstrate changes in psychological flexibility, discuss the influence of ACT-based exercises on impulsivity, indicate increases in adaptive behavior, and how ACT-based treatments may influence employment sustainability.

Keyword(s): ACT, Autism, Emotional Disorder, Mental Illness
 
Behavioral Metrics of Psychological Flexibility in Children with Autism and Emotional Disorders
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Cindy Penrod (Region 3 Special Education Cooperative, Illinois)
Abstract: Psychological flexibility is a primary clinical goal of ACT-based behavioral interventions. In adults, this goal is usually measured via self-report questionnaires that relate to the individual’s acceptance and willingness to experience unpleasant thoughts, their awareness of the present moment, and how closely they are living a values-based life. Such measures, however, are not appropriate for populations who have language disabilities or for children with emotional/behavioral difficulties due to limited applicability of the events described in the questionnaires. The following paper will discuss the use of ACT-based curriculums for children with Autism and emotional behavioral disorders and the modifications to performance measures necessary to capture the elusive and often covert patterns of behavior characterized as psychological flexibility. Special emphasis will be placed on observable measures of behavior, overt verbal behavior, and choice allocation. Examples of data taken in the field will be presented and implications of future research will be discussed.
 
Using Mindfulness to Alter Discounting of the Future and Psychological Flexibility in Children with Autism and Emotional Disorders
RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current studies used temporal discounting procedures to characterize choice behaviors regarding hypothetical amounts of money with children who have autism and other emotional disorders. Variable amounts of money were altered across delays to approximate values the children had potentially contacted in the past, the delay to receiving the monetary outcome was reduced relative to the traditional delays used in the discounting literature, and randomized values were presented rather than values being presented in a fixed descending order. In the experimental group, children were presented with an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy lesson (i.e. a mindfulness or values lesson) from the book ACT for Children with Autism and Emotional Challenges. The control group was presented with an arbitrary task (i.e. watching a movie clip). After being exposed to the ACT lesson (experimental group) or the arbitrary task (control group), the participants were presented the discounting task. Participants also participated in filling out the AAQII, a likert scale measurement used to determine psychological flexibility that was originally designed for adults, and the AAQ(K), a questionnaire similar to the AAQII only revised to use children friendly language. Children were provided both measures twice, four months apart. The relationship between Pre-AAQII and the AAQ(K) scores were examined using Pearson correlations. Scores regarding the relationship of the two questionnaires upon pre test was significant (p= .001) and correlated strongly (r=.910). The relationship between Post-AAQII and AAQ(K) scores were also examined using Pearson correlations. Scores regarding the relationship of the two questionnaires upon post-test was significant (p=.001) and correlated strongly (r=.940). The results of the present studies suggest that children who received the arbitrary task discounted at a steeper rate than persons who received the ACT intervention. This suggests that ACT may be an effective intervention increase self-control and decrease impulsivity. Furthermore, the strong correlation between the AAQII and the AAQ(K) suggests that the AAQ(K) may be a useful tool to use with children when assessing psychological flexibility.
 
Exploring the Clinical Utility of Mindfulness Based Interventions
ERIN KASSON (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Current research suggests that mindfulness based interventions can be effective at reducing maladaptive behaviors such as physical aggression, verbal outbursts, while increasing adaptive behaviors such as attending and task completion. The current set of studies examined the clinical utility of mindfulness based interventions with individuals and groups, when paired with and without additional behavior analytic interventions. The first study assessed the utility of an aversive stimulus preference assessment paired with mindfulness on an adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder, during predicted and unpredicted events. An MSWO procedure was used to identify and rank order 12 aversive events, which were subsequently presented during an in-vivo phase of the mindfulness model. Results demonstrated sustained increases in completing mindfulness behaviors for the low and medium aversive events, while the highly aversive events required additional training; however, minimal mindful behaviors were emitted during unpredicted events. The second study used similar methodology to assess events believed to trigger problem behaviors in a classroom, where students were exposed to mindfulness training. Data collected to date supported previous research using mindfulness in a classroom. Implications for clinical practice, including a step-by-step overview on how to use mindfulness in groups and with individuals, will be provided.
 
Teaching Social Workers how to Use Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Young Adults with Severe Mental Illness
TYLER GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: The current study assessed the efficacy of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) on days employed with young adults with severe mental illness. Researchers trained case managers and licensed social workers at a Midwestern mental health agency to use ACT with clients with severe mental illness. Case managers and social workers completed a 6hr ACT didactic training workshop specifically targeted for applying the model to their young adult (age 16-25) clients. After completing the workshop, clinicians were instructed to target clients who a) were diagnosed with a severe mental illness (e.g., schizophrenia, bipolar, depression) and b) had a treatment goal of finding and sustaining employment. Dependent measures included number of days employed between sessions, and attendance rates to treatment and medical appointments. Baseline data was collected across: retrospective (where clients reported the number of days they were employed for the past 30 days) and real-time (where clinicians observed and tracked number of days employed between sessions). Data collected to date suggests that after the first ACT session, clients sustained employment for upwards of 100% of days between sessions, and have increased attendance at treatment and medical appointments. Implications for practice, and training clinical social workers on using ACT, will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB
Notable Advances in and Summaries of the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
214B (CC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D.
Abstract: The conceptual foundations and applications of functional analysis remain the hallmark of how behavior analysts improve the lives of individuals who exhibit challenging problem behavior. Owen, Greer, Fisher, Saini, and Jones conducted an archival analysis on the efficacy of multiple- and chained-schedule treatments following functional communication training. The results supported the selection of multiple and chained schedules over a delay-to-reinforcement schedule to treat problem behavior. Mead, Iwata, Roscoe, and Schlichenmeyer evaluated the correspondence of a structured rating scale on the function of aggressive behavior to the results of a functional analysis. High correspondence was obtained under certain conditions. Slocum and Vollmer compared the treatment efficacy of differential reinforcement for compliance using edibles, instructional fading, and differential reinforcement for compliance using escape along with escape extinction. Finally, Roberts and Bourret integrated a descriptive assessment and functional analysis to evaluate the effects of peer attention on problem behavior. We are honored to have Dr. Tim Vollmer, the current editor of the flagship outlet the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, serve as the discussant for this set of talks.
Keyword(s): functional-analysis, Peer attention, Review, Treatment
 
Improving Functional Communication Training During Reinforcement Schedule Thinning: An Analysis of 32 Applications
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valdeep Saini (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jamie Jones (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: There are two major goals of functional communication training (FCT) – eliminate destructive behavior and establish a more acceptable, yet functionally equivalent, communication response (FCR). Once these objectives are completed, the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR is thinned to more manageable levels for implementation by caregivers. Researchers have described several approaches to thinning FCT reinforcement schedules (FCT ST) while maintaining the initial effectiveness of FCT (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). We summarized the results when three such approaches (i.e., multiple schedules, response restriction, or chained schedules) were used during FCT ST in 32 applications across 24 cases. Our findings were then compared to the results of previous studies in which delay (or delay-to-reinforcement) schedules were used during FCT ST. Results from the current investigation suggest that the discontinuation of delay schedules during FCT ST may improve the overall effectiveness of FCT without relying on alternative reinforcement or punishment procedures to achieve more practical endpoints of FCT.
 
Evaluation of a Screening Procedure for the Assessment of Aggression
SARAH C. MEAD (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) has “become a hallmark of behavioral assessment,” (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). However, the original procedures, which contained multiple test conditions for a problem behavior maintained by a variety of sources of reinforcement (self-injurious behavior), might not offer the most efficient method for identifying the function of aggression. The same can be said for approximations to a functional analysis, such as structured rating scales. We developed a rating scale specific to the functions of aggression and compared the use of this scale, followed by a single-function test, to a typical FA during the assessment of aggression exhibited by children and adults with intellectual disabilities. Results suggest that, in some cases, the screening procedure may offer an abbreviated yet accurate approach to the assessment of aggression. In addition, as this study includes the largest sample of aggression-only FAs to date, notable patterns of responding and precautions regarding the assessment of aggression are addressed.
 
Evaluation of Two Emergency Procedures to Treat Severe Escape Behavior.
SARAH K. SLOCUM (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: We are evaluating possible “emergency” treatments for escape behavior. Subjects will be exposed to either the emergency treatments or the business-as-usual treatment. The two emergency treatments are differential reinforcement using edibles for compliance (DR with edibles) and instructional fading (IF). We will compare these emergency treatments to a group of subjects who are exposed to the typical treatment for escape behavior, differential reinforcement using breaks for compliance with escape extinction (DR with breaks + EE). The literature suggests that IF and DR with edibles can produce low levels of problem behavior at the beginning of treatment. On the other hand, DR with breaks + EE has been shown to be effective; however, this procedure can take time to produce low levels of problem behavior. We will evaluate all three of these treatments in a combined within- and between-subject comparison to determine if these emergency treatments are in fact more suitable for situations in which behavior must be reduced drastically and immediately or for situations in which EE is not possible. We will present data for subjects from both groups.
 
Methods used to Evaluate the Role of Peer Attention in Maintaining Problem Behavior
KYLIE ROBERTS (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Peer attention has been shown to maintain problem behavior in typical children and children diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). The methods used to evaluate if behavior is sensitive to peer attention may vary depending on the skills of the individuals that participate as the peers in the assessment. Methods will be discussed for both peers that can be trained or prompted to provide contingent attention (peer confederates) and peers that are unable to be trained. The protocol discussed for peers that can be trained will consist of a contingent peer attention condition as the test condition and either an extinction or a DRA as the control condition. The protocol discussed for peers that are unable to be trained to provide contingent attention will consist of including the peer that was most likely to provide contingent attention (high P: A|PB) during a descriptive assessment in the test condition and the peers that are least likely to provide attention (low P: A|PB) during a descriptive assessment in the control condition. Strengths and limitations of both protocols will be discussed
 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Relationships Between Reinforcement Value and behavioral Stages of Development I
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon E (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard University)
Discussant: Sagun Giri (Dare Association, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents both theoretical analyses and data showing that behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers obtained can be combined to form a new theoretical model that explains behavior more powerfully than looking at reinforcing value alone. First, we illustrate how behavioral developmental stage on one hand and value of reinforcement interact. One way this happens is that the stage required for contingencies between one's own behavior and the consequences to be discriminable may exceed the stage of performance of the person. A second way is that stage has an influence on the effective value of events. This new integrative theory is then illustrated using data from a study of peddlers, in which it is shown that there is an empirical relationship between behavioral stages of development on economic tasks and the income people obtain (value). A third paper makes predictions about how investors might do in the stock market, given different behavioral stages of investing (lower stage investors net lower values). Finally, a fourth paper a study of how attachment entities change with development, with children reporting attachments mainly to people, pets, and objects, while adults report attachments to more abstract entities, such as ideals. These changes are shown to conform to the theory of behavioral developmental stages.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Stages, Reinforcement Value
 
The Sufficiency of Reinforcing Problem Solutions for Producing Transition to Formal Operations
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: A racially and socio-economically integrated population of fifth and sixth grade students was repeatedly presented with problems that required formal behavioral stage action to address causality problems successfully. At the outset of the study, almost all of the participants performed at the concrete or abstract behavioral stage and not the formal behavioral stage. The participants were three to five years younger than those that typically exhibit formal-operational performance. Participants were presented with and trained on the laundry problem over six to eight weeks, an isolation of variables problem. With problem presentation alone and with problem presentation and feedback, no significant change occurred. The transition to the formal stage accelerated significantly only when correct answers were reinforced, supporting the sufficiency of reinforcement. By the end of the intervention, over 75% of the participants whose correct answers were reinforced, detected formal operational relationships on the laundry problem. Perhaps reinforcement could help supply less motivated students with the impetus to gain new, higher stage problem solving skill.
 
Behavioral Developmental Stage of Pricing Strategy and Country of Respondents Predicts Earnings: A Study of Informal Economics
LUCAS ALEXANDER HALEY COMMONS-MILLER (Dare Institute), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Eva Yujia Li (University of Connecticut), Patrice Miller (Salem State University), Hudson Golino (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais)
Abstract: Social stratification is a significant moral issue mostly driven by high levels of income disparity. A common notion is that such income disparity can be reduced by creating equal opportunity of education for all individuals. This cross-cultural study examines the relationship between behavioral stages of development on an economic task and income of the people being studied, controlling for education. Two groups of people were studied: people who sell things on the sidewalks (peddlers) and people who transport goods (carters). Participants were from Brazil and the United States. Studying informal economies across cultures allowed us to test the behavioral stage of pricing strategies used by people of varying education levels and determines the extent to which the behavioral developmental stage of economic reasoning affected income obtained. It was found that the developmental stage of participants’ pricing strategies, correlated most with how much they earned, r = .5. The developmental stage was a better predictor of income than education.
 
Behavioral Developmental Stages of Investing Using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity
CHRISTINE THEXTON (Harvard University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Most theories and studies of decision making are a-developmental. However, there is ample evidence that there are differences in behavior on many decision-making tasks between children and adults. This paper asserts that within adults there are differences in behavior on many decision-making tasks and discusses investment as a decision-making task that produce value. As the behavioral stages increase, the value obtained increases. The major properties of stages of investment behavior are a) does a person looks at variables, do they coordinate input variables with performance, do they form a system of possible causal variables? Whether a person can compare such systems built out of multiple causal relations, can they understand that such systems are either incomplete or not consistent? We propose that the rational theories of investing fail because most economic theories assume perfectly rational players in the market place. One of the major reasons that private investors do terribly in managing and investing money is the inadequate behavioral stage development of the investors on the task of investing.
 

A Behavioral Developmental Account of Attachment Across the Lifespan Integrating Notions of Reinforcement Value and Behavioral Stage

PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Old questions in moral development concern why individuals might act morally and why they might act in a caring way with others. Two seemingly alternative answers to these questions have been that these actions are based on justice judgments (Kohlberg, 1981 1984) or on relational concerns, such as caring (Gilligan, 1982). Here the notion of moral attachment is used to show how these notions fit together to address these questions. Notions of moral attachment, in fact, explicitly combine the caring aspect of relationships with the eventual development of moral judgments (Kohlberg & Kiessner, 1991). Attachment is a form of valuing the source of reinforcement. Based on work of Commons (1991), and more recently Miller and Commons (2011), it is shown that attachment develops in terms of: a) objects that attachment behaviors are directed toward (from one or two parents, to others in the family, to those outside the family, to groups, to pets, to objects, to abstractions, and so forth); b) the processes or contingencies that attachment behaviors develop within, c) attachment behaviors themselves, and d) verbal explanations of attachment relationships, among other aspects. These processes are shown to change due with behavioral stage, changes in responding to immediate versus delayed outcomes of different choices, and interactions of these two factors. The development of moral attachment and moral judgments based on the basic stages of attachment will be sketched out using this model. For example, at behavioral developmental stage 2, touching, holding, feeding are the major attachment processes. Those who are associated with consoling infants, typically the parents, become conditioned, comforting stimuli. Here, the groundwork for the infant's eventual attachment to the parents, and then their eventual behavior of approval seeking and internalization of moral values is established. Behavior at this stage is most responsive to immediate consequences with little tendency to delay. These early developments will be contrasted with those at later stages to give a more complete and detailed account of how stage and value determine moral action.

 
 
Paper Session #29
Operant Variability
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
006C (CC)
Area: EAB
Chair: Kathleen Doolan (The University of Wiakato)
 
The Role of a Variability Contingency on Sequence Learning in Humans
Domain: Basic Research
KATHLEEN DOOLAN (The University of Wiakato), Stacey ter Veer-Burke (The University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato)
 
Abstract: Research shows that reinforcement of variable responding facilitates sequence learning in rats but may interfere with sequence learning in humans. Experiment 1 examined sequence difficulty in humans by manipulating sequence length and task instruction. Experiment 2 investigated the effect of removing or adding a variability contingency within the experimental session for a 6-item sequence. Participants were allocated to either a Control or Variable group. The Control group only received reinforcement for production of the target sequences. The Variability group received reinforcers on a Variable Interval 60-s schedule if the sequence met a variability criterion and for production of the target sequence. In Experiment 2 after 10 reinforcer deliveries the variability contingency was either removed or added. In Experiment 1, the Control group produced more target sequences for the 6-digit conditions, the Variable group produced more target sequences for the 9-digit condition and there was no difference between groups for the 12-digit condition. Task instructions had little impact on the results. In Experiment 2 the Control performed better than the Variability group – addition or removal of the variability contingency had little effect on performance. Results will be discussed in relation to previously published research on sequence learning with animals and humans.
 

Reinforcing Behavioral Variability: An Examination of it's Generalizability and an Analysis of U-Value as a Measure of Variability

Domain: Basic Research
XIUYAN (KITT) KONG (University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

Two experiments with college students were carried out to examine whether learned variability on two dimensions of a behaviour would generalise to a third dimension that occurred simultaneously using Ross and Neuringer"s (2002) rectangle drawing task. The dimensions being measured were the sizes, shapes and the locations on the screen of the rectangles. Performances of a group receiving reinforcement independent of the variability of all three dimensions and another group receiving reinforcement contingent on the variability of two of the three dimensions were compared. Results showed that overall, the variability in the shapes and locations of the rectangles was higher when these two dimensions occurred with other two dimensions that were required to vary; however, no difference was found for the variability in sizes between the two groups. The results suggested it was likely there was generalization from reinforcing variability on sizes and locations to shape and from reinforcing variability on sizes and shapes to locations. U-value as a measure of variability was also examined, with simulated data and data collected from one of the experiments. Limitations of the measure were identified. The attentions needed to report U-values would be discussed. Cautions needed when interpreting U-values as a measure of variability would be highlighted.

 
Systematic Operant Preferences and Variability in Human Participants: Analyzing Noncriteral Aspects of Behavior
Domain: Basic Research
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation/Oslo & Akershus University College), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: All operant behaviors have both criterial and noncriterial dimensions, the former being those that must occur in order for the operant to be completed, and the latter consisting of the rest of the physical performance of the operant. Noncriterial aspects of operant behavior are not often measured; however, when they are recorded they can provide valuable data on exactly how participants are likely to approach the performance of behaviors of the type studied. Furthermore, analysis of quantifiable noncriterial operant dimensions is a powerful way to measure operant variability/stereotypy. In two experiments participants performed operants consisting of a string of keypresses on the computer keyboard: the space bar (marking the start), at least 12 letters from those available, and finally the enter key (marking the end). The required number of keypresses had to occur for each operant to be counted, but which letters were chosen was noncriterial and left up to the participant. In Experiment 1 operants were reinforced with money on a VR schedule for 9 sessions, followed by an extinction session. In Experiment 2 operants were reinforced with positive feedback stimuli for 9 sessions, followed by a session in which each correct operant not identical to the previous two earned 80 cents. Participants’ preferences for individual letters, and patterns of letter keypresses, were in line with previous research on bias in experiments using a keystroke operant; in addition, the variability of the letter patterns emitted varied systematically and predictably both over time and in response to particular stimuli.
 
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Analyzing Supervision and Training Issues
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
202AB (CC)
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will address some common needs with respect to supervision and training across parents and staff. The first presentation will address a pyramidal behavior skills training approach utilized to train parents on implementation of a differential reinforcement procedure. The second address will focus on the use of fake data to get parents to implement their child's intervention with integrity. The third presentation will address the use of live-streaming to conduct behavior analytic supervision with staff. The fourth paper will address the use of video modeling to train staff on how to implement naturalistic teaching techniques. This symposium will focus on state of the art research procedures and how they can be employed in clinical practice to address supervision and training needs in the real world.
Keyword(s): supervision, training
 
Pyramidal Parent Training Using Behavioral Skills Training: Training Caregivers in the Use of a Differential Reinforcement Procedure
SARAH CONKLIN (California State University Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Six caregivers participated in a study in which behavioral skills training (BST) was used within a pyramidal training model to train a differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) procedure. The caregivers were split into two tiers of 3 caregivers each. The experimenter trained tier-one caregivers who then trained tier-two caregivers after meeting a predetermined criterion. Caregivers identified a problem behavior to decrease, and an appropriate behavior to increase. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of appropriate responding. During baseline, caregivers did not appropriately respond when a confederate emitted the target behavior. Following training, caregivers were able to implement a DRA procedure, responding appropriately to the target behavior at a mean of 96% (90-100%). Moreover, tier-one caregivers successfully trained tier-two caregivers in the same procedure obtaining similar results. A maintenance probe demonstrated appropriate responding at mean of 96% (90-100%) across both tiers.
 
The Metaphorical Carrot: Presentation of Exemplary Data to Increase Treatment Integrity in Parent Implemented Interventions
RAYMOND JUAREZ (SEEK Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The effects of exemplary data presentation to parents of children with autism were evaluated to increase their treatment integrity of intervention implementation. Following implementation of their assigned intervention plan, exemplary data of faux child’s progress was presented to each of three participants with a verbal statement indicating that their child could make these improvements if they implemented the behavioral plan with fidelity. Results indicated a moderate increase in treatment integrity when compared to baseline conditions.
 
Behavior Consultation: Staff Training via Live-Streaming
JOSE SANCHEZ (university of Reno, nevada), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the use of live-streaming during behavioral consultation in order to provide cost-effective consultation in a metropolitan city. Two staff members, providing direct behavior analytic services to children with autism, participated. First, an exam was utilized as a screening tool to determine the participants’ competence level. Then, baseline measurements were taken to determine participants’ current skill level in implementing Discrete Trial Training (DTT) lessons. Subsequently, three consultation sessions were conducted via live-streaming, wherein participants were provided with feedback regarding their performance. Results demonstrated a dramatic increase in performance with respect to the implementation of DTT during the consultation phase. Thus, the results support the use of live-streaming behavioral consultation. Implications with respect to cost-effectiveness and efficiency of live-streaming behavioral consultation are discussed as well as future research.
 
Increasing Staff Performance on Naturalistic Teaching Strategies Using Video Modeling
VIKANDA MEECHAN (Seek Education, Inc., California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to train staff on implementing naturalistic teaching strategies to present learning opportunities within the context of play using video modeling. Two different types of video modeling were compared; the videos either demonstrated what therapists should do or what they should not do. Six participants were randomly assigned to watch each type of video. Participants who did not meet the mastery criterion after viewing the first video were presented with the other video modeling. If they still did not meet the criterion, feedback was presented. Results indicated that both types of video modeling and feedback were required for four participants. One participant met the criterion after watching the correct video modeling while another participant met the criterion after watching both types of video modeling without feedback. Implications of video modeling and feedback are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #31
Innovations in Training of Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA
Keyword(s): Innovations, Training
Chair: Kira Austin (VCU)
 

Toward a More Capable Approach to Direct Services Data Collection, Analysis, and Feedback: Practice and Implications of a Field Systems Approach

Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN KOPERWAS (Unknown)
 
Abstract:

The importance of kind and type of professional training and related direct services activities are receiving ever greater attention. This is evidenced by the expansion and growing influence of the BACB and concomitant rapidly evolving certification requirements. Within this growing attention, is focus on recommended practice when documenting the behavioral characteristics of effective behavior service delivery, and form and function of effective treatment in direct service delivery settings. Of professional challenge, is transitioning recommended applied behavior analytic data gathering and analysis methodologies to these professional activities. This presentation will provide applied summary of user friendly software tools designed to collect and analyze discrete and time-based behavioral data for a wide range of evaluation and feedback applications in direct observation client settings. Data based support for software tool use will also be provided. Presentation information should be of particular appeal to a graduate students, behavioral psychologists, BCBA professionals engaged in assessment and behavior plan activities, and research analysts -- all interested in analyzing complex configurations of behaviors which are emitted at high rates and oftentimes overlap in time. Recommendations for professional practice include introduction to (a) recommended procedures when collecting time-based data in the live setting, and (b) computer generated behavior descriptions, graphic displays, statistical analyses and reliability comparisons of data files when engaged in data analysis and data based feedback.

 
Developing Coordination of Behavior Analytic Services: One University’s Lessons Learned and Unique Solutions
Domain: Service Delivery
KIRA AUSTIN (Whitworth University)
 
Abstract: As a result of a recent state legal settlement, applied behavior analysis for children with developmental disabilities are now covered by medical insurance in Washington State. However, only individuals who are National Board Certified Behavior Analysts or are directly supervised by someone with these credentials are able to provide these services. The current demand far exceeds availability, both regionally and nationally. To respond to the needs of the community, one university collaborated with a variety of agencies to provide services to the local community. This presentation will describe the university’s development process from creating coursework to building community support services. Through partnership with a regional behavior analytic therapy clinic the university is scheduled to open in March 2015 a university-based clinic to provide services to the community. The aforementioned law also required 3 hours of weekly therapy for the families of children in the clinic. This clinic will provide paid internships and supervision hours for university students in a Master’s in special education program and pre-service marriage and family therapists. This presentation will provide an overview of a “non-traditional” university program and allow participants to reflect on how one university’s approach could be replicated.
 
Efficiently Searching Online Literature Databases
Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE L. BANK (The PartnerShip, LLC)
 
Abstract: In an effort to help practitioners meet their obligation to stay in contact with the scholarly literature, The Behavior Analysis Certification Board just made the ERIC research database available to Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Although many masters level providers are skilled in searching literature databases, there are many “behind the scenes” tricks and techniques that could lead to more efficient searching. This presentation gives practitioners in-depth information about using ERIC including: the structure of the database, advanced use of Boolean terminology, using the ERIC thesaurus, use of search terms related to behavior analysis, and other search tips. The BACB suggests that ERIC, PubMed and Google Scholar can assist providers in contacting research literature. This presentation applies the same tricks and techniques to searching behavior analytic literature in PubMed and Google Scholar. The presentation ends with a brief review of Google Scholar citation analysis and measuring the impact factor of key research articles.
 
A Proposed Hierarchy of Functional Behavioral Assessment Knowledge and Skills and Its Implications for Research and Practice
Domain: Service Delivery
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah)
 
Abstract: Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) procedures related to challenging behavior are a professionally and legally mandated component of service provision in many home, school, and other community service settings. However, there are still significant concerns about the ability of typical practitioners to effectively implement FBA, interpret results, and use the information to develop effective behavioral support strategies. This presentation will describe (1) a proposed hierarchy of FBA knowledge and skills, (2) a possible framework for defining which types of staff/service providers need which types of knowledge and skills, and (3) the implications of these proposals for future research and training for service providers.
 
Keyword(s): Innovations, Training
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Pragmatic Values in Education and Practice of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Discussant: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis functions within a non-foundational theory of truth and embraces a pragmatic view of truth and values. This means that our focus on what works is a guiding principle in practice and in the development of our field as whole. Historically our scope of influence has been most visible in the field of autism, but at times our focus conflicts with dominant views. We examine the implications of this conflict for our practices. Similarly, behaviorally oriented psychotherapists are faced with treatment decisions with a view towards what works. Behavior analysis offers strategies for determining and evaluating interventions based on context-driven pragmatic values; we illustrate with substance abuse treatment. Our final two papers concentrate on illustrations from higher education and focus first on the historical dualism in healthcare that has devalued behavioral health and privileged physical disease. This appears to be changing and moving towards an integrated bio-behavioral model that will require behavior analytic training programs to adopt an intra-professional practice model befitting our pragmatic orientation. Finally we endorse Dewey's pragmatic liberal education and his insistence on cooperative work and review a developing program in behavior analysis and public health.

Keyword(s): autism Dewey, graduate training, pragmatism values
 
Pragmatic Values in Autism Education
CHATA A. DICKSON (New England Center for Children), Magda M. Stropnik (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: For over four decades United States federal law has required that children with disabilities be provided a free and appropriate public education. Since this time, legislators, school officials, and teachers have grappled with defining ‘appropriate,’ and in many cases great efforts have been made to bring children with autism and intellectual disabilities into contact with the general education curriculum. Although these efforts are rooted in the values of equal rights and democracy, for many children this approach has been suboptimal. We argue, from a pragmatic standpoint, that the most appropriate education is one that targets goals that are functionally appropriate for the individual, rather than structurally similar to the general education curriculum.
 
Pragmatic Values in Clinical Work
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (Palo Alto VA Healthcare System)
Abstract: Psychotherapy is not values-free. Practitioners’ values can influence their clinical practice, from selecting the type of therapy to determining termination of services, and subsequently can impact clients’ outcomes and experiences of therapy. Values can be difficult to identify and their influence is often outside of the practitioner’s awareness. Behavior analysis and behaviorally based therapies, including Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), offer a set of values a practitioner can adopt, as well as useful tools for identifying values and value-directed actions. A unifying set of values across behavioral therapies is pragmatism or “doing what works” or “what works more effectively.” However, “what works” or “what works more effectively” must be guided by the context of the individual seeking clinical services. Without an understanding of the individual’s context, the provider risks the danger of being rigidly prescriptive and ultimately ineffective. Behavior analysis offers strategies for determining and evaluating interventions based on context-driven pragmatic values. Using the example of substance use treatment, the intersections of values, pragmatism, and behavior analysis will be examined with a focus on their influence on practitioners’ clinical decisions and interventions.
 

Pragmatic Values in Healthcares Paradigm Shift: Integrated Care and Intra-professional Training Models for Behavior AnalystsHealthcare in the United States has traditionally involved a dualistic syst

MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Healthcare in the United States has traditionally involved a dualistic system that devalues behavioral health problems while privileging physical disease. The rise of chronic disease (i.e., heart disease, COPD, diabetes, etc.) and the failure of the healthcare system to adequately address behavioral health problems has resulted in an increasing recognition of the importance of behavior in health, so much so that the medical field has been said to be in the midst of a paradigm shift from a dualistic biomedical model to an integrated bio-behavioral model. This paradigm shift is well aligned with behavior analysis pragmatic values, and presents behavior analysts with an unparalleled opportunity for effective action within the medical system, a community from which we have largely been excluded. A key to successfully incorporating behavior analysis into an increasingly integrated model of care involves the development of behavior analytic training programs that adopt an intra-professional practice model. This presentation will examine this paradigm shift in the context of Deweys pragmatism and present a training model for the next generation of behavior analysts that retains these pragmatic values while fostering the inclusion of behavior analysis in the intra-professional integration of the healthcare system.

 
Behavior Analysis Liberal Studies and Public Health
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), David Richard (Rollins College)
Abstract: Increasing demands for professional behavior analysts in certain area such autism, has resulted in the rapid expansion of masters programs that deliver instruction in a variety of ways ranging from the traditional classroom to web-based instruction and mobile learning. While growth in our training programs is inevitable, even desirable, our field would be well advised to examine carefully our end goals in training professionals at the master’s level who seek terminal degrees. If our goals center around the education of clinicians whose work will concentrate in narrow areas of practice such as autism, then a selective focus on foundations and applications of behavior analysis to these areas is appropriate. But, if on the other hand, our goals include expanding our field of influence in behavioral health, then we must consider broadening our students’ exposure. I will present a model that adopts Dewey’s pragmatic view of a liberal education and his insistence on cooperative work, in this case, by teaming with graduate programs in public health and health services administration, and introducing clinical science electives as a way of expanding our field of influence and broadening our areas of practice and visibility.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Procedures for Promoting Emergent Relations
Saturday, May 23, 2015
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Amber R. Paden, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium covers procedures for promoting emergent relations. Clements et al. and Frampton et al. used matrix training to teach children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder to tact three-digit numbers and noun-verb combinations (e.g., “Cat jumping), respectively. Post-tests, across both studies, showed the emergence of all untrained combinations, illustrating the efficiency of this procedure. Aguirre and Rehfeldt evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of the stimulus-equivalence paradigm in teaching English and math relations with three children in a general education classroom. Anticipated results may show a formation of equivalence classes with the English and math stimuli for all participants. Lee et al. evaluated the effects of receptive discrimination training (listener behavior) on the development of categorization and tacts (speaker behavior) with four preschool children with autism. Results support previous research that both speaker and listener behavior may be required for the emergence of untrained categorization and tacting following listener training, and that traditional language assessments may be useful to assess these skills. Dr. Mark Sundberg, a leading researcher in the study of verbal behavior and the founder and past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior will serve as the discussant.
Keyword(s): autism, emergent relations, verbal behavior
 

Using a Chaining Prompt within Matrix Training to Evaluation Acquisition and Recombinitive Generalization of Tacting Three-Digit Numbers

ANDREA CLEMENTS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer Felber (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), John Borgen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in expressive language. Matrix training is a procedure that has been used to teach expressive language and evaluate re-combinative generalization of targets. In the current investigation, a multiple-baseline design across targets design was used to teach a child with autism to tact three-digit numbers. The matrix consisted of the hundreds and tens position on the first axis (120 - 190) and ones position (2 - 9) on the second axis producing 64 three-digit numbers. Pre-treatment baseline probes showed zero levels of independent responding for all numbers in the matrix. Eight three-digit numbers (produced along the diagonal of the matrix) were taught using a chaining and progressive prompt delay procedure. The chaining prompt involved presenting flashcards with each the three-digit, two-digit, and one-digit numbers; building the number from hundreds to ones (e.g., 100 presented, then 20 presented and 3 presented for 123) while simultaneously vocally modeling the correct number. Post-treatment baseline probes showed correct responding for all untrained three-digit numbers in the matrix.

 
A Further Evaluation of Naming and Categorization in Children with Autism
Greg Lee (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (California State University Sacramento), Emily Darcey (California State University Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that children with autism may accurately categorize visual stimuli without direct training after learning to both tact and receptively discriminate the stimuli with commons names. The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the effects of receptive discrimination (listener) training alone on the development of categorization and tacts (speaker behavior) with four preschool children with autism. We administered standardized language tests to evaluate the participant’s language skills prior to beginning the study. We used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline across participants to evaluate the effects of listener training. Two participants whose pre-training language assessment identified both speaker and listener scores of three years and nine months or greater, categorized and tacted previously-unfamiliar stimuli following listener training alone. Two participants whose pre-test language assessment identified both speaker and listener scores of two and half years or less, did not categorize or tact the stimuli following listener training alone. These results support previous research that both speaker and listener behavior may be required for the emergence of untrained categorization and tacting, following listener training, and that traditional language assessments may be useful to assess these skills.
 
The Use of Matrix Training to Promote Recombinative Generalization of Noun-Verb Tacts
SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Jordahl (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit deficits in language development. Studies have found that some children with autism do not combine known words at the same time as typically developing peers (Paul, Chawarska, Klin, and Volkmar, 2007; Weismer et al., 2011). Matrix training consists of pre-planning intervention by identifying the components of desired responses and arranging them across two axes. The diagonal targets would be selected for intervention, as together they contain all combinations of the component responses. After learning these targets, the individual may demonstrate correct responses to the non-diagonal targets. Three males diagnosed with ASD were exposed to matrix training with mastered tacts of nouns (e.g., “cat”) and verbs (e.g., “jumping”). Following baseline of a Generalization Matrix and Matrix 1, the diagonal targets within Matrix 1 were trained as noun-verb combinations (e.g., “Cat jumping). Post-tests were conducted once mastery criteria were met. Additional matrices were baselined and trained until correct responding was observed in the untrained, Generalization Matrix. Results showed that all participants demonstrated recombinative generalization within trained matrices and eventually within the Generalization Matrix. These findings support the use of matrix training as a tactic to promote untrained, novel responses for learners with ASD.
 
An evaluation of an equivalence-based instruction on the emergence of English and math relations with elementary school children
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: One behavioral-based technology that has shown to be effective in teaching complex behavior is the stimulus equivalence paradigm (SEP). Further investigation is needed to examine the effects of the SEP with academically relevant stimuli. The purpose of this study is to use a multiple-probe design to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of the SEP in teaching English and math relations derived from the Common Core Standards with three children in a general education classroom. English and math stimulus sets will consist of prefixes, suffixes, fractions, and properties of multiplication. An automated program will be used for all match-to-sample testing and instructional sessions. English and math paper-and-pencil tests will be administered to evaluate performance before and after the implementation of the SEP. Pilot data collected suggest that the formation of equivalence classes may emerge after the administration of the SEP. Limitations and future research will also be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #34
Religion & Education: Does Behavior Analysis Have a Role?
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA
Chair: Elizabeth Ghezzi (Student)
 

Religion and Education: Does Behavior Analysis Have a Role?

Domain: Theory
ELIZABETH GHEZZI (Student), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

There are currently 13 states that have school districts outlining science curriculum either allowing or not allowing intelligent design (creation science) to be considered. Of those 13 states, 7 allow creation science to be taught at the high school level. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a review of the literature associated with the role of religion in education, and addresses the significance for behavior science. More specifically, our discussion will focus on how behavior science describes, studies, and adapts its associated technology to a global community that is religious.

 
 
 
Paper Session #35
Investigating the Use and Efficacy of Online Instruction in Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) Staff Training Models
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
205 (CC)
Area: TBA
Chair: Ann Filer (Beacon ABA Services)
 

Investigating the Use and Efficacy of Online Instruction in Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) Staff Training Models

Domain: Service Delivery
ANN FILER (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

Autism is a complex developmental disability involving behavioral challenges and delays in communication, social interaction, and play. The disorder affects 1 in 68 individuals nationwide. The need for well trained professionals to work with individuals with this diagnosis is high, as ABA training models are not producing trained personnel at a rate that can meet the demand for services. Online instruction may provide a solution to this problem given the efficiency associated with this type of instruction. Studies in support of online instruction exist, however results are not conclusive and guidelines on how this training format is best utilized have not been identified. This paper will provide audience members with the following information; 1. An overview of the published research associated with ABA as well as other disciplines. In doing so, the need for a coordinated research effort will be highlighted. 2. A review of current concepts associated with online instruction that may guide future research efforts. 3. A large scale study involving the use of a between groups, repeated measures design and associated outcome data, will be presented as a starting-off point for further research, that may produce a set of guidelines involving the use of online instruction in ABA training models.

 
 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research in the Prevention and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
214C (CC)
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D.
Abstract: Decades of applied research have established guidelines for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, such as self-injury, aggression, and property destruction. This symposium includes two translational studies covering areas of research in severe behavior that have received relatively little attention. Jessica Cohoenour will present a study on behavioral disinhibition in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Though behavioral disinhibition has been shown to occur in basic research on animals, its occurrence with human participants, as well as its relevance to relapse and the use of extinction procedures in the treatment of severe behavior, are less established in the literature. Tara Fahmie will present a study on the prevention of challenging behavior. To bypass the common methodological difficulties in studying prevention, a laboratory model included undergraduate students as participants and a mouse click as the dependent variable. Our discussant, Andrew Samaha, will provide his informed perspective on these unique approaches to the study of prevention and treatment of challenging behavior.
Keyword(s): Autism, Disinhibition, Shaping, Translational
 

An Experimental Analysis of Behavioral Disinhibition

JESSICA M. COHENOUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral disinhibition is the reappearance of extinguished behavior when a novel stimulus is introduced into the environment (Brimer, 1970a). This phenomenon may be responsible for some types of treatment relapse when problem behavior returns after the introduction of a novel stimulus despite extinction procedures being held constant. Several basic researchers have attained experimental results supporting this type of effect with animals (e.g., Brimer, 1970a; Brimer, 1970b; Gagn?, 1941; Yamaguchi & Ladioray, 1962) but only two studies to date have attempted to experimentally study disinhibition in human participants (i.e.., Baumeister & Hawkins, 1966; Warren & Brown, 1943). The current study sought to determine if behavioral disinhibition would occur with 3 participants with Autism Spectrum Disorder who were taught a simple lever pull response. Results showed that lever pulls increased for two of three participants when we introduced novel stimuli (i.e., a light and a buzzer) to the environment after extinction. These findings suggest that disinhibition may account for some instances of response recovery after extinction and that this study?s preparation may be beneficial to the further study of disinhibition and the variables that affect its occurrence.

 
The Prevention of Problem Behavior: A Laboratory Model
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Uilani Elmer (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Research on the functional analysis of severe behavior (aggression, self-injury, property destruction) has yielded a great deal of information about the conditions that give rise to and maintain such behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. These collective findings have produced a powerful technology for behavior change; however, the prevailing focus in applied behavior analysis remains on the treatment of existing problem behavior. Despite suggestions that this same technology may be applied to the prevention of problem behavior, limited research exists on the preventive efficacy of behavioral interventions. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the preventive efficacy of common behavioral interventions using a laboratory model. Undergraduate students participated in a computer game, in which a percentile schedule was used to shape a pre-specified response as an analogue to problem behavior. A group design was used to assess the effects of noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior on the prevention of the pre-specified response. Both visual inspection and statistical analyses were applied to the data to provide preliminary evidence of the efficacy of these two approaches in the prevention of severe behavior. Clinical recommendations based on our findings will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Special Issues Related to the Treatment of Problem Behavior: Challenging Topographies and Antecedents
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
214D (CC)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions have proven to be an effective method for treatment of problem behavior particularly when intervention is preceded by a functional analysis (Heyvaert, Saenen, Campbell, Maes, & Onghena, 2014). Despite the effectiveness of behavioral interventions in this domain some topographies (e.g., pica and elopement) and functions (e.g., escape from noise) have received less attention and therefore more research is needed in these areas. The current symposium will present data assessment and treatment data. Assessment data will evaluate the utility of differentiating bolting from wandering when conducting functional analysis of elopement. Treatment data will focus on the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (e.g., throwing the pica item away or handing the item to a therapist) with schedule thinning to effectively reduce pica. In addition treatment data will be presented on antecedent manipulations (e.g., noncontingent reinforcement) used in conjunction with timeout, without the use of extinction, for the treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from noise. Data will be discussed in terms of the clinical utility of these assessment and treatment procedures as well as implications for future research.

Keyword(s): elopement, negative reinforcment, pica, problem behavior
 

Using a Differential-Reinforcement Procedure to Treat Pica

ELIZABETH KLINEPETER (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Sarah K. Slocum (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with problematic behavior in the form of pica, or ingesting nonedible items. However, research on the treatment of pica to date is limited. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior treatment of pica for two individuals with ASD using a multiple-baseline across subjects with an embedded reversal design. The two subjects were taught an appropriate response to replace pica (e.g., throw the pica item away or hand the item to a therapist) through a least-to-most prompting sequence. A marked decrease in the rate of pica and an increase in the level of the appropriate response occurred during the treatment phases for both subjects. Furthermore, this effect maintained with increased response effort for one subject (see Figure 1) and a thinned schedule of reinforcement for the other (see Figure 2). This treatment serves as an example of an acceptable treatment that can be implemented to reduce the potentially life-threatening behavior of pica while teaching an appropriate, alternative response.

 
Reduction of Aggressive Behavior Evoked by Sounds Using Noncontingent Reinforcement and Time-Out
DANIELLE DUPUIS (University of Houston – Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston – Clear Lake), Molly Shireman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Some individuals with developmental disabilities engage in problem behavior to escape or avoid auditory stimuli (Iwata et al., 1994; McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Ellingson, & Thomson, 2001). In this study, a 6-year-old boy with autism and Fragile X syndrome engaged in severe aggression in the presence of specific sounds (e.g., specific nursery rhymes, adults talking to one another). An assessment based on the procedures described by McCord et al. was conducted to determine which sounds evoked aggression across varying decibel (dB) levels. Results indicated that certain sounds were more likely to evoke aggression, even at the lowest dB level (30 dB). We then extended prior research by evaluating a treatment consisting of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and time-out from positive reinforcement in the absence of extinction. The evaluation was conducted using a combined reversal and multiple baseline design across different sounds. Treatment was highly effective in reducing aggression across multiple sounds and novel therapists, even when the NCR schedule was thinned.
 
Differential Approaches to the Treatment of Elopement Based on Topography: Bolting vs. Wandering
JESSICA ALVAREZ (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Ally Coleman (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Elopement is typically defined as any instance in which an individual leaves a caregiver or designated area without permission (Bodfish, 1992), and has contributed to making accidents one of the leading causes of premature death for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (Shavelle, Strauss, & Pickett, 2001). However, at least two topographies of elopement are prevalent in this population: bolting and wandering. Bolting occurs when an individual runs from supervision, whereas wandering occurs when an individual strays from supervision. A functional analysis of elopement as described by Piazza et al. (1997) utilizes a two-room design in which an individual can elope from one room to the other. In order to assess the function of bolting in isolation, wandering was blocked and placed on extinction. Preliminary data show that FAs of elopement can produce different results for wandering compared to bolting. These results suggest that when conducting FAs of elopement, it may be important to assess for both bolting and wandering to identify an effective function-based treatment. Implications of assessment and treatment of wandering and bolting are discussed.
 
 
Special Event #38
SQAB Tutorial: The Molar View of Self-Control
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
103AB (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leonard Green (Washington University)
Presenting Authors: : HOWARD RACHLIN (State University of New York Stony Brook), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
Abstract:

A problem in self-control arises when an organism chooses between one activity strongly induced by short-term reinforcers and a second activity weakly induced by long-term reinforcers but more beneficial in the long term. The short-term, strongly induced activity is called impulsivity, and the long-term, weakly induced activity is called self-control. Impulsivity and self-control have usually been studied as they affect discounting: delay discounting, probability discounting, and social discounting. Although discounting affords measures of impulsivity relative to self-control, discounting as a representation of real-world choice is unrealistic, because discounting applies only to discrete events like receiving a sum of money or a cigarette. Real-world consequences like good health or sobriety occur over long periods of time, not at specific moments. A more realistic, molar, view of impulsivity and self-control takes them as bad and good habits extended in time. Seen this way, a good or bad habit may be described as a conflict of time frames: Consequences evaluated in a short time frame are opposite to consequences evaluated in a long time frame. The molar view may be more useful than discounting for treatment--that is, discouraging bad habits and encouraging good habits.

 
HOWARD RACHLIN (State University of New York Stony Brook), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
Howard Rachlin obtained a Ph.D. in psychology from Harvard University in 1965. He is currently a research professor and an emeritus distinguished professor of psychology at Stony Brook University. He has published more than 100 articles, written six books including Behavior and Mind (1994) and The Science of Self-Control (2000), and edited two others. His most recent book is The Escape of the Mind (2014). He has served on study sections for the National Institutes of Health and the National Science Foundation. He is on the editorial boards of six journals. His research (on choice, self-control, social cooperation, and experimental economics) has been supported by grants from the National Institutes of Health and the National Science Foundation including an NIH merit award. Among other honors he has been elected fellow at ABAI, the American Psychological Society and the Society of Experimental Psychologists. He has received a James McKeen Cattell fellowship (1975-76) and an award for the impact of science on application from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (2005). He was a visiting scholar at the Russell Sage Foundation (1988-89) and an invited speaker at the Nobel Symposium on Behavioral and Experimental Economics, Stockholm, Sweden (2001).
Keyword(s): discounting, impulsivity, molar view, self-control
 
 
Invited Paper Session #39
CE Offered: BACB

Functional Analysis and Intervention in Mainstream Schools: What Lessons do we Still Need to Learn?

Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D., BCBA-D, has been applying the science of behavior analysis to improve outcomes for children and their teachers for nearly 20 years. Both her research and clinical work focus on how behavior analytic assessment and intervention strategies can be applied with typically developing children, as well as examining what adaptations may be necessary for making our science "work" in mainstream classrooms. She has worked with numerous schools in the United States and the United Kingdom, focusing primarily on those in disadvantaged communities. Dr. Austin received her Ph.D. from the Florida State University and currently serves as principal lecturer in psychology at the University of South Wales, where she leads the Behaviour Analysis Unit and directs the undergraduate and postgraduate programs in behavior analysis. Before moving to the United Kingdom, Dr. Austin served on the faculty at the University of South Florida; California State University, Fresno; and the University of Houston-Clear Lake. She is the past president of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis and a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice.
Abstract:

Challenging behavior continues to plague both primary and secondary schools, despite a raft of educational and governmental policies to tackle it. The need for practical, relevant, and evidence-based strategies for analyzing and treating these behaviors has never been more pressing than it is today. Behavior analysis certainly has much to offer with regard to helping schools solve problems and achieve the goals set for both students and teachers. However, our literature has tended to focus less on applications of our science to typically developing children and adolescents, so there is still much we don't know about the nuances of working with these populations. This presentation will address some of the challenges associated with applying functional analysis and intervention strategies in mainstream classrooms, as well as delineating some possible solutions derived from both research and clinical practice. Further, it will suggest some research questions that may be important if behavior analysis is to fulfill its promise to mainstream students, their parents, and their teachers.

Keyword(s): function-based intervention, functional analysis, schools
 
 
Invited Paper Session #40
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Conducting In-Home Functional Analyses and Functional Communication Training via Telehealth

Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: David P. Wacker, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa)
Dr. David P. Wacker is a professor of pediatric psychology at the University of Iowa Children's Hospital, where he directs the biobehavioral outpatient service. He is the co-principal investigator of National Institute of Mental Health and Maternal and Child Health grants that have funded telehealth research programs for young children with autism who engage in problem behaviors at home. The initial results of these projects, which involved conducting functional analysis and functional communication training via telehealth in outpatient clinic settings, were recently published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The most recent project involves conducting these same procedures directly in the home. Dr. Wacker is a former editor of JABA and was president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior board. He is a Fellow of ABAI and of Divisions 25 and 22 of APA.
Abstract:

This talk will provide a summary of results obtained from a Maternal and Child Health-funded project in which functional analyses and functional communication training (FCT) were conducted in the homes of young children with autism who engaged in problem behaviors. All procedures were conducted by parents with live coaching from applied behavior analysts. Functional analyses were conducted within multielement designs, and FCT was conducted within reversal designs and as part of a randomized clinical trial. Inter-observer agreement was conducted on 30% of sessions. The talk will begin with a brief summary of previously funded inVIVO and telehealth projects using the same procedures and will then focus on the current in-home telehealth procedures. Video clips will highlight individual cases and group summaries will be provided for the assessment and treatment results.

Target Audience:

Practitioners and applied behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to: (1) describe how a standard functional analysis is modified when conducted via telehealth in the homes of young children with autism; (2) indicate how FCT is conducted via telehealth; and (3) describe how single case design is blended within a randomized clinical trial.
Keyword(s): autism, functional analysis, functional communication, telehealth
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #41
CE Offered: BACB

Retrieval-Based Learning: Active Retrieval Promotes Meaning

Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf, Ph.D.
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Elms College)
JEFFREY KARPICKE (Purdue University)
Jeffrey Karpicke is the James V. Bradley Associate Professor of Psychological Sciences at Purdue University and is an expert on applying cognitive science to education. He received a B.A. in psychology from Indiana University and a Ph.D. in psychology from Washington University in St. Louis. Dr. Karpicke's research sits at the interface between cognitive science and education, with a specific emphasis on the importance of retrieval processes for learning. The goal of Karpicke's research is to identify effective strategies that promote long-term, meaningful learning and comprehension. Dr. Karpicke's research has been funded by $2.8 million in grants from the National Science Foundation and the Institute of Education Sciences at the U.S. Department of Education. Dr. Karpicke's research is routinely covered in the media (e.g., The Chronicle of Higher Education, Newsweek, The New York Times, and The Wall Street Journal). He is author of more than 30 publications, including two papers published in Science magazine. Dr. Karpicke is the recipient of a National Science Foundation CAREER award and the Presidential Early Career Award for Scientists and Engineers (PECASE), the highest honor bestowed by the United States Government on science and engineering professionals in the early stages of their independent research careers. Karpicke is also recognized as one of the top teachers at Purdue University. He has received four teaching awards at Purdue, including the Outstanding Undergraduate Teaching Award in Memory of Charles B. Murphy, the highest teaching award bestowed by the university. He is a Fellow of the Teaching Academy at Purdue University. Also, Dr. Karpicke is director of the Cognition and Learning Laboratory at Purdue University. The laboratory's website is http://learninglab.psych.purdue.edu/. Dr. Karpicke may be reached via email at karpicke@purdue.edu.
Abstract:

Recent advances in the cognitive science of learning have important implications for instructional practices at all levels of education. For example, cognitive research has identified one strategy that promotes complex learning called retrieval practice: Practicing actively reconstructing one's knowledge while studying has potent effects on long-term learning. Yet, when students monitor and regulate their own learning, they often choose to engage in inferior strategies like repetitive reading, and the ultimate consequence is poor learning. This talk provides an overview of Dr. Karpicke's research program on retrieval-based learning. In recent work, they have extended retrieval practice to meaningful learning of complex educational materials, converted existing classroom activities into retrieval-based activities, and developed new computer-based learning methods for implementing retrieval-based learning. Incorporating retrieval practice into educational activities is a powerful way to enhance learning.

Keyword(s): active learning, education, retrieval, stimulus control
 
 
Symposium #42
Going to the dog lab: Basic and applied behavior analysis on canine behavior.
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
008B (CC)
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa Gunter (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Abstract: In this symposium, we extend the operant laboratory and applied behavior analysis to a non-traditional population of pet dogs. We show how applied behavior analysis can be extended to dogs to decrease unwanted behavior. In this symposium, we present a Functional Analysis of resource guarding and operant treatments for separation anxiety and home-alone nuisance barking. We then show how the basic animal laboratory can be extended to study how conditioning principles influence basic canine odor perception. Together, this symposium will highlight how dogs bridge the basic animal laboratory to applied behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): Dog behavior, Functional Analysis, Odor discrimination, Problem behavior
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Resource Guarding in Pet Dogs.
BRANDON C PEREZ (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida)
Abstract: Aggression is regarded as the most prevalent and serious problem behavior exhibited by dogs and is the most common reason owners refer their dogs to behavioral specialists (ASPCA Aggression in Dogs, 2014). Resource guarding is an especially salient topography of aggression that is occasioned by the presence of high-value items. Although Pavlovian conditioning techniques such as systematic desensitization and counterconditioning are widely used in treatment procedures, no research has been conducted evaluating the use of operant assessment and treatment to resource guarding in dogs. The purpose of our study was to extend the application of functional analysis methodology and treatment to dogs exhibiting human-directed resource guarding occasioned by various stimuli (e.g., food bowl, toys, rawhides, bones) in a home setting. Six dogs of various ages and breeds underwent four experimental conditions (control, attention, escape, and tangible) in a functional analysis. We subsequently conducted a treatment evaluation involving function-based treatments based on the function(s) of each subject’s resource guarding. Treatment effects were also evaluated with different trainers and guarded stimuli, in untrained settings, and in a two-week follow-up. Behavior analytic techniques – including operant conditioning - may hold promise for lasting behavior change with respect to resource guarding in domestic dogs.
 
An Operant Treatment of Separation-Related Problem Behavior.
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Carroll College), Kristy Muir (Animal Training Behavior Solutions)
Abstract: Separation-related problem behaviors, such as excessive vocalization, defecation/urination, and destruction are a common problem in owned dogs and is a common cause of relinquishment of dogs (Bailey, 1991). Traditional techniques use a counter conditioning and desensitization treatment. We hypothesized that owner return is a reinforcer that can be used to shape behavior, including potentially separation-related problem behavior. If correct, it could also be used to shape and maintain appropriate behavior. Thus, we assessed a treatment using an operant approach to separation-related behavior problems by making owner return contingent on desirable behavior. We compared this to using food as a reinforcer to shape and maintain desirable behavior during owner absence. We first video recorded each dog’s behavior in a baseline session. Next, dogs were placed randomly into either the Owner Return or Food group. For Owner Return dogs, the owner entered the room contingent on the dog’s calm response, monitored via webcam, that was incompatible with behaviors observed in baseline. Across successful trials, we increased the criterion for owner return. We decreased the criterion after unsuccessful trials. For Food dogs, the experimenter triggered a remote dispenser to deliver food contingent on calm behavior. We recorded all sessions and used the dog’s behavior as a direct measure of treatment efficacy. Owner Return dogs showed greater improvement than Food dogs. All Owner Return dogs showed an increase in the time alone without problem behavior. The food treatment was largely unsuccessful: all dogs initially consumed the food but stopped eating shortly into the session.
 
Automated Differential Reinforcement of Not Barking in a Home-Alone Setting: Evaluating a Humane Alternative to the Bark Collar.
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Nuisance barking is one of the top reasons for dog owners to seek help from a dog trainer or an animal behaviorist. Excessive barking is reported to be a reason for relinquishing a pet dog to the shelter. Current treatments for home-alone barking are limited to the use of collars or devices that deliver aversive consequences in an attempt to punish barking. Even though past research has supported the efficacy of some of these devices, the ethics of these methods are debatable. An alternative to positive punishment for decreasing problem behavior is the Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (a DRO schedule). DRO schedules have been shown to be effective in decreasing and even eliminating various problem behaviors in varied human populations. The aim of the proposed study is to evaluate a more humane alternative to the traditional devices that deliver aversive consequences contingent on barking; we propose to evaluate the efficacy of an automated DRO schedule to curb nuisance barking. We hypothesize that barking may be decreased by the delivery of competing reinforcers for other behavior. More specifically, we predict that barking will decrease compared to baseline when food is delivered at preset intervals, contingent on no barking occurring in that interval. We expect the results from this study to directly benefit the dog training community by providing a humane tool to combat nuisance barking and, thus, improve the bond between dog and owner and prevent possible relinquishment of the dog to a shelter.
 
Effect of Odor Pre-Exposure on Sensitivity in Detecting that Odor.
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: In this study we are assessing how odor exposure might influence a dog’s threshold detection for that odor. Using a custom built 7-channel liquid dilution olfactometer, dogs are trained on a go/no-go olfactory discrimination that is under computer control. To assess a dog’s sensitivity to an odor, dogs are presented with successively lower concentrations of the target odor until the dog is no longer able to detect it. Dogs first receive a baseline threshold assessment for two pure odors (amyl acetate and phenyl ethanol). Half of the dogs then receive Pavlovian conditioning to one odor while the other odor is an unexposed control odor. The remaining half of dogs receive repeated daily exposure to one of the odors, while the other odor remains an unexposed control odor. All dogs then receive a post-test assessment of threshold to both the control and experimental odors to see whether the dogs show a change in sensitivity to either odor. The figure below indicates that dogs that receive Pavlovian conditioning show improved sensitivity to that odor whereas no significant improvement in sensitivity is observed for the control odor or the odor that was simply exposed (exposure only).
 
 
Paper Session #43
Intervention Strategies in ASD: Intervention Choice, Precision Teaching, and Techniques
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT
Keyword(s): Intervention, Strategies, Technique
Chair: Kimberly N. Frame (University of Memphis)
 

An Analysis of Variables Influencing Parental Choices of Treatments for Their Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
 
Abstract:

With a multitude of choices for possible treatments for a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), it is important to understand parental perceptions of the reasons they report for choosing ASD treatments for their children. A mixed methods approach was used in an effort to identify these reasons. The quantitative analysis (Fischers Exact test) results indicated there were no correlations between the ASD diagnosis, length of time with an ASD diagnosis, or parents education and the ASD treatments parents reported selecting. Five themes emerged from a qualitative analysis: 1) Parents were overwhelmed with the enormous amount of information about ASD treatments; 2) Information about ASD treatments was confusing and conflicting; 3) Parental input and desired outcomes were significant factors when determining the types of goals selected for ASD treatment(s); 4) Concerns about safety, ability to use a treatment, or the necessity of a treatment largely contributed to treatments parents reported they did not select; 5) Encountering problems when selecting or implementing an ASD treatment affected the selection of or continued use of a treatment. This mixed methods approach was an initial step toward future research that may delve into a more scientific causal analysis of parental treatment choices for ASD.

 
Beyond Acquisition: Procedural Applications of Precision Teaching
Domain: Service Delivery
KEVIN S. CAULEY (Adventure Place)
 
Abstract: Precision Teaching is a systematic approach used for evaluating instructional tactics and curricula. Although sometimes confused with a specific curriculum and/or prescribed teaching approach, Precision Teaching compliments existing tactics and curricula with procedures for measuring target behavior frequently and facilitating the instructional decision making process (Kubina, Morrison, and Lee, 2002). Additional benefits of Precision Teaching include a focus on building fluent behavior or true mastery and bridging the all too familiar gap between skill acquisition (e.g., 80 to 100% correct) and fluent performance by allowing students to grow beyond the percent correct measurement ceiling. This data-based presentation will outline procedural applications for building fluent behavior in a variety of developmental and instructional domains.
 
Using Gestures to Improve Speech Intelligibility
Domain: Applied Research
JANINE SHAPIRO (The Applied Behavior Center)
 
Abstract: Often times, patients are able to produce speech sounds on the phoneme level when presented with a verbal model, but they do not produce the sounds within words for a variety of possible theoretical reasons. Assigning stimulus control of a sound to a gesture is one prompting method that may help a patient learn to produce more intelligible speech independently. This presentation will discuss two different examples of how gestures have been used across very different patients to improve their speech. The first example is a case study of a child with autism who uses sign language as his primary method of communication. As is common in patients in whom alternative augmentative communication methods are taught, vocals emerged, however, not to the extent necessary to support a transition to vocal communication only. The patient's sign gestures were altered to reflect speech properties within a multiple baseline across behaviors design study with dramatic success. The second example focuses on a teenager with profound bilateral hearing loss and binaural cochlear implants. The use of phonetic gestures based on the ASL alphabet paired with speech sounds resulted in an increase in speech skills significant enough to allow the patient to verbally interact with people unfamiliar with his signs for the first time in his life. Audio-visual examples of the patient's speech collected during initial testing, treatment, and following five months of intervention will be shown. Finally, examples of specific speech gestures will be demonstrated and a step-by-step guide to therapeutic implementation of gesture prompts for a variety of speech errors will be provided.
 

Using Techniques From Exotic Animal Research and Development Training to Empower Autistic Clients Through Novel Situations

Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH M. APPLETON ROBERTS (Syracuse University)
 
Abstract:

This paper features a technique/methodology which has proven to be fast, stable, and effective in the autism client base. It will explain the basic method of helping clients through unanticipated, novel or urgent health procedures and situations. Using components of SATS (Syn Alia Training Systems) as developed by Kayce Cover, such as bridging, using targeting, naming and explaining situations in real time, and presenting progressively more intense cycles of a stressor, it is possible to aid individuals with severe autism through difficult transitions, sensory integration difficulties, and health emergency situations with full cooperation of the learner. SATS is an operant conditioning based technique, which integrates cognitive teaching and information exchange, to optimize learning rate and retention and augment the learners experience with relevant information in order to enhance his performance under stress or environmental pressure. Using this technique has proven fast and effective with individuals with autism, providing structure, comprehension of expectations, and reinforcement for complying and participating in procedures necessary to the individuals health and safety.

 
Keyword(s): Intervention, Strategies, Technique
 
 
Symposium #44
The Role of Conditioned Reinforcement in Learning and Memory Processes: Implications for Drug Addiction
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
008A (CC)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jennifer Laude (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Theoretical models of drug addiction assert that drug cues come to be associated with drug-taking and the rewarding effects of the drug. These cues are said to have acquired conditioned reinforcing properties, much like the drug itself, and increase approach to the associated drug. It is known that individuals who attribute heightened degrees of conditioned reinforcement to drug stimuli are more vulnerable to drug abuse-related behavior in that said cues can precipitate or prolong use once an episode has begun. However, the exact mechanisms underlying the operation of conditioned reinforcers and their translation to drug abuse are not well understood. To this point, translational research on how conditioned reinforcement contributes to abuse through learning and memory mechanisms will be discussed from both pre-clinical and clinical perspectives. Collectively, the data presented demonstrate: 1) the utility of a new-response acquisition for studying drug-conditioned reinforcement, 2) substance abuse vulnerability may be related to propensities to learn stimulus-reinforcer relationships during drug-taking which accrue value and persist despite negative consequences, 3) drugs may potentiate the conditioned reinforcement of stimuli associated with their acquisition and use and 4) potential processes by which drug memories and responses are acquired/conditioned that can influence drug-taking.

Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, drug-seeking/taking, learning/memory mechanisms, translational research
 
Using New-Response Acquisition to Study Opioid-Conditioned Reinforcement in the Rat
JEREMIAH W. BERTZ (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan)
Abstract: The conditioned reinforcing effects of opioid-associated stimuli may significantly exacerbate opioid abuse behaviors. However, the determinants of performance with opioid-conditioned reinforcement have not been well characterized. The present experiments used new-response acquisition to test stringently for the conditioned reinforcing effects of a stimulus paired with the opioid agonist, remifentanil. First, in Pavlovian conditioning (PAV) sessions, rats received response-independent IV injections of remifentanil and presentations of a light–noise stimulus. Injections and stimuli either always co-occurred (“paired PAV”) or occurred independently of each other (“random PAV”). Next, in instrumental acquisition (ACQ) sessions, all animas were given access to two novel nose-poke manipulanda. Active nose-poke responses produced the stimulus alone, whereas inactive nose-poke responses had no scheduled consequences. Using these procedures, we have shown that the stimulus acts as a conditioned reinforcer: animals acquire nose-poke responding (i.e., active > inactive) after paired PAV, but not after random PAV. We have, furthermore, shown that responding with opioid-conditioned reinforcement is sensitive to several environmental and pharmacological/neurobiological factors: remifentanil dose and number of injections during PAV, reinforcement schedule during ACQ, animals’ sex, and dopamine D2 receptor activation. These experiments demonstrate the usefulness of new-response acquisition for studying drug-conditioned reinforcement. Financial support: NIDA T32DA07268, R01DA024897, R01DA032943
 
The Relative Role of Stimulus-Reinforcer vs. Response-Reinforcer Relationships in Sign-tracking, goal-tracking, and Subsequent Conditioned Reinforcement within Pavlovian Conditioned Approach
JOSHUA BECKMANN (University of Kentucky), Jonathan Chow (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: Individuals that have a propensity to sign-track, instead of goal-track, to an appetitive Pavlovian conditioned stimulus are also more vulnerable to drug abuse-related behavior; however, the behavioral mechanisms that mediate these response types remain largely unknown. Here, we used different conditioned stimuli to specifically elicit sign- and goal-tracking responses within individual rats using a Pavlovian conditioned approach task. We then determined the relative efficacy of a stimulus associated with sign-tracking vs. goal-tracking to function as conditioned reinforcers. The stimulus associated with sign-tracking served as a more robust conditioned reinforcer, was exclusively chosen over a stimulus associated with goal-tracking (when both stimuli were equally predictive of the same reinforcer), and choices for the stimulus associated with sign-tracking were discounted hyperbolically as a function of increases in the odds against reinforcement. Furthermore, subsequent testing under omission and extinction contingencies indicated that sign-tracking was governed by a stimulus-reinforcer relationship, while goal-tracking was mediated by a response-reinforcer relationship. Collectively, these data suggest that individual differences in substance abuse vulnerability may be related to the relative propensity to learn stimulus-reinforcer vs. response-reinforcer relationships during drug-taking behavior, where stimulus-drug relationships accrue greater value and are more persistent in the face of negative consequences.
 
Acute Effects of Alcohol on Encoding and Consolidation of Memory for Alcohol-Related Stimuli
JESSICA WEAFER (University of Chicago), David Gallo (University of Chicago), Harriet de Wit (University of Chicago)
Abstract: Addiction is characterized by powerful drug-related memories that exert a substantial and maladaptive influence over behavior. The idea is that drugs act directly on the motivational memory systems that enable organisms to learn about stimuli predicting outcomes important for survival. Thus, drugs may potentiate the conditioned reinforcement of stimuli associated with their acquisition and use. The current study examined the effects of alcohol (0.8 g/kg) on memory for alcohol-related and neutral beverage stimuli when administered either prior to stimulus viewing (Encoding group; n=20) or immediately following stimulus viewing (Consolidation group; n=20). A third group received placebo both prior to and following stimulus viewing (Control group; n=19). Exactly 48 hours after viewing the stimuli participants attended a retrieval session during which they performed a surprise cued recollection and recognition test of the stimuli in a drug-free state. Alcohol impaired cued recollection in the Encoding group for neutral but not alcohol-related images. By contrast, alcohol enhanced recognition memory in the Consolidation group for alcohol-related but not neutral beverage stimuli. These findings have potentially important implications for understanding associations between the conditioned reinforcing properties of alcohol-related stimuli and alcohol effects on memory.
 
Alcohol-Conditioned Contexts Alter Cognitive Function, Alcohol Subjective Experiences, and Increase Alcohol Drinking.
EMMA CHILDS (University of Chicago), Harriet de Wit (University of Chicago)
Abstract: Powerful memories formed between drug effects and the cues surrounding drug experiences are a major barrier to the successful treatment of addiction and can cause relapse even after long periods. However, treatment approaches that target drug cue-elicited craving are not overly successful, perhaps because cravings are not common to all addictions or relapse episodes. Thus, there is a need to better understand the processes by which drug memories are acquired, the range of responses, other than craving, that are conditioned, and the ways in which they influence drug-taking. Recently, we have developed a new laboratory model to establish conditioned associations between drugs and contexts in human volunteers. In this study, we show that healthy moderate drinkers come to exhibit a place preference for a context paired with alcohol administration. In comparison to the no alcohol-paired context, subjects exhibited poorer working memory performance yet faster reaction times in the alcohol-paired context. Subjects also reported less negative subjective responses to alcohol and chose to consume significantly more alcohol drinks in the alcohol-paired context. The implications of these findings include that approaches to enhance cognitive resources and improve executive functioning in the conditioned environment may help drinkers to control their alcohol use.
 
 
Paper Session #45
Methods
Saturday, May 23, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
007A (CC)
Area: EAB
Chair: Abdulrazaq A. Imam (John Carroll University)
 

Mathematics Behind the Stimulus Equivalence

Domain: Theory
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University)
 
Abstract:

This paper presents a review of mathematical operations and terms that are commonly used in Matching-To-Sample (MTS) during Stimulus Equivalence experiments. Most articles uses various mathematical operations atributing them to Set Theory. Many of those operations and concepts are not pertinent to that Set of Knowledge. Some operations belongs to Geometry and others to Graph Theory. On the same way, various terms used on articles about Stimulus Equivalence belong to other Mathematical areas of knowledge. The correct use of operations and terms helps to understand the psychological phenomena and may include other important aspects that could be the object of future studies. Studies of complex networks, with many sets interconnected in different ways may use properties that typical of Analitical Geometry or Graph Theory, such as nodal distance, or the strategies of teaching as SaN or CaN. Although MTS might be considered an Addiction Operation in some Mathematical areas, other operations such as Multiplication or Composition are not found in the Stimulus Equivalence literature.

 

Small-Sample Statistical Analysis Using Multiple Single-Case, Nonparametric and Monte Carlo Methods for Behavior-Analytic Research

Domain: Theory
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
 
Abstract:

The results of single-case design studies in behavior-analytic research typically rely solely on visual analyses for reporting findings, often without any consideration of difference-testing or inferential-statistical processing. Although graphical methods are appropriate, there are instances in research using small samples where non-parametric analyses may be useful, or indeed warranted. Examples of such occurrences may be: 1) When agreement on the trend in data is not apparent using graphical methods, 2) To aid in the identification of possibly significant differences among participants or behaviors, and 3) To bolster the assertions of the experimenter with respect to predictions indicated by visual trends. Additionally, advances in computing have enabled resampling techniques based on Monte Carlo methods to be used effectively for small samples in both difference and prediction testing. Visual analysis alone may be insufficient to extricate the findings, and a combined approach using appropriate statistical techniques is suggested. Various methods and their respective benefits are discussed.

 
Identifying and Analyzing the Components of the Topology for Improving Baseline Methods in Interventions and Experimental Studies
Domain: Basic Research
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract: Because the topographies of various applications in baseline studies are intrinsically different, replications of successful approaches become difficult. As an intervention, what worked in a seemingly similar situation does not prove to be similarly effective. As an experimental study, the external validity of any given study can only be established by the power of that study. Still, the effectiveness of an intervention or the power of an experimental study can be recognized by a dramatic change from baseline due to the treatment. However, for operational analysis, even the measures of moderate change have to be statistically available. The antecedents and consequences of a treatment are expected to be observed and recorded. However, too often unmeasured conditions influence the effect of the treatment in ways that are not observed. These unmeasured influences can be used to explain the dissimilarities in results of seemingly similar approaches. Using archival data collected from various sources, this presentation will demonstrate how the topography of baseline methods can be modified for greater effectiveness and experimental power. Recommendations will be appropriate for researchers and practitioners.
 
Place of Behavior Analytic Research in the “New” Psychological Science
Domain: Theory
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University)
 
Abstract: The “new” psychological science seeks to promote a culture of replication in response to rampant publication bias and some controversial failures to replicate. Two of the solutions adopted are the emphases on the New Statistics by Psychological Science and the growing use of replication repositories. Where does behavior analytic research fit in this effort? Although experimental and applied research methods in behavior analysis naturally are replication focused and replication friendly, trending growth in group designs in areas of behavior analytic research suggests that we should be sharing the concerns in the broader psychological science community. What measures, if any, are behavior analytic journals taking or should be taking to address these concerns? Not all of the solutions being considered are amenable to behavior analytic research. How do we proceed? Recommendations are offered to begin the conversation
 
 
 
Paper Session #46
Behavior Analysis Re-Examines Schizophrenia: Dissecting the DSM-5 Diagnosis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM
Chair: Stephen E. Wong (Florida International University)
 

Behavior Analysis Re-Examines Schizophrenia: Dissecting the DSM-5 Diagnosis

Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University)
 
Abstract:

This presentation will begin by reviewing the origins of applied behavior analysis in the late 1950s in successful studies teaching skills and reducing problem behaviors in persons with psychotic disorders, including schizophrenia. It will then examine problems in the DSM-5 definition of schizophrenia including reliance on questionable data, arbitrary criteria and categorization, inadequate precision for assessment and treatment evaluation, and omission of information on historical and current environmental factors that might have caused and might now maintain aberrant behavior. Alternatives to the DSM-5 will be discussed including continuous recording of individual clients specific behaviors, and functional assessments and functional analyses. The presentation will then provide a brief historical overview of harmful and debilitating biomedical interventions for psychotic disorders, evidence showing that current drug treatments follow this early pattern of iatrogenic medicine, and faulty assumptions underlying the biomedical hegemony over mental health services.

 
 
 
Paper Session #47
Creating Superior Comparative Studies: Moving Beyond my Behavioral Procedure Beating Up Your Behavioral Procedure
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA
Chair: Vincent LaMarca (HABA (Hoosier ABA))
 

Creating Superior Comparative Studies: Moving Beyond my Behavioral Procedure Beating Up Your Behavioral Procedure

Domain: Theory
VINCENT LAMARCA (Little Star Center)
 
Abstract:

Comparison studies have the potential to do as much harm as good in the field of applied behavior analysis. The following review identified 62 studies in the past five years that compared which of two treatment parameters was better for individuals with autism (e.g., massed trials vs. interspersed trials; picture exchange vs. manual signs; etc.). In nearly half of those studies, all participants progressed further with one treatment procedure. In the other half of the studies, results were mixed. Some clients progressed further with one treatment procedure while other clients progressed further with the other treatment procedure. While the former studies are interesting, this paper argues that the latter studies (with mixed results) do more to advance the practice of behavior analysis. In addition, this paper explores a) which procedural components have most commonly been compared, b) potentially relevant client characteristics associated with different results, and c) discrepancies between treatment in the research and treatment in practice. Dr. Lovaas once advised, "If a child cannot learn in the way we teach, we must teach in a way the child can learn." Rather than focusing on which treatment is superior, this paper encourages more nuanced practice decisions from behavior analysts.

 
 
 
Paper Session #48
Data Driven Supervision in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
206AB (CC)
Area: TBA
Chair: Mary Annette Little (Lipscomb University)
 
Data Driven Supervision in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Service Delivery
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University)
 
Abstract: Producing new behavior analysts who can provide quality, ethical services is critical in maintaining the credibility of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way to ensure the production of high quality behavior analysts is to ensure that student candidates in the field receive high quality supervision of field experience. Supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis varies greatly across programs and individual supervisors. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board is attempting to address this variation by requiring supervisors to complete a Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum and an on-line supervision module. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of a data driven process for supervision of students in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis that provides evidence of meeting the supervision requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board.
 
 
 
Symposium #49
College Students with Autism: The Next Educational Frontier
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Given the rapidly increasing number of individuals with autism, educational institutions must adapt to serve this population (CDC, 2014). In particular, colleges and universities face new challenges as the numbers of students in the higher functioning or Asperger's category of autism enter the college experience. These students find college difficult and no longer have access to the same level of accommodations provided in K-12 education. College students with autism experience problems such as: difficulty following social conventions; talking at length about topics of personal interest; difficulty using and understanding nonverbal communication; overly literal understanding of language; difficulty understanding idioms, sarcasm, and humor; and overly rigid adherence to rules or difficulty tolerating rule violation by others (Adreon & Durocher, 2007). Any of these characteristics make classroom participation difficult and decrease acceptance by classmates and instructors. Further exacerbating the problem is that many individuals with disabilities will not identify as having a problem until their difficulty has caused irreparable harm to their semester grades, or even their chances for completing a degree (Janiga & Costenbader, 2002). Professors and instructors in higher education rarely have training in disability. Most cannot recognize the specific characteristics of individuals with autism and do not know how to accommodate these individuals. These students are sometimes identified as having conduct problems. This symposium includes presentations on the theoretical approaches that guide the response of colleges and universities to student conduct problems and how what we know about effective autism interventions can be incorporated into the higher education response to educating students with autism.
Keyword(s): accommodations, autism, college, higher education
 
Supporting College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder: Programatic and Theoretical Conflicts
MICHAEL WALKER (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: Student affairs programs in higher education are tasked with enhancing student development , particularly within the first year of college. Many initiatives within student affairs are framed by models of development such as Scholossberg’s Transition Theory and Chickering’s Theory of Identity Development which assume neurotypical development. Students on the Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) exhibit a number of behaviors that are inconsistent with these neurotypical developmental theories and present a number of challenges to university program and support. This paper examines the inherent conflicts created by approaching student services from these models with students with ASD and how behavioral adaptations should be considered when developing both academic and co-curricular activities for students with ASD. Strategies for addressing resistance from student affairs professionals in adopting behavior analytic approaches with regard to programing will be addressed. A framework for examining aspects of general developmental theories from a behavior analytical perspective will be discussed to assist in framing recommendations for change in terms that student affairs professional can embrace.
 
Autism in the College Classroom: Applying What We Know
GINGER KELSO (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: As we tackle the challenge of successfully educating students with autism in higher education, we are not without resources. A large body of research exists on effective interventions for children and adults with autism. Organizations such as the National Autism Center and the Association for Science in Autism Treatment have conducted evidence-based reviews of many interventions intended to improve the behavior and skills of individuals with autism. However, these interventions have yet to be applied in a college environment. In recognition of the need for intervention in colleges, researchers in the field of behavior analysis have gone as far as describing and recommending needed supports for college students with autism based on the current research (VanBergeijk, Klin & Volkmar, 2008). Additionally, several universities are beginning to offer fee-based packages of supports and services for individuals with autism. However, little research is available on which types of supports or interventions can effectively improve classroom conduct at the college level. Students with autism in the college classroom often demonstrate problem behaviors that are reported as violations of codes of conduct. These can include disrupting classes by asking too many questions or making inappropriate statements, inappropriate social interactions with peers, or failure to comply with emergency procedures (e.g. fire drills) (Wolf, Brown & Bork, 2009). This presentation will include a review of likely behavioral problems in the classroom, suggested evidence-based behavioral interventions, and a discussion of the potential barriers to implementing these interventions in a college classroom.
 
 
Panel #50
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing ABA Services Where None Exist
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
204B (CC)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ed.D.
Chair: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University)
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India)
Abstract:

The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) supports the growth and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the world. As a result, behavior analysts, through multiple efforts, seek to establish ABA services in regions where minimal or no services exist. Through their individual and affiliate work, the members of this panel have all participated in global dissemination of ABA and will gather to share their knowledge and experience regarding the establishment of ABA services internationally. Topics to be covered include: development of programs in higher education with local and partner universities, establishment of affiliated chapters with ABAI, partnerships with local service providers and strengthening of clinical and educational services, practicum and supervision opportunities, the role of networking (including social networking), research and professional development opportunities for local professionals, securing community and government support, and planning for sustainability.

 
 
Invited Panel #51
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Sustainable Culture Through Behavior Analytic Theory and Practice
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
203AB (CC)
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Irvine)
CE Instructor: Angela Sanguinetti, Ph.D.
Panelists: SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas), ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), ROBERT GILMAN (Context Institute)
Abstract:

This panel composed of experts in cultural analysis invites you to engage with them in a discussion on the timely and critical topic of promoting sustainable cultures. Three speakers will bring profound and innovative insights pertaining to both theoretical grappling with and applied undertaking of the behavioral change initiatives required to build a more sustainable society. With their macro perspectives and breadth and diversity of expertise, these panelists can identify high leverage strategies for some of the most socially relevant behaviors in the realms of education, therapy, organizational behavior, community interventions, and basic research. Specific discussion points may include the compatibility and complementarity of the speakers' respective theories regarding cultural analysis; the current status of behavior analytic conceptual frameworks of cultural analysis, their relevance in promoting sustainability, and identification of important areas of continued development; and how applied behavior analysts can promote positive cultural change in various realms of practice where the relevance to sustainability is often overlooked.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
Dr. Sigrid Glenn's passionate commitment to the future of behavior analysis has resulted in numerous contributions to her chosen field. She has co-authored four books and more than 45 articles and book chapters. Although her early research was mainly in applied areas, she is widely recognized for her later conceptual work on selection at behavioral and cultural levels. As founding chair of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, Dr. Glenn established master's and bachelor's degree programs in behavior analysis, leading the faculty in the first accreditation of a graduate program by ABAI. With characteristic prescience about important developments in the field, Dr. Glenn, a charter certificant of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), also led the faculty in developing the first Internet sequence of behavior analysis courses approved by the BACB. Dr. Glenn has served as editor of The Behavior Analyst and on the editorial boards of several other journals. She is a former president of ABAI (1993-1994), a fellow of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, and Regents Professor of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas.
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D. is a senior scientist at Oregon Research Institute and the co-director of the Promise Neighborhood Research Consortium. He has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which recently released its report documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon's Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he has helped to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon.
ROBERT GILMAN (Context Institute)
Dr. Robert C. Gilman, Ph.D., is president of the Context Institute and founding editor of IN CONTEXT, A Quarterly of Humane Sustainable Culture. He received his bachelor's degree in astronomy from the University of California at Berkeley in 1967 and his Ph.D. in astrophysics from Princeton University in 1969. He taught and did research at the University of Minnesota, the Harvard Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory and served as a Research Associate at NASA's Institute for Space Studies. In the mid-1970s, he turned his attention to the study of global sustainability, futures research and strategies for positive cultural change. His ongoing work draws on all the phases of his life as he works toward a humane and sustainable future.
Keyword(s): sustainability
 
 
Symposium #52
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions for Obsessive Compulsive Behavior in Children with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
214B (CC)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University)
Discussant: Marc J. Lanovaz (Universite de Montreal)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Neil, M.A.
Abstract: Researchers describe repetitive behaviors on a continuum with motoric repetitive behaviors (e.g. stereotyped movements and self-injury) anchoring the “lower-order” repetitive behaviors and more complex behaviors (e.g., ordering, checking, washing, rituals involving another person) that are routinely observed in persons with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) anchoring the “higher-order” repetitive behaviors. Individuals with developmental disabilities are at an increased risk for both higher-order and lower-order repetitive behavior and the prevalence of repetitive behaviors are negatively correlated with intellectual ability (McClintock, Hall, & Oliver, 2003). This symposium will describe research findings from several intervention studies, which involve higher-order repetitive behaviour in children with developmental disabilities including Down Syndrome and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first presentation describes the results of a preliminary Randomized Controlled Trial of a group Function-Based Cognitive Behavioural Treatment (GFb-CBT) package to reduce Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviour (OCB) in children with ASD. The second presentation will describe the results of studies investigating functional analysis and function-based intervention for repetitive behavior among individuals with Down syndrome. We will highlight some of the issues in diagnosing and intervening on obsessive-compulsive behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities.
Keyword(s): Autism, Compulsions, Down Syndrome, Repetitive Behavior
 
Group Function-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Obsessive Compulsive Behavior in Children with Autism
Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), HEATHER YATES (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (The Graduate Center of The City University of New York), Naomi Johnson (Brock University), Grayzna Jackiewicz (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently experience obsessions and/or compulsions that are similar to those specified in DSM-V (American Psychiatric Association, 2013) criteria for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). However, little research exists on effective interventions for OCD-like behaviors (referred to as obsessive compulsive behaviours; OCBs) in ASD. This presentation will discuss a preliminary randomized control trial (N = 14) that demonstrates that use of a manualized Function-based Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (Fb-CBT) to significantly decrease OCBs in school-age children (aged 8-12 years) with ASD in comparison to the Treatment As Usual group. Our adapted 9-week treatment package included: psychoeducation and mapping, cognitive and behavioural skills training, exposure plus response prevention, positive reinforcement, and function-based assessment and intervention. This presentation will present pre-post data and highlight the results of an 11 year-old male with ASD and OCBs who participated in group Fb-CBT. We demonstrated the effects of treatment using a multiple-baseline design, and the participant showed clinically significant decreases in OCB as measured by parent ratings. This multi-component treatment package shows considerable promise in reducing OCBs in school-aged children with ASD.
 
Repetitive Behavior in Children with Down Syndrome: Functional Analysis and Treatment
NICOLE M. NEIL (The Graduate Center of The City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: While repetitive behavior is not considered a defining characteristic of Down syndrome, many children with Down syndrome frequently emit some form of repetitive behavior that interferes with daily functioning and may cause social stigma (e.g. teeth grinding, object arrangement). In this presentation, we will review data from several studies in which we used analogue functional analyses to evaluate the reinforcers maintaining repetitive behavior among 3 children with Down syndrome. Following identification of functions, we used an ABAB design and multiple-baseline designs to demonstrate the effectiveness of function-based interventions in reducing repetitive behaviors. Following intervention, repetitive behavior decreased to near-zero levels and parents reported decreases in interference of these behaviors. This study extends current functional analysis methodologies to decrease repetitive behavior for learners with Down syndrome. We will highlight how information about the Down syndrome behavior phenotype can aid in hypotheses about functions of behavior and designing function-based interventions learners with Down syndrome
 
 
Special Event #53
SQAB Tutorial: A,B&L Revisited: Whither Adaptive Behavior and Learning?
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
103AB (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
Presenting Authors: : JOHN E. R. STADDON (Duke University)
Abstract:

The talk is a walk through a list of topics that came up as Dr. John Staddon revised a 30-year-old book on adaptive behavior and learning. What has changed and what has not? What endures and what principles can we now rely on?

 
JOHN E. R. STADDON (Duke University)
John Staddon is the James B. Duke Professor of Psychology, and Professor of Biology and Neurobiology, Emeritus, at Duke University. He earned his Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Harvard University and also did research at the MIT Systems Lab and taught at the University of Toronto. He has done research at Oxford University (UK), the University of São Paulo at Riberão Preto, the University of Mexico, the Ruhr Universität, Universität Konstanz, the University of Western Australia and the University of York (UK). He is a past editor of the journals Behavioural Processes and Behavior and Philosophy and a fellow of several scientific organizations. His research is on the evolution and mechanisms of learning in humans and animals and the history and philosophy of psychology and biology. His laboratory has studied interval timing in several animal species, and choice behavior in human beings. Recent theoretical work includes papers on operant conditioning, memory, timing, and psychobiological aspects of ethical and economic philosophy. He has written and lectured on public-policy issues such as education and evolution, traffic control, smoking, and the effects of social and biological processes on financial markets. He is the author of more than 200 research papers and several books, including The New Behaviorism, Second Edition (Psychology Press, 2014); Adaptive Dynamics: The Theoretical Analysis of Behavior, (MIT/Bradford, 2001); The Malign Hand of the Markets (McGraw-Hill, 2012); Unlucky Strike: The Science, Law and Politics of Smoking (University of Buckingham Press, 2014); and Adaptive Behavior and Learning, Second Edition (Cambridge University Press, 2015).
Keyword(s): adaptive, classical, evolution, operant
 
 
Symposium #54
Practice What We Preach: A Review of Evidence-Based Staff Training Strategies and Future Research Suggestions
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
201 (CC)
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joshua Garner (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center)
Abstract: We suggest that we behavior analysts who supervise and train staff practice what we preach: We should apply principles of behavior analysis, antecedent manipulations, and performance management to our staff training procedures. More recently, researchers have expanded from improving high-need clients’ socially significant behaviors to promoting staff’s use of evidence-based practices. In this symposium, we review the literature on empirically validated staff training strategies and discuss the need for future research in this area. The first presenter will offer a review of self-instructional packages and their effects on novice staff’s acquisition of behavioral technology. The second presenter will review the use of evidence-based practices to increase teacher praise and examine their collateral effects on students’ behavior. We will end the symposium by discussing 1) the potential implications of our findings as they relate to effective and efficient staff training procedures and 2) the limitations of existing literature and suggestions for future research.
Keyword(s): Performance Management, Self-Instruction, Staff Training
 
Rule No.1 Make Your Expectations Clear: A Review of Self-Instructional Packages Used in Staff Training
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Ziwei Xu (The Ohio State University), Meline Pogosjana (California State University)
Abstract: The fidelity with which a treatment is carried out depends on effective training practices. Although researchers have advanced the efficiency of training procedures (e.g., decreased the duration of training), they have not yet determined a way to minimize the need of an expert staff trainer who must be present to model correct implementation, rehearse with staff, or provide immediate corrective feedback for staff to reach mastery. Therefore, it is imperative to look for low cost, portable training programs with few technological demands that can facilitate skill acquisition in the absence of an expert trainer’s instruction. In an effort to promote efficient and effective staff training practices, researchers have recently developed a variety of self-instructional packages that teach novice staff to implement behavioral assessments and behavior change procedures with fidelity. In this presentation, we will review the literature on staff training with a particular focus on self-instructional packages. In addition, we will discuss the implications of our findings for staff trainers and the feasibility of incorporating such strategies into their clinical practice.
 
Rule No. 2 Reinforce Good Behavior: A Review of Evidence-Based Practices to Increase Teacher Praise
ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Although many teachers rely on aversive control in their classrooms, there is ample documentation in the literature to support the use of positive feedback to improve student academic and nonacademic performance. Specifically, researchers have found that positive feedback (i.e., behavior-specific praise) is an effective method to increase students’ on-task behavior, task completion, and correct academic responses. More recently, research foci have shifted from demonstrating the effectiveness of positive feedback to training teachers to use positive feedback in their classrooms more often. Consequently, there has been an increase in professional development practices that target teachers’ use of praise, which include antecedent manipulations (e.g., instruction and posted visual cues) and performance management contingencies (e.g., self-management and performance feedback). Although researchers have demonstrated that behavior analytic strategies increased teacher praise, the resultant impact on student behavior is unclear. In this paper, we review and discuss evidence-based practices to increase teacher praise, as well as the collateral effects on students’ behavior. In addition, we will discuss 1) the implications of our findings as they relate to effective staff training, 2) suggestions for future research, and 3) challenges for both practice and research in the area of increasing teacher praise.
 
 
Symposium #55
Frequency Measurement of Stereotypical Behavior using Inertial Measurement Unit Sensors
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Abstract:

Following review of Skinner's discovery of the free-operant response and the resultant development of the measurement of frequency (count-per-unit-of-time), the first presentation will describe the advantages of frequency as the preferred measurement method in applied behavior analysis and compare it to other types of measurement. Ways of depicting frequency on graphs, including the Standard Celeration Chart, are also discussed and compared. In the second presentation, precise assessment of stereotypical behaviors is discussed. Because it often occurs either continuously or at high frequency, stereotypy is difficult to measure. Common units of measurement for stereotypy include percentage-of-intervals and frequency; however, even when frequency is the unit of measurement, it is likely that measurement error is high. Measurement of motor stereotypy using Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) sensor equipment has the potential to reduce measurement error. The sensors and related software are capable of capturing and displaying real-time data related to force, duration, frequency, inter-response time, and topography of various behaviors, including motor stereotypy. The sensors collect data 300 times per minute on 19 different behavior-related variables. The precise measurement potential of this sensor equipment and related software seems ideally suited to measurement of stereotypical behavior in research studies and in applied settings.

Keyword(s): Assessment, Computer Technology, Inertial Measurement, Stereotypy
 

A Case for Frequency as the Preferred Measurement of Behavior

Robert W. Worsham (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jason Coderre (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Following review of Skinner's discovery of the free-operant response and the resultant development of the measurement of frequency (count-per-unit-of-time), the first presentation will describe the advantages of frequency as the preferred measurement method in applied behavior analysis and compare it to other types of measurement. Ways of depicting frequency on graphs, including the Standard Celeration Chart, are also discussed and compared.

 

Frequency Measurement of Stereotypical Behavior using Inertial Measurement Unit Sensors

ROBERT W. WORSHAM (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

In the second presentation, precise assessment of stereotypical behaviors is discussed. Because it often occurs either continuously or at high frequency, stereotypy is difficult to measure. Common units of measurement for stereotypy include percentage-of-intervals and frequency; however, even when frequency is the unit of measurement, it is likely that measurement error is high. Measurement of motor stereotypy using Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) sensor equipment has the potential to reduce measurement error. The sensors and related software are capable of capturing and displaying real-time data related to force, duration, frequency, inter-response time, and topography of various behaviors, including motor stereotypy. The sensors collect data 300 times per second on 19 different behavior-related variables. The precise measurement potential of this sensor equipment and related software seems ideally suited to measurement of stereotypical behavior in research studies and in applied settings.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #56
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Don Baer Invited Address: Fifty Years of Behavioral Parent Training Research: A Look Back and a Look Forward

Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Karen S. Budd, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
KAREN S. BUDD (DePaul University)
Karen S. Budd, Ph.D., is professor emerita of psychology at DePaul University, where she was on the clinical psychology faculty for 22 years. From 2005 to 2014, she also directed the Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) Program at DePaul’s Family and Community Services. Prior to joining DePaul, Dr. Budd held faculty positions at the University of Nebraska Medical Center (1975-1986) and Illinois Institute of Technology (1986-1992). Budd obtained her doctoral degree at the University of Kansas in child and developmental psychology under the mentorship of Donald M. Baer, and she later completed post-doctoral retraining in clinical psychology. Dr. Budd’s research and practice interests focus on prevention and intervention approaches for young children with disruptive behavior problems, with a primary interest in parenting. She has published more than 75 peer-reviewed research articles and book chapters and authored three books: Children’s Feeding Disorders: Biobehavioral Assessment and Intervention, A Small Matter of Proof: The Legacy of Donald M. Baer, and Evaluation of Parenting Capacity in Child Protection. She was awarded two fellowships as a Fulbright Senior Scholar, one in Prague, Czech Republic, (2004) and a second in Kathmandu, Nepal, (2014). In 2014, Budd received the Via Sapientiae Award, DePaul’s highest honor for faculty and staff, for her lifetime of service to the purposes and ideals of DePaul University.
Abstract:

The field of behavioral parent training began in the 1960s and has become one of the predominant empirically based clinical approaches for addressing child behavior problems and developmental delays. Three historical trends spurred the initial development of parent training: concerns about the ineffectiveness of traditional child therapy, the burgeoning growth of behavior modification, and the idea that using parents to deliver mental health services could enhance the effectiveness of therapy. Early parent training research focused on small studies examining the effects of various treatment components and training strategies based on learning principles. Subsequent trends involved the development of standardized intervention models and research on their effectiveness; examinations of generalization; and applications of parent training in areas beyond child disruptive behavior or delayed development. Despite the phenomenal growth of behavioral parent training, research has identified challenges related to parent engagement/dropout, differing responsiveness across diverse cultural and demographic groups, and the need for high quality training and supervision of practitioners. These issues constitute important current and future research directions. This presentation will provide an overview of behavioral parent training research across the decades using illustrative examples and will discuss the implications of this research for practitioners working with children and their families.

Target Audience:

Practitioners, applied researchers, educators, and mental health professionals.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe major topics of behavioral parent training research during the past 50 years; (2) list three or more evidence-based models of behavioral parent training and their intended target populations; and (3) name four ingredients of behavioral parent training that research has shown are associated with more successful parent and child outcomes.
Keyword(s): empirically-based practice, parent training
 
 
Invited Paper Session #57
CE Offered: BACB

Hello, Teacher: Evidence-Based Teaching and Behavior Analysis Today

Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
207AB (CC)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University)
Matthew C. Bell earned his B.S. in psychology from the University of New Mexico and his M.A. and Ph.D. in experimental psychology at the University of California, San Diego. Following work as a postdoctoral scientist at the Center for Behavioral Teratology at San Diego State University, he joined the Santa Clara University Psychology Department in 2001, where is he now an associate professor. As an experimental psychologist (really a behavior analyst), he studies conditioned reinforcement, choice behavior, and persistence using pigeons as subjects and also collaborates with Dr. Patti Simone at Santa Clara University studying remembering in older adults. He has been teaching college courses for more than 15 years, including a course in the experimental analysis of behavior, and has an ongoing interest in evidence-based teaching to improve student learning. He has been working to evaluate a number of approaches to improve classroom pedagogy, including interteaching and publisher-provided online course modules. Some of his professional service activities include serving on the board of editors for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and a recently completed term as one of two experimental analysis of behavior area co-coordinators for the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has a long tradition of excellence in teaching that appears, currently, to be largely overlooked by mainstream psychology. As a new teacher, Dr. Matthew C. Bell, too, initially ignored this literature and followed the time-honored method of lecturing. Recently, however, he has been reflecting upon how and what he teaches, particularly when he teaches courses in learning. His own interest comes, not coincidentally, at a time when teaching effectiveness has seen renewed attention including the development of MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses), a push for more university-led online courses, flipped classrooms, a new American Psychological Association journal on the scholarship of teaching and learning, and a growing literature in cognitive psychology applying the findings from the experimental memory literature to the classroom. What exactly is the best way to teach a college course to maximize student learning? What exactly should students be learning in a course on learning? Serving as a case study, Dr. Bell will address this question and describe teaching his own upper-division learning course, including what and how he teaches, the contingencies affecting his teaching behavior, and the rationale for his approach.

Keyword(s): experimental literature, university teaching
 
 
Paper Session #58
Selection by Consequences at Three Levels
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 

Selection by Consequences as a Causal Mode

Domain: Theory
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
Abstract:

Selection by consequences as a causal mode The principle of selection is an important principle in all the biological sciences, a science of behavior included. Selection as a process consists in cycles of (a) variation in the characteristics of members of a population, (b) differential interaction of these members with the environment as a consequence of the variation, and (c) differential replication of the members as a consequence of the differential interaction. Behavior analysts suggest selection applies to the analysis of an organism's behavior just as much as to an analysis of its morphology. The three levels at which behavior analysts apply the principle of selection to the analysis of behavior are (a) phylogenic, (b) ontogenic, and (c) cultural. Much of traditional psychology is committed to postulating antecedent causes of behavior, particularly where those causes are assumed to be mental. This presentation argues that a science of behavior is well-served by setting aside concerns with antecedent causation as a causal mode in favor of selection by consequences.

 

Advantages of and Challenges to Establishing a Behavior Analytic Alternative to Cognitivist Evolutionary Psychology

Domain: Theory
OYSTEIN VOGT (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
 
Abstract:

An interdisciplinary behavioral science that places behavior analysis as the seamlessly interconnecting discipline between evolutionary biology and cultural anthropology, is very much preferable to the currrent paradigm of cognitivist evolutionary psychology. Behavior analysis uniquely complements evolutionary evolutionary biology in terms of its focus on historical behavior-environment interaction, its empirically grounded selectionism and its centering around learning and adaptation. The two disciplines basically address ontogenetic and phylogenetic adaptation, and behavior as a function of historical reproductive and reinforcing consequences, respectively. It is argued that interdisciplinary behavior analysis potentially provides a better account of the adaptive and maladaptive nature of culture, refines and transforms the "mismatch" hypothesis that is prevalent in evolutionary psychology, and accounts for cultural novel adaptive complexity in a way that evolutionary psychology cannot and does not. But not without challenges: Behavior analysis must no longer be an island of some intellectual isolation, and rather let itself be informed more by modern evolutionary biology and the implications it has for human behavior. Among others, a multi-adaptation perspective on human beahavior, where operant learning is viewed as a crucial, yet not monolithic, phylogenetic behavioral adaptation is proposed. Furthermore, the importance of accounting for private events for interdisciplinary purposes is emphasized. It is also argued that behavior analysis, in relation to neurophysiology, may benefit from a distinction between replicators and interactors of behavior, borrowed from gene selectionist evolutionary biology.

 

BDSM: Aversive Ideas and the Cultural Contingencies That Shape our World

Domain: Theory
DANIEL F HORAN (The Teaching & Learning Collaboration)
 
Abstract:

The capacity of humans to utilise written and spoken verbal behaviour is intriguing. Beyond requests for food and water, even for sex, drugs or rock and roll- this species-specific ability is one that allows theories and ideas to be shared and transmitted across time, cultures and experience. As Skinner identified, this repertoire, currently only available to the risen apes, is one significant way we differ from our cousins elsewhere in the animal kingdom. This paper will argue that the most important yet dangerous ideas inevitably present the greatest challenges to cherished notions of privilege, perspective and place in the world. It will explore four differently aversive ideas; selected from the written works of the Bible, Charles Darwin, B.F Skinner and Karl Marx. The process of ridicule, opposition, acceptance and revolution accompanying these ideas will be discussed. An analysis of the behavioural and meta-contingencies that impact on our the world, attributable to these aversive ideas, will be offered. There may not be fifty shades of grey- but beyond the black and white truths of a dangerous idea; beyond good and evil or freedom and dignity- there is a value in aversive ideas to deliver contingencies that improve our world.

 
 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
It is More Than A Name. The Relationship between Naming Theory, Conditioned Reinforcement, Incidental Language Acquisition & Conditioned Seeing.
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
216AB (CC)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy Michael Yeager (Behavioral Sciences Institute @ Fresno State)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Timothy Michael Yeager, M.A.
Abstract: Much research of late has gone into the understanding of names being acquired incidentally, but little, on (1) the role of conditioned reinforcement for specific types of observing responses needed to acquire language incidentally, and (2) identifying what besides the name is acquired. In Romeo and Juliet, Shakespeare argued to know a rose is to know its sweet smell, ultimately arguing for the arbitrary nature of a name, and the arbitrary applicable relation that names have with stimulus characteristics. Unfortunately, it would be over 400 years until someone argued for the necessary role of conditioned reinforcement in selecting and maintaining specific visual and olfactory observing responses for Juliet to actually acquire the stimulus control to name a rose in such a way. Greer (2002) defines this object-name relation as a form of an abstraction, in which the essence of a stimulus is acquired. From a functional behavioral perspective the behaviors emitted to learn a name, generate rules with which to define the object, and the language emitted to answer questions about the object cover a vast number of repertoires from conditioned seeing, to remembering, conditioned reinforcement for a variety of observing responses, tacting, intraverbally responding, categorizing, problem solving, and more. The experiments presented in this symposium, first demonstrate the role of conditioned reinforcement for observing visual stimuli as a necessary component for acquiring language incidentally, and then the critical nature of the tact in remembering.
Keyword(s): Conditioned Seeing, Language Acquisition, Naming, Novel Intraverbal
 
Naming as a Function of Multiple Exemplar Instruction and 2-D Conditioning for Preferred and Neutral Stimuli
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Fred S. Keller School), Morgan Strand (Fred S. Keller School), Michelle Cole-Hatchard (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: Naming is a verbal behavior capability that allows students to acquire language incidentally. Multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across listener and speaker responses has been shown to induce Naming when absent. Recent studies have identified that object relations, such as Naming relations, are established along the lines of stimuli that select out observing responses. In two experiments, we tested if preferred or neutral stimuli used during either probe or MEI sessions had an effect on a demonstration of Naming. Six participants were selected, each of whom did not demonstrate Naming with either preferred or neutral stimuli. After MEI, all six participants demonstrated Naming with preferred stimuli regardless of the intervention set used. In Experiment 2, we established the neutral probe stimuli as conditioned reinforcers through a 2-D conditioning procedure, measured by the amount of time participants observed the stimuli, then re-probed for Naming using the same stimuli. All six participants demonstrated increases in listener and speaker responses during Naming probes with the previously neutral probe set. The results demonstrated that it was not until neutral stimuli were conditioned as reinforcers, and thus selected out participants observing responses, that Naming began to emerge with the stimuli in the neutral set.
 
An Analysis of the Relationship Between the Incidental Acquisition of Language and Conditioned Seeing.
TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (Behavioral Sciences Institute @ Fresno State), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Naming has been identified as a Verbal Behavior Developmental Capability allowing individuals to acquire language incidentally. However, a name is but an arbitrary relation given to a set of essential stimulus characteristics. The majority of previous studies on Naming have measured the name-object relation as the unit of language being acquired incidentally. In two separate experiments, a single subject, concurrent multiple probe design was used to conduct further analysis on the relationship between conditioned seeing and its relationship to the tact. Across both experiments, a match to sample (MTS) procedure was used in which the participant was presented with a picture and the vocal antecedent "Match NAME with NAME", given a field of 3 pictures with positive exemplar and two negative exemplars. These procedure occurred across 5 targeted stimuli with 4 visual versions of each. Following 20 trials, and a 2 hour delay, probes were conducted assessing the emergence of untaught listener (point) , speaker (tact), and conditioned seeing (multiple controlled responses related to the defining stimulus characteristics) responses. This procedure repeated until all untaught tacts emerged. In Experiment 1, all participants after incidentally acquiring the tact through a MTS procedure also accurately responded when asked for the color of the stimulus when the picture was not present. In Experiment 2, using the same MTS procedure, and contrived stimuli, all participants after incidentally acquiring the tact, also accurately responded when asked for the 3 defining stimulus characteristics of each untaught stimulus ( color, shape, and digit/letter) when the image was not present. While a relation between the tact and conditioned seeing was demonstrated, across both experiments no correlation was found between the acquisition of the untaught point response and conditioned seeing. Results, possible implications and future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Treatment of Repetitive Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Nicole DeRosa, Psy.D.
Abstract: Repetitive behavior is a core symptom of autism spectrum disorders and, as such, the assessment and treatment of these behaviors continues to be the focus of much applied research. The current symposium adds to the growing body of research related to the variables that impact treatment outcomes for reducing various forms of repetitive behavior. The first presentation evaluates the use of empirically derived consequences for appropriate vocalizations and vocal stereotypy during Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD). Additionally, the study examines the operant mechanisms responsible for RIRD’s effectiveness through component analyses. The second presentation evaluates the use of preferred and non-preferred tasks, identified via a preference assessment, on the effectiveness of RIRD during treatment for vocal stereotypy. The third presentation evaluates the efficacy of two different treatments for motor stereotypy (i.e., relative reduction in behavior) when controlling for the duration of treatment implementation. The final presentation evaluates the occurrence of stereotypy and appropriate item engagement under multiple and chained schedules. Furthermore, a concurrent chains analysis was implemented to identify participant preference for a particular schedule. Dr. Bill Ahearn will discuss the implications of these studies as they relate to broader issues in the treatment of repetitive behavior.
Keyword(s): Empirically-derived outcomes, Stereotypy
 
Evaluating Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) using Empirically-Derived Consequences
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The effectiveness of RIRD to decrease vocal stereotypy (VS) in children with autism has strong support in the literature, and some studies have demonstrated concurrent increases in appropriate vocalizations (AV). However, no studies evaluated praise alone as a reinforcer for AV, or used systematic methods to identify either reinforcers for AV or redirection tasks for VS. The current study sought to evaluate RIRD when using empirically-derived consequences for both AV and VS, by conducting reinforcer assessments and stimulus avoidance assessments, and subsequently, examining the effects of contingent delivery of the identified consequences. Additionally, in an effort to determine the operant mechanisms responsible for RIRD’s effectiveness, component analyses were conducted to determine the additive effects of reinforcement and redirection. In general, results indicated that reinforcement was insufficient to produce decreases in VS or increases in AV, and redirection was the critical component. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed.
 

Evaluation of Task Preference Assessments to Identify Response Interruption Redirection Tasks for the Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy

KATELYN SELVER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is an effective intervention for automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy (e.g., Ahearn et al., 2007). Research on the underlying mechanisms of RIRD has indicated that the procedure functions as a punisher for vocal stereotypy. Target demands for RIRD are often arbitrarily chosen. However, if certain tasks do not function as punishers, then RIRD may not be an effective intervention. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate RIRD using tasks identified as preferred or non-preferred via task preference assessments. Four individuals who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and engaged in vocal stereotypy participated. Functional analyses showed that vocal stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement for all participants. We then conducted task preference assessments for each participant to determine high (selected at least 80% of the time) and low preference tasks (selected less than 20% of the time). We then evaluated RIRD using high preference tasks and RIRD using low preference tasks. For four participants, tasks identified as preferred did not significantly reduce vocal stereotypy. However, tasks identified as non-preferred resulted in decreases in vocal stereotypy. The results indicate that task preference assessments should be conducted prior to using RIRD.

 

An Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes for the Reduction of Motor Stereotypy

ALLISON J. MORLEY (Syracuse University), Nicole DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Matthew Novak (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Erica Moolenschot (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Previous research has evaluated the effectiveness of various treatments for reducing the occurrence of vocal and motor stereotypy. Recent research has indicated that data analysis may play a role in determining the actual effectiveness of different treatments for vocal stereotypy. The purpose of the present research is to assess the efficacy of both a response blocking procedure (i.e., hands-down) and Response Interruption and Re-Direction (RIRD) on the reduction of motor stereotypy for three individuals with autism. All analyses were conducted in a multielement design, and interobserver agreement data were collected across 33% of all sessions (averaging over 90% for all relevant variables). Results were examined when the duration of administration was (or was not) included in the calculation of response rate. Results also were evaluated based on (a) reduction in stereotypy relative to baseline, (b) total duration of treatment implementation, and (c) total session duration. Overall, when corrected for the duration of implementation, the hands-down procedure produced a greater reduction in stereotypy relative to the RIRD procedure. Additionally, the total hands down implementation and session times were lower for two of the three participants. Clinical implications of these results will be discussed.

 
A Comparison of Multiple versus Chained Schedules on Rates of Stereotypy and Item Engagement
JESSICA SLATON (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: We evaluated rates of automatically-reinforced stereotypy and item engagement in a multielement design with two adolescents with autism under multiple and chained schedules. Each schedule included components during which stereotypy was blocked (S-) or allowed (S+), and colored cards were used as schedule-correlated stimuli. We measured rates of stereotypy and item engagement during S+ and S- components, as well as the percentage of component elapsed before the first instance of stereotypy and item engagement. During the S- component of the chained schedule, tokens were provided for each discrete item manipulated (e.g. each bead strung). Component changeover occurred when a certain amount of tokens were earned, and this amount was progressively increased across sessions. The durations of the S- components in the multiple schedule were then yoked to those in the previous chained schedule session. Less stereotypy and more consistent item engagement was observed during chained schedule sessions, and more time elapsed before the first instance of stereotypy in chained schedule sessions. A subsequent concurrent chains analysis revealed participant preference for the chained schedule. The importance of contingent alternation of schedule-correlated stimuli when attempting to gain stimulus control of stereotypy will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of ABA Principlies in Korean Clinical Settings: From Pre-schoolers to Adults
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For the past 10 years, demands for ABA services for persons with autism and developmental disabilities have been increased tremendously in Korea. Despite lack of trained professions and systematic support from government and communities, few processes have been made for the past few years. In this symposium, details of four ABA services currently practiced in Korean clinical settings across diverse age groups are introduced. Overall, they all produce positive results, though many practical matters should be addressed and resolved. Especially unique issues regarding providing clinical services as well as conducting research project in Korea are discussed.

Keyword(s): ABA services, early intervention, Korea, problem behaviors
 

Use of a Self-Monitoring System to Reduce Problem Behaviors of Two Adults With DD in Subway

NAM HO KIM (Yonsei University), Soo Youn Kim (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring has been successfully implemented in clinical settings as an alternative to teacher-managed activities or contingencies. The current study examined the effectiveness of a self-monitoring in reducing problem behaviors (e.g., talking to oneself loudly, cutting in lines, and taking up too much space when sitting) in subway. The participants were a 23-year-old male with autism and a 22-year-old female with DD. Multiple baseline design across participants was used and data was collected while participants used the subway system. After the initial baseline condition, participants were given an educational session for public etiquette(A). Followed by this, a self-monitor ing system(B) was introduced to monitor their problem behaviors. Decrease in problem behaviors was observed afte an educational session, but this was shortly followed by a sharp increase. Significant reduction of problem behaviors were noted soon after the self-monitoring system was introduced, which lasted three weeks after the withdrawal of the intervention. Implications for applying self-monitoring in community settings are discussed.

 

Effectiveness of the Manual for Treating Problem Behaviors Among Special Education Teachers

DAYON HEO (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of the maual for treating problem behaviors among people with developmental disabilities, which was developed by the Seoul National Hospital and Yonsei Behavioral Psychology Lab. Participants were 30 special education teachers (5M & 25F) with ages from 24 to 51(M= 35.34, SD= 7.00), who has more than 1 child/adolescent with severe problem behaviors in her/his classroom. The hands-on type manual consisted of 9 chapters along with 5 treatment cases. The manual provided detailed procedures and forms. The training lasted for 2 hours per session for 10 weeks. Teachers completed Behaivor Vignetts Test, Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey(MBI-GS), Parenting Stress Index(PSI-Difficult Child)prior to and after the training. Frequency of students' problem behaviors as well as teachers' caring stress were collected daily using the Developmental Behavior Checklist-Monitoring chart(DBC-M). Dependent t-test(within subject comparison) and visual analysis was conducted to examine the effectivenss of the training. The results showed significant changes in knowledge of how to manage problem behaviors after the training. Also, the perceived level of stress were decreased mariginally. These results suggest that training increased the level of knowledge, and decreased the level of psychological distress and job burnout among teacher. Further implications and limitations of this study are discussed.

 

Practical Issues to run the EIBI Services in Korea

HYEONSUK JANG (Korea Institute for ABA), Yumin Seo (Yonsei University), Bonkyung Koo (Korea Institute for ABA), Hoon Kang (Korea Institute for ABA), Minhee Kim (Korea Institute for ABA)
Abstract:

Korea ABA Institute was founded in July, 2014 to provide ABA program for young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The objective of the program is to enhance childrens basic learning skills and group environment adjustment and parenting skills for parents. The program provides an individualized 1 to 1 DTT treatment and a group lesson for children to easily adapt to group environment in the future. There is a weekly group educational program for parents so that they can understand ABA and basic parenting method and the parents can have personal approach by participating the treatment scene while their child is being treated. In order for the program to be effective, childrens treatment data are thoroughly collected and based on these data, we create cumulative graphs in time accordance on every behavior criteria to assess childs progress in real time. To assess overall effectiveness of the treatment program, children and parents are evaluated in psychological test and the baseline of performance level is measured in early stage of the treatment. The assessment is re-evaluated every 6 month or every year. Currently, there are 12 children aged from 24 months to 60 months diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder being treated, and there are 3 classes divided according to their developmental level. As of now in October 2014, based on accumulated graphs, there is an individual difference but overall, the children are acquiring behaviors in faster pace and the learning rate is gradually increasing as time progresses.

 

Impact of a Long-Term Food Exposure Program on Vegetable Consumption and Nutrition Intake

HYUN JUNG KIM (Yonsei University), Sujin Lee (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the impact of a long-term food exposure program for typically developing toddlers to increase their consumption of vegetables. A total of 47 young children ages from 1 to 4 participated in this research and were randomly assigned to either a training program or a wait-list control group. In an experimental group, a food exposure program was conducted twice a week for 10 minutes, in which children were exposed to diverse vegetables via games and plays. All children were assessed on their vegetable consumption before and after the exposure program in the laboratory setting as well as real life setting. The results indicated that children in the trainig program consumed vegetables significantly more than the control group after the training in the laboratory setting. Also, the nutritional analysis of their daily food records showed the increased level of acsorbic acid (vitamin C) and folic acid after the training in real life settings, which are both related to vegetable consumption. These findings suggest that a direct exposure program may not only be effective in increasing vegatable consumption, but also have positive effects on overall nutrient intake. The limitations of this study as well as thedirections for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #62
CE Offered: BACB
Skills Training Research for Children and Young Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leslie Singer (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Leslie Singer, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium will present research on teaching skills to children and young adults diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first study evaluated in-situ training to improve pedestrian safety skills for children and young adults diagnosed with ASD. Results indicated that in-situ training was successful in improving children’s use of safety skills. The second study focused on increasing sustained interactions by shaping using a percentile schedule of reinforcement with three young children diagnosed with ASD. All three participants increased their average duration of sustained attention and always reached criterion for reinforcement except on one occasion. The third study evaluated video feedback to improve job interview skills, specifically eye contact, for young adults diagnosed with ASD and found increases in eye contact after the video modeling intervention. Social validity data indicated that the participants thought the intervention helped them and they would recommend it to others. The final study used a collaborative FBA/BIP process with a school team to address problem behaviors of an elementary aged student diagnosed with ASD. Results showed a decrease in problem behaviors and an increase in academic engagement. The presentation will describe foundational collaborative process steps that increased teacher buy-in to accepting and implementing the plan.
Keyword(s): Autism, in-situ training, percentile schedule, video feedback
 
An Evaluation of a Parent Implemented In-Situ Pedestrian Safety Skills Intervention for Individuals with Autism
Bethany Harriage (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida), LINDSEY SLATTERY (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study examined the utility of using a behavioral skills training designed to help parents implement most-to-least prompting procedures in community settings to train their child with autism the necessary pedestrian safety skills. Three individuals with autism (2 adolescents and one adult) and their parents participated in the study. Data were collected on the parents’ implementation of in-situ training and the child’s correct use of pedestrian safety skills. Generalization probes on novel street settings and maintenance data were also collected. A multiple baseline design across participants indicated that fidelity of parent implementation was high, and improvements were seen in child pedestrian safety skills. A steady increase in participant skills throughout each street type occurred. Follow- up data indicated maintenance of the safety skills for two participants, but not for lowest functioning individual. This study contributed to the literature as it is one of only a few studies implementing in situ pedestrian safety skills training for individuals with autism. In addition, it is the first study that involved parents in implementing in situ pedestrian safety skills training for individuals with autism.
 
Using Percentile Schedules of Reinforcement to Increase Interactions in Children with Autism
THERESE GUTBROD (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Joint attention responses in children with autism have been targeted in several different ways, however, extending or sustaining the duration of attention following a bid for joint attention, has not yet been targeted in research studies. In order to have a social interaction with someone, it is crucial to not only establish, but to sustain joint attention. This study examined the use of shaping with a percentile schedule to increase the duration of the interaction following a bid for joint attention in children with autism. Specifically, the therapist initiated a bid for joint attention and reinforced longer successive approximations in seconds of sustained interaction with the therapist and activity. A percentile schedule ranked the most recent 10 observations and reinforcement was provided if the current observation equaled the sixth ranking. Most-to-least prompting was used if the child failed to meet the calculated criterion. Shaping with a percentile schedule of reinforcement was effective at increasing the duration of sustained interaction following a bid for joint attention, for all participants from average baseline duration of 13 s to average intervention duration of 215 s.
 
Using Video Feedback to Increase Eye Contact During Mock Job Interviews for Transition Age Adults with ASD
Alexia Barnes (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are characterized by impairments in social and communicative behaviors. These impairments can impact an individual’s ability to obtain employment. The rates of unemployment for individuals with ASD are much higher than those of their peers without ASD. Three adults diagnosed with autism, Tanya, Blain, and Jasmine, were participants in this study. Participant’s ages ranged from 20-23. This study used a multiple baseline design across the three participants to determine the effectiveness of video feedback in improving eye contact duration during mock job interviews. After video feedback sessions, eye contact duration increased across all participants. On average, participant’s eye contact duration was at 30.2% during baseline. These percentages increased to an average of 72.8% after video feedback was implemented. Social validity results indicated that participants liked the video feedback intervention and thought it was effective in increasing their eye contact during interviews.
 
Effects of a School-Based Functional Behavior Assessment and Behavior Intervention Plan
SARA BARNES (University of South Florida), Positive Behavior Support (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Function-based behavior intervention plans have substantial research supporting there efficacy for improving behaviors of students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, implementing a technically adequate FBA/BIP within school settings can be challenging due to limited resources, teacher resistance to implementing the plan, and diverse skill levels. This presentation provides an example of a case study in which a collaborative FBA/BIP process was used with a school team to address problem behaviors of an elementary aged student with ASD. Results obtained showed a decrease in problem behaviors and an increase in academic engagement. Teacher implementation fidelity of the plan ranged between 80 and 90%. The presentation will describe the foundational collaborative process steps that increase teacher buy-in to accepting and implementing the plan.
 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Embracing and Engaging College Life: Brief Acceptance and Values-Based Interventions with College Students
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D.
Abstract:

College challenges students to face a period of incredible change while building healthy habits that will serve their lives long term. Brief ACT interventions may be ideal to improve the productivity and effectiveness in college students personal and academic ventures. The papers in this symposium explore applications of brief acceptance and values-based interventions on test preparation, physical exercise, coping with social exclusion, and academic performance. The first paper will discuss impacts of a one-time intervention on Graduate Record Examination (GRE) preparation behavior. The second explores students exercise performance with avoidance vs. values instructions. The third described values affirmation as a possible protective factor against negative social experiences. The final paper evaluated a values-based intervention that focused on purposeful action and highlighted the obstacles preventing students from persisting through academia. Implications for the integration of brief acceptance- and values-based interventions to improve college student well being will be discussed.

Keyword(s): ACT Intervention, College Well-being, Social Exclusion
 
Turning a Mountain into a Molehill: Acceptance and Commitment Training to Increase GRE Preparation Behavior
RACHAEL JUDICE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Benjamin Ramos (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Squyres (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: For students who plan to continue their education in graduate school, the Graduate Record Examination, commonly known as the GRE, is a great challenge that may stand in their way. Many students struggle with GRE-related anxiety, which they often respond to by avoiding preparation altogether. While this results in short-term relief, avoidance only increases anxiety in the long run, making performance impairment more and more likely. Common interventions to improve GRE preparation focus on describing the test and instructing test-taking strategies, with the assumption that anxiety will decrease as students become more prepared. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) offers a different approach, directly targeting flexibility and breadth in the student’s behavior in the context of GRE-related anxiety. This study compared the differential impacts of a traditional GRE preparation workshop with an ACT intervention targeting GRE-related anxiety. Training flexibility with anxiety, through ACT, may increase students’ preparation behavior to a greater degree than traditional GRE workshops.
 

Moving Away vs. Moving Toward: The Differential Impact of Experiential Avoidance and Values Instructions on Physical Exercise

RYAN ALBARADO (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmy LeBleu (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Alyson Giesemann (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The broad benefits of physical exercise and athletic involvement are well documented. Most Americans accurately describe the benefits of exercise and report wanting to exercise more. Yet, implementing a regular exercise program presents a significant challenge for most people. This may be attributable to the strength and salience of immediate aversive consequences compared to long-term appetitives. Initiating exercise is physically uncomfortable and often frustrating long before any perceptible benefits.It may be that initiating and maintaining a program of exercise involves verbally-mediated contingencies. These contingencies might facilitate aversive control (e.g., avoidance of feeling fat) or appetitive control (e.g., approaching feeling more vibrant). The purpose of this analogue study was to examine the impact of varying instructions on endurance during a cycling task. Preliminary data suggests differential performance incyclingtasks under three different instruction conditions: a no instruction baseline, experiential avoidance instructions (i.e., imaginecyclingaway from something unwanted), values instructions (i.e., imaginecyclingtoward something meaningful). Implications of findings for facilitating exercise and athletic endurance will be discussed along with broad implications for behavior change under aversive and appetitive control.

 
Bulletproof Vest?: Protecting Against the Impact of Social Exclusion with Values Writing
EMMY LEBLEU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Eating is a behavior that is essential to all animal life. In human beings eating behavior is directed by a complex interplay between environmental variables. This includes the vast social environment that human beings are immersed in. In some circumstances the social environment can have a beneficial impact on human eating behavior (i.e. they can influence healthier food selection). However, in other cases social influence can have a malicious impact on human eating behaviors. For instance, people can show decreased sensitivity to satiety when eating with large groups of familiar individuals resulting in overeating. Research suggests that individuals who are obese or overweight experience greater amounts of social stress in the form of discrimination and exclusion than normal weight controls. Unfortunately, being ignored by others has been found to increase consumption of palatable foods, which could perpetuate the obesity struggle in a cyclical manner. Fortunately, writing about what one cares about (i.e. one’s values) has been found to attenuate the impact of being ignored or ostracized. This presentation will explore data related to the impact of a one time valued writing exercise on the eating behaviors of obese and non-obese participants following an experience of ostracism.
 
Eyes Wide Shut: The Impact of Flexibility Counseling With College Probation Students
ASHLYNE MULLEN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lisa Landry (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: It is common for students to experience academic difficulty during their college career. While some may struggle with managing classes, others may struggle with non-academic factors that directly affect their academic success. For example, avoidant coping has been recognized as a problematic behavior for many college students (DeBerard, Spielmans, & Julka, 2004). In addition, many students enter college without a sense of direction. This study evaluated a values-based intervention that focused on purposeful action and highlighted the obstacles preventing students from persisting. First-year undergraduates placed on academic probation participated in a one-hour values intervention, followed by one-on-one meetings throughout the semester with an academic counselor. Preliminary data suggests that using psychological flexibility techniques increased values-based behavior and decreased inflexible behaviors. In addition, seventy-one percent of the students’ GPA increased, with sixty-four percent of those earning a good standing status for that semester. Implications for effective academic success interventions will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #64
CE Offered: BACB
Sexual Behavior SIG Symposium: A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Gender and Sexuality
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
204A (CC)
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants)
Discussant: Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
CE Instructor: Brigid McCormick, M.A.
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to provide multiple examples of how sexual behavior and gender identity can be assessed and treated using a behavior-analytic approach. This symposium underscores the need for behavior analysts to provide individualized and least-restrictive interventions to influence the occurrence of sexual behaviors that are inappropriate in topography and/or occur in inappropriate environments.
Keyword(s): autism, sex education, sexual behavior, sexuality
 
Gender Through a Behavior Analytic Lens: Who You Are, What You Do, and Why You Do It
CHELSEY BROWN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: What is your gender? To many individuals this may seem to be a simple question, but the concept of gender is much more complex than is typically discussed. Current biological and cognitive theories of gender ignore the potential independence of biological sex, gender identity, and gender expression. Many people assume that a person’s gender identity is the same as their biological sex, which is labeled at birth, and that everyone automatically identifies with the gender assigned to them. However, we assert that gender is largely a social construct, and the behavioral characteristics related to gender identity and gender roles are influenced by environmental variables, not only by biological characteristics. The goal of this presentation is to provide a behavioral account of the development of gender identity by exploring how behavioral processes, such as respondent and operant conditioning and derived relational responding, influence gender identity and gender-related behaviors. In addition to providing a pragmatic account for the formation of gender identity, behavioral processes can provide insight into the stress that an individual may experience when their gender identity does not match the gender label assigned to them. Anyone interested in taking a deeper look at gender and broadening their perspective of this topic, in both a professional and personal context, is invited to attend.
 
Sexual Behavior and Individuals with Autism and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Research and Interventions
SEAN FIELD (Western Michigan University), Steven Sparks (Western Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: People with autism spectrum disorders, as well as those with other significant developmental disabilities, may be at increased risk of engaging in risky sexual behavior both relating to their selves and others. Moreover, despite awareness of this issue, there is a lack of research aimed at addressing the increased vulnerability of this population. This talk will provide attendees with a review of current literature related to sexuality education and safety for those with autism and other developmental disabilities. Furthermore, several procedures, including behavioral skills training, sex education, and video modeling, and their outcome measures will be presented as a preliminary evaluation of the effectiveness of sex education training for individuals diagnosed with autism.
 
Environmental Barriers to Responsible Sexual Behavior & Possible Solutions
NICHOLAS SCHREIBER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Matt Gibson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Individuals do not always engage in safer sexual behaviors, even though these practices strongly promote long-term health. The first line of intervention often involves presentation of information about how or why a specific behavior should be practiced, and this is often not sufficient to alter responding. The potential consequences of unsafe sexual behaviors include transmission of sexually transmitted infections (STIs), including Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), and unwanted pregnancy. By examining environmental variables such as competing contingencies at both individual and cultural levels, it is possible to understand some reasons why unsafe sexual behaviors occur. These may include “thrill seeking,” deficits in skills and knowledge, and costs associated with engaging in safer sex. Specific practices covered in this presentation will include STI testing, disclosing STI status to sexual partner(s), and using condoms and other birth control methods. Current research on Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis (PrEP) will also be presented as it relates to reducing HIV infection, as it is a relatively new and potentially promising option for sexually active individuals. Examples in this presentation will include a range of ages, cultures, genders, sexual identities, and skill levels to illustrate the need for context-specific intervention to promote sexually healthy behaviors.
 
Fighting a Hidden Battle: How Behavior Analysis Can Help to Prevent Sexual Assault in the U.S. Military
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Ann M. Sturtz (ORL), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Sexual assault can have long lasting and dramatic effects on its victims, including depression, anxiety, and Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (Santiago, McCall-Perez, Gorcey, & Beigal, 1985). One population at high risk of experiencing sexual assault are those in the United States military. In 2012, roughly 26,000 members of the military are victims of sexual assault, 7.3% of its total population (Department of Defense, 2013). These numbers continue to increase, with the number of victims who are woman being roughly twice that of men. Currently, interventions for preventing sexual assault in the military consist of one 3-hour classroom discussion including two video trainings at the onset of the service member’s career (www.sexualassault.army.mil). Given the prevalence of this issue, the current approach may be improved, and behavior analysts are in a unique position to help. We have aided in education, safety, and training interventions in a variety of areas and for a variety of populations, and these methods can be extended to prevention of sexual assault in the military. This presentation will review current consent-focused educational programs with a focus on sexual assault prevention, and suggest how these can be potentially adapted for effective implementation by the military. disabilities. Furthermore, several procedures, including behavioral skills training, sex education, and video modeling, and their outcome measures will be presented as a preliminary evaluation of the effectiveness of sex education training for individuals diagnosed with autism.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Preference Assessment Procedures: Methodology, Presentation Mode, & Stimulus Selection
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
214C (CC)
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey Clay (Utah State University)
Discussant: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. Jr. (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Casey Clay, M.S.
Abstract:

Preference assessment (PA) for stimuli is important in that it allows for likely selection of reinforcers leading to contingencies that increase desired behavior. Some stimuli do not easily lend themselves to PA. Furthermore, some assessment methods raise questions on the reliability of the method and validity of results acquired. Therefore, reliability of existing methods must be tested, as well as the investigation of novel methods, to assess valid preference of different forms of stimuli. Studies in this symposium assess preference in participants with and without disabilities demonstrating the importance of PA across populations. Studies establishing preference hierarchies for social stimuli and communication topography are included. Additionally, studies addressing reliability and validity of different methodologies are included. Studies measuring preference for different forms of stimuli identified preference hierarchies and demonstrated reinforcing efficacy of stimuli assessed by researchers. Results from studies on reliability of existing methods provide interesting conclusions and future directions. These current issues as well as importance of PA will be discussed.

 

Assessing Preference of Mand Topographies During Functional Communication Training

JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Maria-Alexandra Da Fonte (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Behavior Analysis Consulting Services), Katherine Denham (Vanderbilt University), Thomas Jedrzynski (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is often used to support individuals who present complex communication needs. Although various researchers have evaluated subject preference for AAC modalities, only one has done so within the context of assessment and treatment of problem behavior and in the presence of relevant establishing operations (EO). Because the success of interventions like functional communication training (FCT) may hinge upon factors such as client proficiency with, and preference for, a targeted communicative response, it may be important to evaluate proficiency and preference in the presence of problem behaviors controlling variables. Our subject was a 4-year-old diagnosed with autism who engaged in aggression and had experience communicating via picture exchange and voice output devices (i.e., iPad and GoTalk). However, he did not mand for functional reinforcers during baseline (i.e., relevant FA conditions). We conducted FCT and reinforced mands mediated by each modality in each of three separate treatment conditions, while tracking rates of manding and aggression. Then, we conducted a concurrent-chains preference assessment to identify the subjects preferred modality. Finally, we presented assessment results to the subjects parent and asked her to indicate her own preference. Parent and subject preference aligned and we completed therapy using the iPad.

 
Preference for Social Interaction in Individuals with Autism
CASEY CLAY (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Bistra Bogoev (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: We evaluated the degree to which social interactions are reinforcing for individuals with autism by comparing the reinforcing properties of three different stimulus classes. First we determined a relative preference hierarchy among three stimulus classes (food, vocal, physical interaction) in individuals with autism. Next, we evaluated the relationship between preference and reinforcer effectiveness within these classes. Finally, for individuals who prefer physical/vocal consequences, we evaluated if adding the other component, physical or vocal, increase the effectiveness of that interaction as a reinforcer. Preference hierarchies were established across and between stimulus classes. Reinforcing efficacy of combining stimuli is pending.
 

Predictive Validity of Indirect Versus Direct Preference Assessment Methods in Early Education Classrooms

KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Teachers in an early education classroom were asked to identify and rank 10 preferred stimuli for 12 toddlers. A hierarchy for these items was identified via a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessment. Reinforcer assessments were conducted with each child to determine the reinforcing efficacy of both the highest and lowest preferred items identified by each method. Further, the entire assessment was conducted with novice practicum teachers within the initial weeks of their practicum semester and again with these teachers four months later to determine the extent to which level of expertise may influence the degree of correspondence between indirect and direct assessment. Results to date suggest that there is relatively poor correspondence between teacher-reported rankings as compared to direct assessment rankings. Overall, items identified as both low- and high-preferred functioned as reinforcers, at least under single-operant arrangements. Results were idiosyncratic (across and with subjects) under concurrent-operant arrangements. Results of the pre-post assessment comparisons are pending. The degree of correspondence between indirect and direct preference assessments, predictive validity, assessment efficiency, and the degree to which teacher expertise influences assessment correspondence will be discussed.

 
Order of Selections in the Multiple-stimulus without Replacement Preference Assessment
CHRISTOPHER T ROATH (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Studies have shown that the multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment is an effective assessment format for identifying preferred items; however, it is possible that rule-governed behavior or other factors might influence selections in some instances. For example, some individuals might select their most preferred item last in the MSWO format in an effort to “save the best for last.” Alternatively, individuals might select items in a particular order due to qualities of the preceding choice (e.g., selecting a sweet following a salty food item). In this study, MSWO results were evaluated by comparing the first and last selection of the MSWO assessment in a paired-stimulus (PS) format, using varying edible items in each study. Results showed that the MSWO format accurately identified the most preferred edible item in most instances; however, the MSWO did not predict the most highly preferred item for several participants. These results suggest that, in some cases, a paired-stimulus assessment or alternative arrangements might produce better results than the MSWO assessment.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Influencing Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
214D (CC)
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A substantial body of literature now exists demonstrating the use of reinforcement to increase a wide range of socially important behaviors in numerous populations across a range of settings. Systematic preference assessments are effective and efficient methods for identifying stimuli that serve as reinforcers, and numerous studies have demonstrated the predictive validity of a variety of assessment methods. As a result, systematic preference and reinforcer assessments have become a standard feature of both research and clinical practice. However, it has also been shown that numerous factors can influence preference assessment outcomes (subject variables, presentation method, motivating operations, response options, and consequence arrangements) and reinforcement effects (reinforcement parameters and type of schedule arranged during the assessment). The purpose of this symposium is to present the results of four studies examining the influence of a number of these factors. Findings will be discussed in terms of implications for both researchers and practitioners.

Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcement assessment
 
Investigating Stochastic Transitivity in Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment Data
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Transitivity relations hold that, when A > B > C, then A should be > C. For example, a 100 dollar bill is worth more than at 20 dollar bill and a 20 dollar bill is worth more than a 5 dollar bill, therefore, a 100 dollar bill should be worth more than a 5 dollar bill. Furthermore, if our scaling of reinforcing efficacy is accurate, this preference difference should be quantifiable and transitivity should hold. Thus, a 100 dollar bill is worth 80 dollars more than a 20 dollar bill and a 20 dollar bill is worth 15 dollars more than a 5 dollar bill, therefore, a 100 dollar bill should be worth 95 dollars more than a 5 dollar bill (the summed differences in value between A and B and between B and C). These relations are a fundamental aspect of hierarchical categorization and their presence can be evaluated in the context of reinforcer selection probabilities on concurrent schedules. Research on transitivity in the outcomes of preference rankings obtained in basic research using response patterns from concurrent-chains schedules has shown these relations to sometimes be absent. These findings brought into questions the utility of the concurrent-chains schedule as a method for determining the relative reinforcing potency of consequences and also have implications for other concurrent schedules employed in ranking the strength of reinforcers, for example paired-stimulus preference assessments. If preference assessments are providing accurate rankings of the potency of reinforcers, transitivity must hold. The purpose of the current study is to apply the rules of transitivity to the results of paired stimulus preferences assessments to see if transitive relations are present.
 
Stability of Preschooler’s Preference for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Edible and Leisure Items
COURTNEY MOORE (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Few applied studies have examined preference stability, and even fewer have examined the preference assessment methodology with young, typically developing children. In Study 1, weekly preference assessments (MSWO) were conducted 22 typically developing children for a mean of 19 weeks. Preference was evaluated for both edible and leisure items. The items in each preference assessment remained constant. The total number of edible- and leisure- item preference assessments conducted varied, but no child had fewer than 8 assessments. Results showed preference patterns were stable for only a third of the children, however reinforcer assessments were not conducted to validate preference results. In Study 2, we replicated and extended Study 1 by conducting reinforcer assessments following each preference assessment. To date, five children have participated. Three participants for whom edible items were assessed demonstrated stable preferences and preferences were predictive of reinforcer efficacy. Two participants for whom tangible items were assessed demonstrated unstable preference; the reinforcer assessments did not correlate with preference assessments. Results are discussed regarding the predictive validity of preference assessments with this population and the degree to which fluctuations in preference correlate with reinforcer efficacy. Finally, recommendations regarding the frequency with which to assess preschoolers’ preference will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Preference Assessment Type on Problem Behavior
SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare three common preference assessment procedures to determine which results in both identification of a reinforcer and low rates of problem behavior during the assessment, while controlling for the duration of access to the items. This study was conducted with four participants admitted to an inpatient hospital for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Past research has shown that individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items may engage in higher rates of problem behavior during paired stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A multielement design was used to compare problem behavior during the PS, MSWO, and free operant (FO) preference assessments when the time with access to the item was kept constant across all assessments. A second observer collected data for 48% of sessions, with an average of 97.67% (range 80%-100%) interobserver agreement. Results indicated that the PS and MSWO preference assessments produced higher rates of problem behavior than the FO and required more time to achieve the same preference hierarchy.
 
Reinforcer Assessments: Current Trends and Future Directions
Megan Borlase (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (Garden Academy), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Reinforcer assessments are a critical component of behavior analytic research for the identification of potent reinforcers. Although there is a large body of research on reinforcer assessments, to date a review of these studies has not been published. The purpose of this paper is to provide a systematic quantitative review of the research on reinforcer assessments from 1985 to 2014. A wide range of methodologies was identified across multiple parameters including session length, termination criterion, and reinforcement schedule. Participant characteristics, settings, preference assessment methodologies, and experimental designs used were also assessed. Review of the literature revealed idiosyncrasies across reinforcer assessment methodologies suggesting no overall trend in the literature. Despite this, some clear trends were identified such as the use of a 30-s access period, the use of continuous reinforcement for responses, and the use of session length as the primary termination criterion. Potential avenues for future research are described in an attempt to identify the most effective and efficient methods for conducting reinforcer assessments.
 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Relationships Between Reinforcement Value and Behavioral Stages of Development II
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon E (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents a number of applications of a new theory that integrates notions of reinforcing value with a behavioral notion of developmental stage. The first paper replaces Maslow=s Hierarchy of Needs with a conception that shows that both notions of reinforcing value and notions of behavioral developmental stage can explain the same behaviors without appealing to hypothetical, internal constructs. The second paper presents empirical data that confirms in another context that an expert=s developmental stage of understanding predicts how biasing (a measure of value) they perceive a professional situation to be. The third paper discusses the application of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity on the field of medicine, pharmacology, nursing and public health are. The paper gives examples of how standards of care are understood at different behavioral developmental stage. It presents the solution to the problem of standards of care at a Paradigmatic stage 14. The paper proposes a Cross-Paradigmatic stage 15 view of how the problem of changing standards of care can be solved. The fourth paper suggests eight long-term attractors (rather than linear short-terms trends) that lead to flatter organizations. Organizations and the need for management and bureaucracy are discussed from an informational perspective.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Stages, Reinforcement value
 
Replacing Maslow Needs Hierarchy with Behavioral Developmental Stage-Reinforcement Value to Make Sense of Moral Ambition
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard University)
Abstract: An all-encompassing model of reinforcement value and Behavioral Develop Stage is applied to Maslow’s “needs” hierarchy model. ”Needs” may be understood as primary and secondary reinforcers that change with stage. Primary reinforcers are biologically built-in, such as food, sleep and social stimuli. Secondary reinforcers are learned when paired with a primary reinforcer. For example, money is a powerful reinforcer when paired with objects it can purchase. As one moves up in stage, secondary reinforcers become more complex. Reinforcers may change from simple to more abstract such as adhering to moral principles and searching for the truth. In addition to changes of reinforcers, what contingencies make contact with behavior also change. A contingency is the predictive relationship between two events, such that the occurrence of one event predicts the probable occurrence of another. e.g. a child receives a balloon every time she goes to the dentist. Individuals who understand complex contingencies may be more likely to act on long term benefits. Contingencies may not make contact with behavior in three circumstances. They may not make contact because the consequence a) requires too high a stage to appreciate or b) it is not of interest to the person or more typically, c) when they occur too far away in time, and more short term consequences are perceived as more valued. Individuals who score higher on Maslow’s hierarchy should also show higher stage social perspective taking skill.
 

The Behavioral Development Stage as Shown in Forensic Experts' Perceptions of Expert Bias

SHULING JULIE CHEN (Dare Association, Inc.), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University), Eva Yujia Li (University of Connecticut), Thomas Gutheil (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

How do expert witnesses perceive the possible biases of their fellow expert witnesses? Participants, who were attendees at a workshop at the American Academy of Psychiatry and Law were asked to rate for their biasing potential a number of situations that might affect the behavior of an opposing expert. A Rasch analysis produced a linear scale as to the perceived biasing potential of these different kinds of situations from the most biasing to the least biasing. Working for only one side in both civil and criminal cases had large scaled values and also were the first factor. In interesting contrast, a) an opposing expert also serving as the litigant's treater and b) an opposing expert being viewed as a hired gun (supplying an opinion only for money) were two situations viewed as not very biasing. Order of Hierarchical Complexity also accounted for items from the 1st, 2nd and 3rd factors. The result suggests that the difficulty in understanding the conceptual basis of bias underlies the perception of how biased a behavior or a situation is. The more difficult to understand the questionnaire item, the less biasing its behavior or situation is perceived by participants.

 
The Behavioral Developmental Stage-Reinforcement Value Model: Implications for the Changing Standards of Care
DANIEL GORTZ (University of Lund), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: The standard of care is a legal and professional notion against which doctors and other medical personnel are held liable. The standard of care changes as new scientific findings and technological innovations within medicine, pharmacology, nursing and public health are developed and adopted. This paper consists of three parts. Part 1 describes the problem and gives concrete examples of its occurrence. The second part discusses the application of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity to the field, giving examples of how standards of care are understood at different behavioral developmental stage. It presents the solution to the problem of standards of care at a Paradigmatic stage 14. The solution at this stage is a deliberative, communicative process based around why certain norms should or should not apply in each specific case, by the use of so-called meta-norms. Part 3 proposes a Cross-Paradigmatic stage 15 view of how the problem of changing standards of care can be solved. The proposed solution is to found the legal procedure in each case on well-established behavioral laws. We maintain that such a behavioristic, scientifically based justice would be much more proficient at effecting restorative legal interventions that create desired behaviors.
 
The Societal Attractors Based on Long-Term Contingencies May Produce a Flatter Organization in the 21st Century
SAGUN GIRI (Dare Association, Inc.), Daniel Gortz (University of Lund), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Organizations in general are likely to become flatter in the 21st century, which also affects the future of institutions of medical care, psychiatric care and forensics. This trend can be seen already today. This paper suggests eight long-term “attractors” (rather than linear short-terms trends) that lead to flatter organizations. Organizations and the need for management and bureaucracy are discussed from an informational perspective. It is argued that management and hierarchical bureaucracy are necessary because information about specific behaviors needs to be processed by organizations, but that informational efficiency simultaneously implies the striving towards the lowest possible number of layers. Then the eight attractors (long-term trends) are presented: 1. the cultural evolution of information management, 2. scientific support for new forms of management, 3. social media technology, 4. social innovation of new management forms, 5. new production and distribution chains, 6. the strong growth of the world market, 7. the radically disruptive technological development, 8. the re-integration of business, politics and civil sphere. Some consequences in medicine, psychiatry and forensics are presented, including the new forms of treatment in psychiatry where psychiatric treatment is likely to become increasingly merged with the real everyday life situations of the patients.
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research on Persistence and Relapse
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
006C (CC)
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The success of behavioral interventions often requires both the persistence of desirable behavior and preventing relapse of problem behavior. Goals of translational research in behavior analysis are to identify fundamental behavioral processes at work when implementing behavioral treatments and to use the understanding of those processes to improve treatment implementation. Therefore, translational research forms a continuum, with basic and applied research informing one another better serves the goal of improving the efficacy of behavioral treatments than either alone. This symposium includes presentations spanning the range of translational research assessing factors impacting behavioral persistence and relapse. Two presentations assess basic questions involving differential reinforcement using animal models (Bai, Craig), one assesses potentially converging measures of persistence in individuals with developmental disabilities (Kelley), and another assesses persistence of academic performance (Schieltz). All four presentations have a common focus toward highlighting the relevance of translational research to understanding how reinforcement processes influence outcomes of behavioral treatments.

Keyword(s): persistence, relapse, translational research
 

Local patterns of resurgence following repeated contingency reversals between target and alternative responding

JOHN BAI (University of Auckland), Sarah J. Cowie (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Animal models of resurgence suggest discontinuation of alternative sources of reinforcement can result in relapse of extinguished behaviors, potentially providing insight into clinical relapse of problem behavior. Procedurally, resurgence is typically studied across three successive phases: (1) reinforcement of a target response, (2) extinction of the target and concurrently reinforced training of an alternative response, and (3) re-emergence of the target response when extinguishing the alternative response. The present study used pigeons in 50-s discrete trials to explore the effects of gradual versus discrete stimulus changes on local patterns of resurgence. Within each trial, target (left-key) responding was reinforced and alternative (right-key) responding was not reinforced in the first half of the trial the contingencies then reversed in the second half of the trial. Consistent with baseline reinforcement contingencies, alternative responding replaced target responding across time since trial onset. Moreover, extending trials beyond training durations during extinction probes revealed a resurgence of target responding. The magnitude of resurgence was greater, and the latency was earlier, when signaling the onset of the extended extinction probes. These findings reveal a role for stimulus control in resurgence, which could be useful in understanding factors involved in relapse of problem behaviors.

 
Effects of Separating Target- and Alternative-Reinforcement Contexts on Relapse Following Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior
ANDREW R. CRAIG (Utah State University), Mary Margaret Sweeney (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: The behavioral-momentum-based approach to understanding relapse suggests alternative reinforcement may contribute to relapse if it is delivered in the same discriminative-stimulus context as reinforcement for target responding. In this experiment, effects of separating target- and alternative-reinforcement contexts on relapse were examined. Pigeons pecked keys in a two-component multiple schedule. During baseline, food was delivered in both components according to variable-interval 120-s schedules. During treatment, no contingency changes were introduced in one, No-Treatment, component. Food deliveries for target responding were suspended in the other, Treatment, component, and access to an alternative context was delivered according to a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior 15-s schedule for target responding. In this context, an alternative-response key was available, pecks to which produced food according to a variable-interval 30-s schedule. During resurgence testing, food was suspended in the No-Treatment component and in the alternative context of the Treatment component. Finally, access to the alternative context was suspended in the Treatment component, and free food was delivered 2 and 8 s into each component presentation to test for target-response reinstatement. During resurgence testing, little-to-no resurgence was observed, and reinstatement was greater in the No-Treatment component than in the Treatment component. Practical and theoretical implications of these data will be discussed.
 

Convergence of progressive-ratio analyses and momentum as a measure of response strength

CLARE LIDDON (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Response strength may be measured in a variety of ways, including in the context of a behavioral economic analysis (e.g., measures of demand; Hursh, 1980) or as response persistence (tendency of a response to continue to occur in the face of a disrupting event such as extinction; Nevin, Mandall, & Atak, 1983). In the current study, we sought to evaluate the convergence of these measures of response strength. First, we established two stimuli that were similar in preference in the context of formal stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992). Next, we conducted progressive-ratio assessments to establish breaking points for each stimulus (Roane, Lerman, & Vordran, 2001). Finally, we exposed responding to disruptive events (e.g., extinction, satiation, pre-feeding, or distraction) to test the extent to which responding would persist. Similar outcomes across the analyses would suggest convergence of these two measures of response strength. Results are discussed in the context of translational research.

 
An evaluation of behavioral persistence with academic performance
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Brooke Natchev (University of Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of positive reinforcement on academic behavior that had historically been related to problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. Sam was 12 years old with ASD. During Phases 1 and 2, a choice assessment was conducted within a concurrent schedules design to demonstrate escape responding and low academic performance in math. During Phase 3, contingent positive reinforcement (SR+) was evaluated within an AB design, and showed that SR+ increased Sam’s academic performance. During Phase 4, SR+ was evaluated within a concurrent schedules design embedded within a reversal design. Results showed that SR+ functioned as an abolishing operation for negative reinforcement (i.e., increase in choice allocation towards math, number of problems attempted, and percentage correct). During Phase 5, behavioral persistence was evaluated within a reversal design. Results showed behavioral persistence with academic performance, specifically, the number of problems attempted. As Sam received greater amounts of positive reinforcement (for answering bonus questions) he completed more math problems across sessions during subsequent extinction sessions. This application of behavioral persistence provides a novel application for improving academic behavior.
 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Analysis of Gambling Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
006D (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kyle Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
CE Instructor: Kyle Rowsey, M.S.
Abstract:

Current behavior analytic experimental research suggests that gambling is maintained by a combination of reinforcement schedules and verbal behavior. While behavior analytic research has focused on the broad implications of these variables, little is known about the idiosyncrasies of factors such as when high win rates occur during a gambling event, response effort, and persistence of play during repeated forced-choices. Similarly, recent structural changes in slot machine reels, particularly losses disguised as wins, are under researched and therefore not understood behavior analytically. Furthermore, little is known about losses disguised as wins when compared to other structural differences, including appetitive or aversive sounds. Therefore, this symposium will provide empirical support for how response-based interventions, structural alterations, and various win rates may impact gambling behavior, across a range of gambling behaviors including selection, persistence, magnitude, and self-report during gambling tasks. Implications of these findings and directions for future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): gambling, translational research
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming.
 
Gambling Persistence: Repeated Choice as an Abolishing Operation
SETH W. WHITING (Yale University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study investigated the effects of a potential choice-based intervention component on gambling persistence to determine if repeated choosing would function as an abolishing operation and reduce slot machine play. Thirty adults were exposed to either a brief choice intervention or a video control task. In the choice intervention, participants responded to 35 gambling-related forced-choice items, each with two alternatives from which to make a selection. The control group watched a video of a gambler playing a slot machine in a casino. Following the initial task, all players were then allowed to allocate play among five available slot machines until he or she wished to cash out. The results demonstrated that those who were required to make repeated choices played the slot machines for significantly fewer trials and engaged with the slot machines for significantly less time. Given the large number of choice alternatives present in a casino environment, future investigation into how casinos and games are organized to facilitate choice and interventions to counteract such facilitation during play may yield effective technologies in further reducing undesirable gambling persistence.
 
Increasing Response Effort Impacts Wager Sizes of Slot Machine Gamblers
KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kyle Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Two studies were conducted to investigate the effect of response effort on wager sizes. The first study investigated the effects of the physical location of the “Bet Max” wager button on a slot machine in 29 recreational gamblers. Distance from the Spin button varied across three groups of gamblers ranging from 9.52mm to 111.12mm. The second study was a replication of the first where four subjects were presented to all three conditions of the previous study. The results indicated a change in bet allocation in both studies (significant in study 1), mainly, greater distance between the Max Bet button and Spin button resulted in fewer responses allocated to the Max Bet button. Implications of the results are discussed in regards to response effort, and gambling device design.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Losses Disguised as Wins and Auditory Input on Gambling Behavior
KRISTIN ROBINSON (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Losses disguised as wins (LDWs) describe a phenomenon in which an individual wins back an amount less than what was originally wagered. Although LDWs result in a financial loss, gamblers often inaccurately treat these outcomes as wins, leading to sustained slot-machine play despite continued losses. The current study examined the effects of modified auditory stimuli that accompany LDWs with recreational and at-risk gamblers during a slot machine task. Researchers measured rate of play, amount wagered, and participant self-report of the occurrence of wins based on the auditory stimuli presented with each LDW condition. During baseline, participants were exposed to a standard play condition with common LDW auditory feedback. During treatment, rapid alteration between a no-sound condition, a negative auditory input condition, and a preferred auditory feedback condition were presented. Data collected to date suggest that participant rate of play and self-report of outcome vary depend upon the auditory feedback provided. Implications for treatment and future directions for research will be discussed.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Decreasing Win Rate on Slot Machine Gambling
MATTHEW L. JOHNSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: With the variable win rate of most games of chance, it is important to understand how these variable win rates may contribute to the persistence of gambling behavior. Twenty undergraduate rehabilitation students (all women) were recruited and participated for extra course credit. The apparatus written in Microsoft Visual Basic.NET presented participants with a concurrent choice between two different slot machines; one machine with symbols and one machine without symbols. During forced choice trials and the first 50 choice trials, the payout of the two machines was equated at p = .5. For the remaining 50 choice trials, probability of winning on the machine with symbols was systematically decreased by p = .1 every ten trials until there was no probability of winning for the last ten trails. On average, participants showed a preference for the machine with symbols during choice trials when win rate was equated; allocating significantly more than 50% of responding to this machine. A repeated measure ANOVA confirmed response allocation to the symbol machine only significantly decreased in the final two conditions (.1 and EXT) and did not decrease significantly across any other conditions p < .05. Therefore, high early win rates may contribute to gambling persistence.
 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Learning Skills, Learning to Learn Repertoires, and Generativity
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
210AB (CC)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Efficient teaching and learning is achieved when students are explicitly taught learning skills in addition to content. Learning content is also accelerated when students are able to learn how to learn content on their own, and learn content quickly. Teaching is accelerated when procedures also produce behavior not directly taught. The four presentations in this symposium explored these four usually neglected aspects of teaching and learning. In the first presentation, Sheila Habarad and her colleagues empirically demonstrate two different methods of TAG Teaching to shape different learning skills. In the second presentation, Anne Bishop demonstrates that youth with autism can learn a generative repertoire, Talk Aloud Problem Solving, to solve a variety of academic and social problems without explicit instruction. In the third presentation, Staheli Meyer shows how standard celeration chart data allows teachers to detect and promote patterns of agile learning, or rapid mastery of skills, with students in a learning center. The fourth presentation by Adam Peal reviews the literature of behavior analysis’ most common procedure for establishing novel behavior, stimulus equivalence, to show the extent, and the conditions under which, individuals with autism have learned novel behavior without direct instruction.
Keyword(s): generativity, learning skills, TAG teaching
 

TAG Teaching Learning Skills With Primary and Middle School Students

SHEILA M. HABARAD (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Geoffrey H. Martin (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Morningside Academy explicitly teaches fundamental learning skills to ensure that each student has these vital components in his repertoire to bring the student closer to instruction. Shaping of these skills was explored along a continuum of gross motor, fine motor, and interpersonal skills. In this study, teachers shaped dimensions along the movement cycle of the behavior that already exists in the students repertoires. Sheila Habarad will present a method in which TAG Teaching was used with her reading class of five, 8 year-old students, paired with fluency building sessions in groups of 2-3 students. Generalization of targeted learning skills was measured across the reading class. Marianne Delgado and Geoffrey Martin will present a method in which TAG Teaching was used to increase frequency and duration of attending behavior within a group discussion circle, with one teacher being the discussion leader and the other being the TAG coach of a target student. Acquisition, frequency and duration of fundamental skills are depicted on the Standard Celeration Chart.

 
The Success of Talk Aloud Problem Solving With Youth with Autism
ANNE BISHOP (Haugland Learning Center), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Problem solving skills have been shown to be critical to performance in a variety of academic, work force and social situations. As part of our work in attempting to replicate the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with students with autism, Haugland Learning Center, located in Columbus, Ohio, has used the Talk Aloud Problem Solving procedure. This strategy is based on Whimbey, Lockhead, and Narodes, Problem Solving and Comprehension, and Joanne Robbins teacher training program, Learn to Reason With TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach. Students between the ages of 13 and 18 were taught the roles of problem solver and listener to solve a variety of logic and social problems. The problem solver thinks aloud while actively solving the problem while the listener analyzes the problem solvers process and gives feedback. Instruction involved demonstration of examples and non-examples, guided practice with teacher and student feedback, and independent practice. Teachers were regularly coached on the facilitation of problem solving activities and given feedback on their performance. We demonstrated that problem solving can be taught to children with autism, and helps students to succeed in a variety of academic and real-life settings.
 
Agility: Conceptual Aspects and Academic Applications
STAHELI MEYER (University of Nevada, Reno & Fit Learning), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno), William D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning)
Abstract: Agility can be defined as the ability to move quickly and easily, or the ability to think and understand quickly. Academic agility, therefore, refers to patterns of learning characterized by rapid acquisition and mastery. The detection of patterns of agility in learner performance can inform curricular decisions and instructional practices. Moreover, a further elaboration of this phenomenon might result in the ability to program for agile learning. This presentation will discuss the conceptual aspects and academic implications of a clarified notion of academic agility through elaborating and refining the current understanding of this phenomenon. In this data based presentation, we will demonstrate how the Standard Celeration Chart has facilitated the detection of agile patterns of learning as well as refined curricular organization to better fit individual learners. Data obtained from students enrolled in a precision teaching learning center will be presented. The resulting academic implications and benefits of a clarified notion of agility are discussed.
 
Generative Procedures for Individuals with Disabilities: A Review of Stimulus Equivalence Procedures and Outcomes
ADAM MICHAEL PEAL (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract: The purpose of the review presented here was to synthesize and analyze the results from studies regarding the extent to, and the conditions under which, novel skills emerged in the repertoires of individuals with disabilities following stimulus equivalence procedures. A comprehensive search of scholarly databases yielded 32 peer-reviewed studies that met inclusion criteria. The literature indicated that the emergence of novel responding reliably emerged regardless of the type of disability. Special attention was placed on generalization and maintenance data. Furthermore, available research regarding the conditions under which stimulus equivalence was demonstrated (e.g., population, stimuli used, modality) was summarized. Results indicated that the emergence of untrained (i.e. novel) responding occurred across all disabilities examined and across a variety of sense modalities, type of stimuli, skill, and other salient variables. Importantly, while generalization and maintenance were evaluated, only a small minority of studies did so. Of the studies that did, results were varied, ranging from not successfully maintained or generalized, to fully maintained and generalized. Implications for imbedding instruction that reliably yields generative responding in individuals with disabilities are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #71
Procedural variations for teaching conditional discrimination
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
218 (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Making conditional discriminations is essential for effective communication, yet many individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities lack this skill. Each of the four presenters will discuss their research on procedural variations for teaching conditional discrimination. Jessica Simacek will present data on a study in which she taught two females with Rett syndrome, one using an eye-gaze device to make conditional discriminations. Second, Veronica Smith will present on teaching conditional discrimination of requests for assistance when faced with a task that could not be completed independently by an individual with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the third presentation, Laura Grow will discuss the effects of array size on conditional discrimination learning of individuals with ASD. Finally, Anna Pettursdottir will describe a study in which the effects of the order of stimulus presentation on learning conditional discrimination. Einar Ingvarsson will summarize and synthesize the findings of the four researchers in terms of implications for not only practice but also for translational research.
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination
 
Conditional-Discrimination through Mand-Training for Participants with Rett Syndrome
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Perhaps due to the severe motor and cognitive impairments associated with Rett syndrome, there is a lack of quality evidence on communication intervention with this population (Sigafoos et al., 2011). Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is a promising method for individuals who are nonverbal and have impaired motor function to communicate; however, to expand communication beyond a single generalized mand, intervention procedures must teach the ability to conditionally discriminate between multiple mands. The purpose of this study was to investigate the efficacy of a mand-training intervention package on the acquisition and accuracy of non-verbal mands for two learners with Rett syndrome. Results from both concurrent, multiple baseline designs across mands provided preliminary evidence of increased acquisition and accuracy of conditionally discriminated mands during intervention. These data are discussed in relation to response and stimulus prompting as methods to support conditional discrimination of communication skills, with particular implications for learners with severe and multiple disabilities.
 

Teaching Manding for Help as a Conditional Discrimination

VICTORIA SMITH (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Megan Ashley Levesque (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (UNMC Munroe- Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Ideally, mands for help should occur only (a) after the individual has attempted the task and (b) if that attempt was unsuccessful. Three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were taught this conditional discrimination under incapable and capable trials across multiple tasks. During incapable trials, materials were manipulated such that the child could not independently complete the response. During capable trials, materials were manipulated such that the child could independently complete the response. To prevent the mand for help from coming under faulty stimulus control, materials and instructions were matched across incapable and capable trials and teaching occurred under contrived motivating operations. Data were collected on attempts to complete the task and mands for help. During baseline, the percentage of trials with attempts was high across both capable and incapable trials but mands for help did not occur in either condition. During teaching for incapable trials, some undesirable generalization of the help response to capable trials occurred for two participants. Prolonged exposure to the teaching procedure was sufficient to establish correct responding under both conditions. These findings suggest, when training a help response, it is important to consider the antecedent conditions under which the response should occur.

 
The Effect of Array Size on Conditional Discrimination Learning in a Child With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
LAURA L. GROW (University of British Columbia), Rebecca Van Der Hijde (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: The study evaluated the impact of array size on the efficiency of conditional discrimination training. Ryan, a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder, participated in the study. A total of 36 auditory-visual stimulus pairs (i.e., country names and flags) were taught in the study. Twelve relations were taught in each of the experimental conditions (i.e., two-stimulus, three-stimulus, and four-stimulus array conditions). An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare efficiency of learning when training sets consisted of two-, three-, and four-stimuli arrays. The results suggested that teaching conditional discriminations using an array of two stimuli might produce faulty stimulus control (e.g., side bias) and/or require more sessions to meet the mastery criterion. The results call into question the use of two-stimulus arrays during conditional discrimination training.
 
Order of Stimulus Presentation Influences Children’s Acquisition of Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Gabriella Aguilar (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Auditory-visual conditional discriminations are often taught in match-to-sample format, such that the learner is presented with an auditory sample stimulus and several visual comparison stimuli. In the presence of each sample, the selection of a particular comparison is reinforced. In the applied literature, conflicting recommendations exist regarding the order of stimulus presentation in match-to-sample trials. The purpose of the present study was to compare acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations under two conditions; when the sample was presented before the comparisons (sample-first) and when the comparisons were presented before the sample (comparison-first). Four typically developing kindergarten-age boys participated. The effects of the two conditions were compared in an adapted alternating-treatments design compared with a multiple-baseline design across stimulus sets. Stimuli, which included birds and flags, were presented on a computer screen. All participants met the mastery criterion first in the sample-first condition, but one participant required procedural modifications before acquisition was observed.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
Contemporary Applications of Behavioral Phenomenological Research
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
007D (CC)
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Alonzo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since Skinner’s (1945) seminal analysis of the use of psychological terms, researchers have been calling for investigations to extend the methodology of the functional analysis of verbal behavior. Willard Day allocated much of his professional career towards substantiating the pragmatic underpinnings of radical behaviorism in its application towards complex forms of human behavior. The Reno methodology, as it came to be known, was about bringing variations of interpretive and experimental methods to bear directly upon complex human behavior wherever it may be systematically observed. Since Day's death, the Reno methodology has been employed less frequently as a means of analyzing verbal behavior, but remains an active area of research (cf. Leigland, 2014). The present symposium showcases contemporary implementations of behavioral phenomenological research with respect to complex verbal interactions.
Keyword(s): behavioral phenomenology
 
Psychology Students’ Observations of Autism: The Relationship Between Salient Stimulus Control and Mentalisms
ALONZO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Employing behavioral phenomenology to analyze potential sources of control over participants’ verbal behavior, the present study examined the verbal behavior of educational psychology graduate students as they observed videos of children exhibiting autistic behaviors. Specifically, participants were asked to observe a series of videos and record descriptions of the causal variables for each occurrence of problem behavior. A multi-element design was used to compare autistic behaviors that occurred under both conspicuous and subtle stimulus control. We then qualitatively analyzed the participants’ responses for mentalistic explanations for the children’s problem behaviors. Results are analyzed in terms of the frequency of explanatory fictions (i.e. traits, intrapsychic processes, diagnostic characteristics), the saliency of stimulus control over autistic behaviors, the conditioning of participants’ observations, and the source of control over mentalisms.
 
Glerm: An Investigation of Hermeneutical Strategies for Conditioning Rule-Governed Behavior
LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: A problem for many children with autism is that they tend not to use language unless they are prompted to do so (Krantz & McClannahan, 1998). Thus, it is important that they learn to label objects or events in the absence of cues from other persons. The purpose of the current study was to compare the rate at which children with autism learn to tact arbitrary concepts using two different instructional techniques. The first technique, general case programming (Engelmann & Carnine, 1982/1991) involved providing participants with a rule (rule provision; RP), and presenting multiple exemplars to delimit the boundaries of that rule. The second technique, rule generation (RG), involved presenting multiple exemplars and asking participants to generate their own rule to describe the stimulus class. Both techniques resulted in the generalization of tacts without restrictive stimulus control. However, one technique led to accelerated acquisition and prolonged maintenance of these arbitrary concepts over the other.
 
Examining Parent/Child with Autism Interactions Through Augmentative and Alternative Communication
ALLEGRA MONTEMAYOR (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The purpose of this behavioral phenomenological investigation was to explore the contingency histories of Hispanic parents with children diagnosed with autism regarding the use of an AAC device in a home setting. Often referred to as “perceptions” (Creswell, 1998), parents of children with autism were asked to define their lived experiences and interactions they have with their child with autism in terms of antecedent variables and consequences. Few research endeavors have been directed towards examining the reciprocity of parent-child with autism interactions using an AAC device. The use of behavioral phenomenological inquiry however, provides detailed descriptions of parents’ personal histories of reinforcement that can help shape a comprehensive understanding of their interactions with their children with autism, and the extent to which AAC devices enhance these interactions. Ultimately, this study is an examination of the verbal community for a child with autism using an AAC device.
 
A Behavioral Phenomenological Exploration of Maker Identity
DON DAVIS (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Currently, researchers and educators are dedicating substantive energy to investigating and discussing the potential affordances of makerspaces (i.e., informal organizations that provide venues for tinkering) for supporting students’ interest in science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM; Blikstein, 2013; Brahms, 2014). In particular, proponents indicate that broadening participation with makerspaces and the ‘maker’ movement may increase participation by underrepresented demographic groups in STEM fields (Gándara, 2006; National Science Foundation, Division of Science Resources Statistics, 2011). However, many questions have arisen as to whether, how, and to what extent makerspaces are supporting participation by students underrepresented in STEM fields (cf. Ames et al., 2014). This study presents an initial investigation of makerspace participation by middle school age girls in a central Texas makerspace. Specifically, this study takes a closer look at students’ verbal behaviors when explaining their participation and ‘interest’ in the makerspace activities as well as the connections to students’ previous interactional histories that are (directly and indirectly) evidenced (cf. Bijou, 1970). In short, analyses of participant interviews suggest potential benefits to identifying and purposefully facilitating relational frames (Barnes-Holmes, Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2002) that could potentially facilitate greater ‘interest’ and concomitant participation with formal and informal STEM related content.
 
 
Symposium #73
Emergence of novel responses in teaching environments: Evaluations of teaching efficiency
Saturday, May 23, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Efficiency in teaching is demonstrated by a decrease in the amount of instruction required to reach mastery, the emergence of untaught skills, increased amounts of learning over time, or a reduced cost to reach the same end result. Identifying efficient teaching procedures can likely decrease the amount of intervention necessary for each individual, thereby increasing access to services for more individuals. The current studies represent an evaluation of the teaching efficiency of various programming procedures for six different categories of verbal behavior: intraverbals, receptive identification, tacts, mands, textual responses, and transcriptive responses. Participants included children with Autism and typically-developing elementary school children. Results indicated either that the teaching methods utilized resulted in more rapid rates of mastery than other teaching methods or that the use of periodic probes identified when further teaching or prompting was no longer necessary. These findings can facilitate more efficient teaching procedures, and future research should continue to refine these methods.
Keyword(s): generalization, learning, teaching efficiency, verbal behavior
 
An Evaluation of the Emergence of Equivalence Relations Across Multiple Exemplars
STACY A. CLEVELAND (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Dickman (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Strategies to promote the emergence of untrained verbal operants are of critical importance for learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, few procedures have been developed to program for and test for emergence of untrained skills. Additionally, few studies have addressed remediation strategies when emergence fails to occur. In the current study, sequential multiple-exemplar training was provided to two children with autism to assess for the emergence of untrained relations. Targets included RFFCs, TFFCs, Intraverbals, and reverse Intraverbals. These targets were grouped into sets of three and training and testing was conducted within and across these groups. Training was conducted for each target in the set according to the specific relation. Following training, all relations consistent with symmetry and equivalence were probed within the set. When mastery criteria were met through training or emergence within the set, all relations across all sets were probed. Emergence of untrained relations occurred for both participants suggesting that multiple exemplar training may facilitate derived relational responding.
 
Using Criterion-Level Probes to Evaluate Mastery when Teaching Intraverbal Conditional Discriminations to Children with Autism.
JENNIFER HAGGAR (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Emily Ferris (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have deficient intraverbal repertoires. Previous research has found success in using a blocked trials procedure to facilitate discrimination training (e.g., Saunders and Spradlin, 1990). A previous study (unpublished) from our laboratory extended this procedure to intraverbal training. The current study continued this line of research by exploring the outcomes of probing the criterion performance more frequently. Three children with autism, ages 7-13, participated. Eight question pairs were taught. One question was presented repeatedly until a specified number of consecutive correct responses occurred, then the other question was presented. Contingent on specific mastery criteria, the trial blocks were faded into smaller blocks until the questions were presented in quasi-random order. Between each step, a criterion probe was conducted to determine if further steps were necessary. The procedure has been successful for two of the three participants. Criterion probe performance showed that not all teaching steps were needed for each discrimination target. The procedure may have facilitated acquisition over time, because the number of trials to mastery generally decreased over successive targets. Overall interobserver agreement was 99% and treatment integrity 98-99%.
 
The Effects of Stimulus Control Transfer, Prompting on the Emergence of Pure Mands
MICHELE R. TRAUB (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) suggested that mands and tacts are functionally independent verbal operants, in which acquiring one does not automatically result in acquisition of the other. Although several researchers have shown that mands and tacts are functionally independent (e.g., Lamarre & Holland, 1985), more recent research has demonstrated that mands may emerge following tact training. The extent to which stimulus control – both in terms of the presence of reinforcers in the direct environment as well as prompts delivered by a therapist – influence the emergence of mands without prior tact training has not been systematically examined. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of stimulus control transfer (leisure items present and absent) and prompting levels on the emergence of pure and impure mands in two children with autism. An A-B-A design was used to first evaluate the relative levels of independent manding in the presence and absence of leisure items (Figure 1). Prompt fading was used once maintenance of independent manding was observed. The number of cumulative novel, pure mands emitted during 1-min breaks was also measured during immediate prompt phases and phases with a delayed prompt and lag-2 schedule for novel mands (Fig. 2). Further research will examine the generalization of novel mands to other settings and stimuli.
 
Evaluating Teaching Efficiency in Reading and Spelling Instruction
SARAH J. MILLER (Louisiana State University), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University), Elise Baker (Louisiana State University), Catherine Lark (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The current literature on spelling instruction has utilized a variety of spelling modalities but has never directly compared written versus oral spelling for their relative rates of acquisition by learners. There are empirical indications and theoretical reasoning that either method may be superior to the other. Thus, study 1 directly compared written and oral spelling instruction for their relative rates of spelling acquisition as well as the emergence of reading. The results indicated that written spelling was superior to oral spelling in rates of acquisition of both spelling and reading accuracy (Figures 1 and 2). Study 2 was designed to further evaluate the conditions under which generalization between spelling and reading occurs most rapidly. Study 2 compared conditions containing reading instruction alone, spelling instruction alone, and combined reading and spelling instruction. Instructional time remained constant across conditions, allowing the number of trials to vary. The results indicated that combining instruction in reading and spelling led to the most rapid rates of acquisition of spelling and reading accuracy (Figures 3 and 4). The results of both studies are discussed in the light of concepts such as stimulus control, generalization, and a three-term contingency for learning.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #74
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Training Sniffer Dogs as Lab and Field Research Assistants: What They Can Teach Us

Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Megan E. Maxwell, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
SIMON GADBOIS (Dalhousie University)
Dr. Simon Gadbois is a canid researcher at Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada. After studying behavioral endocrinology and behavior patterns in wild canids (foxes, coyotes, and wolves) for 15 years, he began a research program with sniffer dogs. He is particularly interested in the application of sniffer dogs to biomedical diagnostics, and for the detection and search of invasive species and species-at-risk. His approach to canine behavior and sensory processing is influenced by the ethologists (John Fentress, Peter McLeod, and Fred Harrington), experimental psychologists (Werner Honig, Vincent LoLordo, and Marvin Krank) and neuroscientists (Will Moger, Shelley Adamo, and Richard Brown) he has worked with since 1986. He believes in a strong integration and synthesis of ethology, experimental psychology, and neuroscience. He uses animal learning principles in fundamental and applied olfactory psychophysics and is strongly influenced by Gibsonian psychology (from J.J. Gibson, the "Skinner of Perception") and zoosemiotics. Dr. Gadbois is director of the Canid Behaviour Research Laboratory at Dalhousie University and the Canadian representative of the International Council of Ethologists. His work on wolves, coyotes, and dogs has been featured in documentaries (e.g., PBS Nature, National Film Board of Canada), and he has been a frequent guest speaker in North America and Europe since 2007.
Abstract:

Training sniffer dogs for specialty work, especially in the field, requires an unusual set of skills and knowledge: Fluid dynamics, analytical chemistry, psychophysics, microclimatology, and micrometeorology. Dogs are complex animals, and even the lab work (during training, or for diagnostic work) can have its challenges with long sessions of repetitive behaviors (e.g., responses in go/no-go tasks) with few stimuli and a sterilized and aseptic environment. Basic questions arise: Should we try to manipulate the dog, the stimuli, or the whole environment? When are interferences too much--or too little? And how can we train our dogs to succeed and keep performance steady over time? Dr. Simon Gadbois will address four main issues: (1) The role of motivation; (2) olfactomotor activation; (3) affordance training; and (4) understanding the where, what, and how much sub-systems of olfactory processing. He will, for example, discuss how modern training and assessment techniques treat olfactory detection and discrimination as a memory task when in fact, it is a fundamental sensory-perceptual task. Testing procedures that are mnemonically challenging should instead focus on perceptually challenging tasks. Dr. Gadbois will discuss how smell is a percept that needs to be processed in context. Much of this talk is derived from, and expands on, Gadbois& Reeve (2014).

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in learning how behavioral techniques are integrated with and understanding sensory processing to teach dogs how to sniff out invasive species and species at risk in conservation work.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) appreciate the intricacies of scent work and how it goes beyond mastering learning theory; (2) conceptualize ecologically valid training conditions, take in consideration ethological principles, and facilitate training by manipulation of the immediate environment; and (3) integrate the three main sub-systems of olfactory processing in designing training protocols.
Keyword(s): dogs, olfactory processing
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
Procedures Leading to Emergent Verbal Behavior in Children with Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis provided for children with autism is often critized for only teaching rote and mechanical responding. Psycholinguists also claim that the basic principles of reinforcement in no way can explain how children acquire language, and in particular how novel verbal behavior can occur. We will present two different procedures based on operant learning principles that lead to emergent verbal behavior. Both procedures are based on a nonconcurrent baseline design and training of sufficient exemplars. We will discuss differences and similarities with normal child development and language acquisition.
Keyword(s): emergent language, verbal behavior
 
Emergent Intraverbal Forms may occur as a Result of Teaching Receptive Discriminations in Children with Autism
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project)
Abstract: This study asked whether emergent intraverbal forms may occur as a result of teaching receptive discriminations to children with autism. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used. Results showed that four of the five participants successfully transferred five or six out of six questions from the receptive form to the intraverbal form. One participant required additional teaching that required the participant to name the items selected during the receptive teaching (i.e., the participants said “Tomato” while selecting the object tomato). Moreover, none of the participants was correct on either of the two untaught, control intraverbal responses, with the exception of one participant who was correct for one of the two.
 
Teaching Adolescents with Autism to Use Past Tense Verbs through Sufficient Exemplars
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to teach generalized usage of regular past tense verbs to two pre-adolescents with autism. We used a nonconcurrent multiple probe design and trained a sufficient number of verbs for generalization to occur. We defined generalization as the correct use of three consecutive untrained verbs. In training, we first probed the correct use of each verb and if the child’s response was incorrect, we taught the correct use of the verb separately and then in a mix with mastered verbs. The protocol was based on discrete trial teaching and trial-by-trial depiction of data. We found that both children demonstrated generalized usage of verbs following training; the strategies we employed made it possible to pinpoint when the children did not need any more teaching. The data collection and display strategies we used may be helpful for other clinicians and researchers conducting similar training and reporting the results.
 
 
Panel #76
Lessons Learned from Opening an Intensive Residential Treatment Program for Children with Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
JEANA L. KOERBER (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Resear)
CALVIN J. GAGE (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Resear)
SCOTT N. SCHRUM (Residential Opportunities, Inc.)
NEIL DEOCHAND (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

From designing a building and program model to working with insurance companies, the panelists will discuss the lessons they learned from opening the Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research. Panelists will discuss floor plans, building materials and redesign decisions based upon what children and clinicians taught us after we opened. We will discuss working in an environment in which evidence based practices are not always what the paying customer wants and how we worked through the philosophical and terminology barriers. We will discuss market analysis and all the mistakes we made predicting program growth, as well as what we should have been paying attention to and whom we should have been listening to. We will also discuss the right and wrong ways to grow and some of the pitfalls of ramping up services when the employment market is inconsistent with the service demands. Future opportunities will also be discussed as well as avenues for expanding residential services.

Keyword(s): building design, lessons learned, residential program
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Ethical Considerations of Telehealth Behavioral Services
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With the advent of technology, the service provision landschape has been changing. In particular, services are being provided via distance technology capabilities. This fairly recent service model is known as telehealth medicine. Recent research has suggested behavioral services via telehealth service delivery can be effective (e.g., Wacker et al., 2013). However, this new service delivery model proposes new ethical challenges. Maintaining client confidentiality during service provision, video and data storage, client consent for treatment procedures, and clarifying and involving third parties during service provision are a few of the ethical challenges encountered with this type of service delivery model. The purpose of this symposium is to present three different telehealth service delivery models and to discuss the ethical challenges encountered through each model. Presentors will discuss how the ethical challenges were identified and resolved (or are being resolved) with interested parties.

Keyword(s): Ethics, Telehealth
 
Utilizing Telehealth Technology to Expand ABA Services to Rural Regions of Virginia – ethical issues in the translation of research to practice
YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (Virginia Institute of Autism), Emily Huber Callahan (Virginia Institute of Autism), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Virginia is a largely rural state and one of the challenges in delivering ABA services is the distance between service providers and clients. Telehealth is a service delivery model that can help remedy the lack of access to ABA services in Virginia. Previous studies utilizing telehealth technology have demonstrated that behavioral assessments and behavioral interventions (Wacker et al., 2013a; Wacker et al., 2013b) can be conducted effectively, with high integrity, and with lower costs than in-person service delivery. However, much of the published literature has been provided in the context of research-based settings and has relied heavily on grant funding. The goal of the current project is to use this literature to develop a sustainable telehealth service delivery model that will address the needs of children diagnosed with ASD and their families in the state of Virginia. Providing services in an applied setting has presented a number of ethical and legal challenges in the design and implementation of services via telehealth that were not as significant in research-based settings. Issues regarding HIPAA security and technology selection, ensuring staff competence in the remote and originating sites, and barriers encountered when attempting to have telehealth ABA services reimbursed by third-party payers (e.g., type of service covered, restrictions on location of the client) will be discussed during this presentation.
 
Ethical Challenges Encountered in Teleconsultation Services
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Marissa Allen (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (Western Michigan University), Denice Rios (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This presentation will describe a new service we developed in the state of Michigan, called FBA.COM (Functional Behavior Analysis: Consulting Over Miles) in part to respond to the growing need for and short supply of behavior analysts in the state. The service provides training in functional behavior assessment and intervention for community mental health organizations as well as consultation on difficult cases at the same time. This presentation will provide an overview of the project, as well as some summary data on our progress. The presentation will provide examples of the ethical dilemmas and questions we have faced, as well as the resolutions we have arrived at (or lack thereof). Special attention will be provided to issues of video consent and storage, as this has been one of the major hurdles we have encountered.
 
Outcome Data and Ethical Considerations of a Web-based Interactive Multimedia Treatment for Depression
C. RICHARD SPATES (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This presentation will review recent findings from a Web-based Interactive Mulitmedia treatment of clinical depression. The program, “Building a Meaningful Life through Behavioral Activation (BAML©)” has undergone initial efficacy testing, treatment integrity testing, product usability, and early stage mediation analyses. The results demonstrate an intervention with moderate to large effect sizes on standard depression measures, improvements in quality of life, treatment integrity comparable to that observed in face-to-face delivered BA intervention, and high end-user satisfaction. In the face of depression being acknowledged as a leading contributor to the global burden of disease and a major comorbid complication for numerous other primary medical disorders, this presentation will consider ethical issues associated with this and related Cloud-based interventions that offer self or supervised help in overcoming depression and other behavior disorders using technology instead of conventional face-to-face therapy.
 
 
Symposium #78
CE Offered: BACB
Sexually Harmful Behavior: Data-Based Interventions
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
214B (CC)
Area: DDA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center)
CE Instructor: Kimberly E. Church, Psy.D.
Abstract: Ethical considerations require that all interventions include plans to fade out treatment once intermediate goals are achieved. This is particularly challenging when the target behaviors are related to sexual offending or illegal practices. These studies will provide an overview of treatment packages (supervision, monitoring, staff training, skill acquisition programs, reinforcement of replacement and alternative behaviors, building of natural supports) as well as the careful assessment procedures of consumers’ self-monitoring and avoidance skills via probes before fade out of supervision or services is scheduled. Thanks to this graduated approach, consumers that have successfully completed probe schedule programs (starting with media/indirect approaches and concluding with real-life situations) have been able to integrate in the community, build natural supports, and refrain from illegal or harmful behaviors.
Keyword(s): CBT, HFASD, SHB
 
Current Developments in Assessing Appropriateness of Treatment Fade-Out for Adults with Intellectual Disabilities and Sex Offending Behavior
VALERIA PAREJO (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Ethical considerations require that all interventions include plans to fade out treatment once intermediate goals are achieved. This is particularly challenging when the target behaviors are related to sexual offending or illegal practices. Our agency provides services to adult males diagnosed with intellectual disabilities and who have forensic involvement, including registered sexual offenders, predators, or consumers that have been referred to residential treatment as part of their parole agreement. This study will provide an overview of our treatment package (supervision, monitoring, staff training, skill acquisition programs, reinforcement of replacement and alternative behaviors, building of natural supports) as well as the careful assessment procedures of consumers’ self-monitoring and avoidance skills via probes before fade out of supervision or services is scheduled. Thanks to this graduated approach, consumers that have successfully completed our probe schedule program(starting with media/indirect approaches and concluding with real-life situations) have been able to integrate in the community, build natural supports, and refrain from illegal or harmful behaviors.
 
Multi-component Behavioral Intervention Reduces Sexually Harmful Behavior in Adolescents with Sexually Harmful Behavior
DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Nicola Graham (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: People diagnosed with ASD have social and communication deficits and restricted interests. When these restricted interests are likely to harm others (e.g., deviant sexual behaviour) they may bring the person into contact with the criminal justice system, or at the very least reduce the opportunities for the person to lead a normal life. It is therefore imperative that the person receives treatment to reduce the likelihood of the behaviour re-occurring. However, meta-analyses of both adult and adolescent sex offender research suggest that sexual behaviour aimed at children is susceptible to treatment relapse. Persistent serious problem behaviour can sometimes lead to young people with ASD being detained in secure accommodation to prevent harm to themselves or others, especially if they present sexual behaviour that is directed towards children. This study describes how a multi-component behavioural programme was associated with a reduction in serious, and persistent, problem behaviour, including sexual behaviour, presented by a 17-year-old male with high-functioning ASD.
 
Case Examples of Successful Transition of Sex Offenders from Intensive Residential Habilitation to Supported Living
KIMBERLY E. CHURCH (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center), Valeria Parejo (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Human Development Center (HDC), inc., is a non-profit organization that provides behavior analytic treatment to consumers with intellectual disabilities in a variety of community-based settings. HDC specializes in treating behaviors that interfere with the consumer’s ability to live successfully and safely in the community. The treatment approach includes the design and implementation of behavior plans with skill programs designed to increase pro-social behaviors and decrease challenging behaviors, with an emphasis on teaching societal rules, and increasing appropriate avoidance behaviors and coping skills. Behavior analysts work closely with each consumer to help each person achieve his identified goals by setting criteria for goal achievement. A summary of long term treatment interventions and results for several individuals with forensic involvement as a result of sexual offending behavior that occurred prior to admission will be presented. Challenges related to treatment provision in real world settings with this high risk population will be discussed. Instruction will be provided regarding using consequence avoidance strategies to help treat behaviors that occur or are observed less frequently, and probe data will be presented. Each person was able to successfully transition from intensive residential habilitation to supported living, and maintain success while living independently.
 
 
Special Event #79
SQAB Tutorial: To Infinity and Beyond: Why Zoos and Other "Nontraditional" Settings are Important to the Future of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
103AB (CC)
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors: : CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Abstract:

In recent years, several authors have argued that zoos should be interested in behavior analysis (e.g., Maple 2007, Bloomsmith et al. 2007). But why should behavior analysts be interested in zoos? Modern zoological institutions place a growing emphasis on animal welfare, with goals including encouraging species-typical behavior, introducing novel sensory stimulation, and providing opportunities for choices within animal environments. In pursuit of these goals, zoos have recruited experts in specialized areas such as nutrition, pathology, endocrinology, aquatic medicine, and water chemistry. Although behavioral outcomes are central to animal welfare goals, the roster of experts at a given zoo rarely includes a behavior analyst. In this presentation, Dr. Christy Alligood will discuss the influence of behavior analysis on current practices at zoological institutions, including some examples of training and environmental enrichment at Disney's Animal Kingdom. She also will suggest some ways in which the zoo setting presents golden opportunities for applications of behavior analysis, and some reasons that "nontraditional" settings in general are important to the future of behavior analysis.

 
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Dr. Christy Alligood received an M.A. (2003) from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington and a Ph.D. (2007) from West Virginia University. She is a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). Since 2007, she has worked at Disney's Animal Kingdom in Orlando, Florida. Much of her initial work focused on a multi-faceted conservation program for Key Largo woodrats, which received a Bean Award for Significant Achievement in Captive Breeding from the Association of Zoos and Aquariums (2009) and a Federal Challenge Grant (2010) in collaboration with the Crocodile Lake National Wildlife Refuge for population monitoring work on Key Largo. Dr. Alligood now works with the Science Operations Team, where she focuses on projects involving training, enrichment, and animal learning. She is an instructor for the AZA Animal Training Applications in Zoo and Aquarium Settings professional development course. She is the coordinator of the ABAI Special Interest Groups Board, co-coordinator of the ABAI Applied Animal Behavior Program Area, and past president of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Alligood also has worked in home, school, and clinic settings with children with challenging behavior and their caregivers and teachers, and has supervised students in these areas of practice.
Keyword(s): animal behavior, animal training
 
 
Paper Session #80
Bringing New Concepts to OBM Practice and Research
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
202AB (CC)
Area: OBM
Keyword(s): Concepts, Practice, Research
Chair: Thomas C. Mawhinney (University of Detroit Mercy)
 

A Taxonomy of Performance-Related Organizational Practices

Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract:

This paper concerns a taxonomy for classifying organizational practices that may exist within formal organizations. The purpose of the taxonomy is to provide the basis for discriminating among twelve classes of organizational practices defined as performance-related operant behavior of a member at the levels of individuals, organizational units, such as work groups and departments, and their consequences at those levels and at the level of entire organizations via their meta-contingency(ies) (Mawhinney, 1992; 2001). Results of assessments among organizational member behavior should provide information needed to pinpoint practices that need to be eliminated as well as practices in one area that would benefit the organization if replicated in other areas of the organization. In addition, these assessments should reveal process bottlenecks and conflicts (Gilbert, 1978; Malott, 2003; Rummler & Brache, 1995) rooted in organizational practices once they have been defined, categorized and related to one another. The goal of this taxonomy is to provide a framework within which to conduct such assessments and used to identify methods to enhance organizational performance. This paper concerns a taxonomy for classifying organizational practices that may exist within formal organizations. The purpose of the taxonomy is to provide the basis for discriminating among twelve classes of organizational practices defined as performance-related operant behavior of a member at the levels of individuals, organizational units, such as work groups and departments, and their consequences at those levels and at the level of entire organizations via their meta-contingencies (Mawhinney, 1992; 2001). Results of assessments among organizational member behavior should provide information needed to pinpoint practices that need to be eliminated as well as practices in one area that would benefit the organization if replicated in other areas of the organization. In addition, these assessments should reveal process bottlenecks and conflicts (Gilbert, 1978; Malott, 2003; Rummler & Brache, 1995; Rummler, 2001) rooted in organizational practices once they have been defined, categorized and related to one another. The goal of this taxonomy is to provide a framework within which to identify methods to enhance organization performance-related practices as virtually any class of operant behavior (Poling & Braatz, 2001) of an organizational member(s) within the organizational culture.

 
A Behavioral Perspective on Lean Techniques in Service (Non-Manufacturing) Environments
Domain: Service Delivery
EDWARD BLACKMAN (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to expose Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practitioners to a methodology which is complementary to behavioral psychology principles. There are many versions of the “Lean” methodology used in modern business. Most versions have failure rates as high as approximately 80%. Alternatively, in this presentation an approach to Lean consistent with true “Toyota Production System (TPS)” principles and aligned with OBM principles will be presented along with specific applications and measurable results in service (non-manufacturing) environments. Examples will include: IT projects, HR projects, Healthcare projects, Executive Coaching, and Strategy Development & Deployment. Lean techniques will include: Hoskin Kanri, Genchi Genbutsu, A3, Catchball, Skills Matrix, 7 Wastes, Lean Startup, and Kaizen Events versus Daily Kaizen. After this presentation, attendees should have increased fluency with these practical techniques which they may use with their clients. Unfortunately, the marketplace is flooded with Lean training courses and books which provide little substantive value to new and/or seasoned Lean learners. Therefore, this session will also include recommendations for pragmatic self-study options (books and articles) along with respected training programs
 
Keyword(s): Concepts, Practice, Research
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #82
CE Offered: BACB

Applying Behavioral Economics to Understand Addictive Behavior: A Translational Approach

Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
JAMES MACKILLOP (McMaster University)
Abstract:

From a behavioral perspective, psychoactive drugs are powerful positive and negative reinforcers and drug addiction reflects an acquired syndrome in which drug reinforcement becomes prepotent in an individual’s life. The discipline of behavioral economics integrates concepts and methods from psychology and economics to understand human behavior, including importing microeconomic methods for studying choices among reinforcers. This lecture will review recent work developing the purchase task methodology, which uses microeconomic demand curve analysis to characterize the relative reinforcing efficacy of alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs. In addition to improving the assessment of individual variation in the value of a drug as a reinforcer, this approach has significantly contributed to the measurement of acute motivation in laboratory studies, to the understanding of the neural basis of drug consumption decision making, and to understanding treatment mechanisms. As such, the purchase task approach provides a translational platform for advancing both basic and clinical science.

Keyword(s): alcohol, behavioral economics, reinforcing efficacy, tobacco
 
 
Paper Session #83
Advances in the Analysis of Everyday Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC
Keyword(s): Behavior
Chair: Michael C. Clayton (Missouri State University)
 
Distracted Driving: Naturalistically Reconsidered
Domain: Theory
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University)
 
Abstract: Distracted driving is an acknowledged problem (3,092 Americans killed in 2010) that contributes to the deadliness of our highways and is comparably worse than drunk driving. Driving while intoxicated reduces reaction time by 35% while distracted driving results in a 91% decrease. Distracted driving includes talking on the cell phone, texting, and attending to electronic devices included with the automobile. Hands-free devices do not mitigate the problem and remain just as dangerous (4x more likely to have a crash causing injury), while talking to a passenger or listening to the radio does not increase the likelihood of an accident significantly. This phenomenon is interesting in its own right, but also presents a challenge for more behaviorally oriented viewpoints. What is it about talking to someone on the phone that distracts us so much? Drivers continue to have their eyes on the road, why does reaction time become impaired? Cognitive psychologists are well equipped to describe the phenomena and its theorized causes but a behavioral analysis of distracted driving has not yet been put forth. This is problematic because a robust philosophy of science like radical behaviorism must be able to stand toe-to-toe with other systems when it comes to complex human behavior. Skinner’s radical behaviorism provides the conceptual tools to describe distraction, as does Kantor’s interbehaviorism. The current paper attempts a thoroughgoing analysis of distraction using the conceptual tools of radical behaviorism and interbehaviorism and compares the two, while contrasting these behavioral analyses to that provided by cognitive psychology.
 
Behavioral Contingency Analysis of Motor-Skill Behavior
Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
Abstract: Because movement is a function of a combination of processes and restrictions both in the organism and the environment it is diverse in its form and function across motor skill performers. The most noticeable difference is in the topography of motor-skill behavior, which has been studied the most by various disciplines. Movement by itself is rarely a central focus of the field of behavior analysis but behavioral contingencies that are influencing and sustaining movement are. Motor-skill behavior is a function of multiple contingencies, such as time, external events and ongoing behavioral processes and it needs to be examined by using a nonlinear approach to analysis of behavior. The purpose of this paper is to examine the motor-skill practice situations and contingencies associated with them. Two practice situations, skilled performance and therapeutic exercise practice, are examined. Similarities and differences of the two practice situation contingencies are discussed. The benefits of applying this kind of analysis in coaching and therapy are discussed.
 
Keyword(s): Behavior
 
 
Panel #84
PDS EVENT: Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory and Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis: From Pre-Listeners to Accelerated Independent Learners
Saturday, May 23, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
216AB (CC)
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Lee (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JEANNE MARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School)
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

The Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory proposes a trajectory of behavioral cusps and capabilities acquired throughout an individuals development which form the foundations for learning. An emerging body of research indicates that problems in learning may indicate missing cusps and capabilities. Further, these cusps and capabilities can be induced to accelerate learning by methodologically providing empirically researched instructional histories called verbal developmental protocols. Schools in the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling model apply principles of behavior analysis and Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory to learning and teaching. Children in these schools include individuals with disabilities, children from socially and economically disadvantaged homes, as well as typically developing children. Cusps and capabilities have been identified from foundational pre-speaker and pre-listener status, through independent reader and writer status. Panelists in this Professional Development Series event will discuss their expertise teaching students with varying levels of verbal behavior, including identifying missing cusps and capabilities and procedures for inducing them.

Keyword(s): Capabilities, Cusps, Inclusion, Teaching
 
 
Poster Session #85
EAB Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
1. Developing an Animal Model of the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARISOL LAUFFER (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College)
Abstract: The present study sought to create and test an animal analogue to the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART), a commonly used diagnostic procedure for assessing impulsivity. Six pigeons were trained to earn, accumulate, and exchange tokens for food reinforcers, using a touchscreen apparatus. Each peck on a token-production key produced a token, indicated by a small colored symbol on the side of the display. After the first token was earned, the pigeons could choose to earn additional tokens or could exchange earned tokens by completing a fixed ratio requirement on a second (exchange) key. During the exchange period, each earned token flashed on and off, pecks on which produced 3-s of food. After reaching a relatively stable level of token accumulation in the baseline condition, a token-loss contingency was added that operated concurrently with the token-production schedule. Pigeons could continue to earn and accumulate tokens, but also risked losing all tokens accumulated on that trial according to a probabilistic schedule (determined individually for each pigeon based on their baseline accumulation levels). The study represents a first step toward developing a flexible and rigorous animal model of risky choice useful in cross-species analyses.
 
2. Positive Automaintenance in spontaneously hypertensive (SHR) and normotensive (WKY) Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER MARIO (Salem State University), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo Naranjo (Salem State University)
Abstract: The spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR) has been compared with the normotensive Wistar-Kyoto (WKY) rat when developing rodent models of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Between-strain differences in response acquisition have been attributed to deficits in attention in the former but not the latter strain. However, conflicting results have been obtained by research that examined differences in the acquisition of lever-pressing between SHR and WKY rats. This raises the possibility that impulsivity, rather than deficits of attention, is the mechanism accounting for differences between strains. The present study used Williams and Williams’ (1969) positive automaintenance procedure to examine lever-pressing acquisition in SHR and WKY rats. In addition, possible strain differences in the maintenance of that behavior were examined using a concurrent-chains procedure. Results of the former procedure showed retarded acquisition of lever-pressing in the WKY rats when compared to the SHRs, suggesting differences in impulsivity between strains. Results of latter procedure showed no differences in the maintenance of lever-pressing between strains, nor were there differences in preference across conditions. These results have implications for the development of rodent models of ADHD using SHR and WKY rats as subjects.
 
3. Evidence for threat discounting as an individual difference variable in neuroimaging research on anxiety.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ADAM BREWER (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Anxiety is characterized by increased attention and hyperactivation in frontal and limbic brain regions to conditioned aversive stimuli or threats. Currently, research on anxiety is increasingly focusing on identifying individual difference variables/factors that modulate brain activation to threats. We propose that the extent to which people discount threats over time is one important variable. To evaluate this idea, we examined the relation between regional brain activation to an unavoidable CS+ threat (designed to provoke fear/anxiety) and threat discounting determined using an adjusting amount delay discounting task with hypothetical monetary losses. Thirty subjects were asked what they would prefer to lose by way of having to pay an amount of money. Subjects were given repeated choices between paying (a) a large $500 delayed loss (under randomized delay conditions of .08, .50, 1, 3, 5, and 10 years) or (b) a smaller $250 immediate loss that titrated across trials. A regression analysis showed individuals with greater threat discounting---those more avoidant of immediate losses---evidenced more reactivity in brain areas associated with threat appraisal (anterior cingulate and medial prefrontal cortex). These findings have considerable translational value by highlighting threat discounting as a potential individual difference variable/factor that may contribute to anxiety pathology.
 
4. Discounting of Delayed and Probabilistic Rewards in Mono- and Poly-drug Users
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Leonard Green (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University), Silvia Morales Chaine (UNAM), Javier Nieto Gutierrez (National Automonous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Performance on a delay discounting task has been related to impatience, whereas performance on a probability discounting task has been related to risk-taking. Substance abusers (e.g., cigarette smokers, heroin and cocaine addicts) exhibit higher rates of delay discounting than controls. Nevertheless, the relation between delay and probability discounting and mono- and poly-drug use has received little attention. The aim of this study was to compare delay and probability discounting by cocaine-dependent participants who score high on second-drug use with those who score low on second-drug use, and by marijuana-dependent participants who score high and low on second-drug use. 144 participants (72 cocaine dependent, 42 marijuana dependent, 30 controls) chose between a smaller, immediate/certain monetary reward and a larger, delayed/probabilistic monetary reward. The amount of the immediate/certain reward was adjusted until it was judged equal in subjective value to the larger reward. Delay discounting was greater in the cocaine group than the marijuana group, but no differences were observed in probability discounting among these groups and that of controls. Correlations between degree of second-drug use and degree of discounting, as measured by area under the curve (AuC), were not statistically significant either within the cocaine-dependent or the marijuana-dependent users.

 
5. Not so bad: avoidance modulates anterior cingulate and medial prefrontal cortex responses to threat.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Adam Brewer (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The anterior cingulate (ACC) and medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) play a central role in the discrimination and appraisal of threats—stimuli correlated with punishment. Identification of variables that modulate appraisals and regional activation has important implications for understanding anxiety pathology and treatment development. Avoidance is one variable that is a prominent emotional regulation strategy, but yet its relationship with ACC/mPFC is unknown. In this investigation, thirty healthy adults underwent functional neuroimaging while completing a delayed avoidance task in which conditioned threats (CS+s) were presented 12 s prior to an opportunity to avoid. During the delayed avoidance task, avoidance responding to an Avoidable CS+ threat prevented an aversive stimulus, but not to an Unavoidable CS+ threat. During subsequent extinction, CSs were presented without an opportunity to avoid. The Avoidable CS+ relative to the Unavoidable CS+ was associated with reductions in negative valence, fear and US expectancy and activation. Greater regional activation was consistently observed to the Unavoidable CS+, which was sustained during avoidance and declined during extinction. Results highlight the role of avoidance coping in regulating appraisals and associated anterior cingulate and medial prefrontal cortex responses.
 
6. Adult ADHD and Decision-Making: Delay Discounting of Money and Condom-Protected Sex
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARY MARGARET SWEENEY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patrick S. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Steven Pennybaker (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Individuals with ADHD have shown a greater preference for smaller sooner over larger later rewards in a delay discounting task relative to those without ADHD. Because research on this topic has been conducted with children and adolescents choosing between monetary rewards, the scope and implications of decision-making research within ADHD are limited. It is unknown whether ADHD symptoms in adults are related to discounting of delayed sexual rewards, namely the choice between immediate, unprotected sex versus delayed sex with a condom. We conducted an online survey using Amazon Mechanical Turk and compared delay discounting of money and condom-protected sex between those who met ADHD screening criteria of the Adult Self-Report Scale and those who did not. Individuals who met ADHD criteria chose smaller sooner rewards more often in the monetary discounting task, and also showed less area under the curve (greater delay discounting) in the Sexual Delay Discounting Task. There was no effect of ADHD medication status or medication type on delay discounting of condom-protected sex or money. These data suggest that the presence of ADHD symptoms in adults may increase the likelihood of engaging in unprotected sex, and consequently to the prevalence of sexually transmitted infections such as HIV.
 
7. Correlation Between Body Mass Index and Delay Discounting of Different Rewards
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Chyntia Diaz (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Aldo Toledo (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Karla Campos (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This study examined the correlations among the discounting of different rewards and the body mass index of 124 adolescents. The subjects were classified according to their body mass index in four groups, namely, low weight, normal weight, overweight and obesity groups. Thereafter they estimated the subjective value of the rewards with Fill in the Blank and Adjusting Amount procedures. The rewards were leisure time, money, fruit, fast food, water and soda tested with the following delays: 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 3 years and 5 years. Hyperbolic fittings were found for the six rewards but only with the Adjusting Amount procedure (Figure 1). Significant correlations between AUC for pairs of rewards were found with both procedures and mainly in the normal weight and overweight groups. Therefore, the body mass index emerged as a parameter of the positive discounting trend between rewards. Significant linear regressions showed that there was a relation between increasing body mass index and increasing impulsivity as measured by AUC for most of the rewards tested (Table 1). In conclusion, these findings were interpreted as supporting a continuum between a health related index (i.e., body mass index) and a continuous discounting process.
 
8. Children's Performance on the Balloon Analogue Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ARACELI MORENO (Arizona State University), Amanda Small (Arizona State University), Mikayla Gilbreath (Arizona State University), Brandon McColley (Arizona State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Risk taking has been identified as an important predictor of health status. Among other hazards, individuals who take higher risks are more likely to develop drug and gambling problems. The Balloon Analog Risk Task (BART; Lejuez et al., 2002) and other comparable behavioral analogues have been successfully used to estimate risk taking in adults and adolescents. The purpose of this study was to assess the performance of young children (N=81, 8-10 years old) on a balloon analogue task where pump responses produced points without further value. The results show that, across balloons, girls responded significantly more than boys, that all children show an exponential increase in responding throughout the session, initiate responding faster after losses, and display frequency and recency effects of losses on responding over successive balloons. With exception of the gender differences, the childrens response patterns on the balloon task were similar to those of young adults. While more research is needed, detection of extreme deviations from the general patterns observed may be valuable in identifying children at risk, and may be useful in the evaluation of preventive interventions.

 
9. The Effects of a Semester Long Financial Education Course on Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WILLIAM DEHART (Utah State University), Jean Lown (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay-discounting as a behavioral measure of impulsive choice is strongly related to substance abuse and other risky behaviors. Therefore, effective techniques that alter delay discounting are of interest. We explored the ability of a semester long financial education course to change delay discounting. College students were recruited from a financial education course and an abnormal psychology course that was similar in demographics. Both groups completed a delay-discounting task for $100 during the first two (Time 1) and the last two (Time 2) weeks of the semester. Participants chose between a smaller sooner reward and a larger later reward at seven different delays. An indifference point was obtained for each delay. Area under the curve (AUC, a measure of the steepness of discounting) was calculated. AUC between groups was not different at Time 1 but was different at Time 2. The financial education group discounted less at Time 2 than Time 1. AUC for the abnormal psychology group did not change. Students with higher GPA demonstrated the largest change in AUC. Financial education may be an effective method for reducing delay-discounting.
 
10. Self-Control, Impulsivity, and Delay Discounting In Elementary School Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LORI-ANN B. FORZANO (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), McKenna O'Keefe (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Michiko Sorama (Kobe Gakuin University)
Abstract: Impulsivity, which can be conceptualized as lack of self-control, is featured in a number of childhood disorders. Many measures have been developed for the construct of impulsivity. The self-control task involves presenting reinforcer alternatives differing in amount and delay and having a child repeatedly choose between larger, more delayed and smaller, less delayed reinforcers. In the delay discounting task, a child is presented with a series of choices between hypothetical rewards available immediately or delayed in time. Although commonly treated as equivalent, the few studies that have directly compared measures, have for the most part observed low degrees of concordance between measures; Hence suggesting that impulsivity is a multidimensional construct. One objective of the current experiment with children (ages 5-12) was to establish the relationship between measures of impulsivity, including the Childrens Delay Discounting Questionnaire (Sorama & Forzano, 2012) and Self-Control in Daily Life Questionnaire (Sorama & Forzano, 2012). Other objectives included, determining the relationship between these measures and age and gender. Preliminary analyses of 63 children, suggest no significant relationships. The results are discussed with respect to their implications for the multidimensional aspect of the construct of impulsivity.
 
11. Within Subject Comparisons of Indifference Points Obtained From a Survey and a Visual Analogue Scale
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Several methodologies have been proposed to rapidly assess impulsive choice in humans. One limitation of many of these methodologies is that indifference points are not a product of the assessment. An assessment that does not produce indifference points is problematic because they are standard data in delay discounting research. One method for assessing delay discounting that is rapid and produces indifference points is a visual analogue scale. In a visual analogue scale, participants mark the point on a line that represents the present value of some delayed outcome. The visual analogue scale has been shown to produce indifference points that are similar in kind to those produced by other methodologies. However, a direct comparison between a visual analogue scale and a standard technique has not been made. We compare indifference points obtained from a visual analogue scale and indifference points obtained from a version of a standard assessment task (Bickel, Odum, & Madden, 1999). Indifference points obtained from the visual analogue scale are systematically higher than those obtained from a survey method. However, there is a high correlation between indifference points from each measure. The visual analogue scale results in indifference points that are similar to those in another method.
 
12. Measuring Indifference Points of Ethical Issues Among Future Substance Abuse Counselors.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E SPRONG (University of Montana-Billings), Frank D. Buono (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Delay and probability discounting procedures have been utilized to deem many populations as impulsive. However, a vast majority of discounting research is vested in delay discounting, and even less research is investigated in ethical issues. For the current study, we recruited future substance abuse counselors and had them answer three different hypothetical probability discounting scenarios dealing with ethical dilemmas. These scenarios were typical examples seen in everyday life, and the participants were asked to complete the scenarios as if they were real. The results display a similar findings to that of other deemed impulsive populations. Future implications are discusses within the study.
 
13. Comparison of Temporal and Probabilistic Discounting Between Smokers, Ex-smokers and Non-smokers Participants
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALEJANDRA LOPEZ MONTOYA MONTOYA (UNIVERSIDAD NACIONAL AUTONOMA DE MÉXICO), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

More than one billion people around the world smoke tobacco. This consumption kills prematurely nearly 6 million people, causing important economic losses. (WHO, 2011). Specifically, the perspective of probabilistic and temporal discount has been used for the study of impulsivity and risk aversion. In the case of tobacco, several studies show that smokers discounted delayed rewards more than non-smokers (Baker, Johnson y Bickel, 2003; Bickel, Odum y Madden, 1999; Mitchell, 1999). Other studies suggest that abstinence or reduced consumption of tobacco can affect the discount rates of the participants. In a research conducted by Bickel, Odum, and Madden (1999) where ex-smokers, smokers and non-smokers were compared, a smaller discount was found in ex-smokers than in current smokers. The purpose of this study is compare the temporal and probabilistic discount on smokers, ex-smokers and non-smokers. 20 smokers, 20 ex-smokers and 20 non-smokers participated. Fist, they answered the Fagerstrm Test for Nicotine Dependence, then, they answered a computer task, and finally, their level of carbon monoxide was measured by a breath test. A factorial design with three groups was used for each amount of reward discount probabilistic tasks, the participant made six choices for each of five established probabilities. Results showed differences in temporal and probabilistic discount in the three groups. Further studies will help to identify the controlling variables of different types of impulsivity.

 
14. Effects of deprivation level on probability discounting in pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAIKI MISHIMA (Rikkyo University), Koji Hori (Rikkyo University)
Abstract: We examined effects of deprivation level on probability discounting in four pigeons. There were three conditions of deprivation which included 90, 80 and 70 % of their individual free-feeding weights. An experimental chamber equipped with three keys was used. The center white key was darkened by the first response to it and both side keys were illuminated with white light by the response. A response to one side key resulted in a smaller certain reinforcer, while a response to the other side key resulted in a larger probabilistic reinforcer. The probability decreased across a single session, which included 80, 60, 40 and 20 %. The session consisted of four blocks corresponding to each probability condition and one block included 20 trials. All pigeons generally showed probability discounting, but there were individual differences in effects of deprivation. The present procedure was different from previous studies, thus more replications by same procedure as those studies are needed.
 
15. The Relation between the Degree of Social Discounting and the Selfishness Measured in Ultimatum Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to examine the relation between the degree of social discounting and the selfishness measured in Ultimatum game. Jones & Rachlin (2006) indicated that social discounting might be described by a hyperbolic function in which a larger discounting rate would describe more selfish (or less altruistic) choices. On the other hand, the amount of money that proposer offers in Ultimatum game is also viewed as an indication of selfishness. In this study, using Japanese college students as participant, we compared the degree of social discounting with the amount of money the proposer offer in the Ultimatum game through the paper-and-pencil test. The results showed that participants who showed lower value of AUC (area under the curve) proposed higher amount of money kept for themselves than those who show higher value of AUC, suggesting that selfishness measured by social discounting questionnaire and Ultimatum game could be interrelated. However, the results were not so clear. Therefore, more research is needed to specifically examine the meaning of selfishness using another measure. For example, Rachlin & Jones (2008) developed another version of social discounting questionnaire which examines the generosity. It is interesting to examine the relation between the generosity and the selfishness shown by Ultimatum game.
 
16. Discounting Delayed Rewards as a Function of Delay Until the Smaller Reward
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas at Little Rock), Sarah Lassiter (University of Arkansas at Little Rock)
Abstract: Three groups of participants made choices between hypothetical monetary rewards that were either smaller and available after shorter delays (SS rewards) or larger and available after longer delays (LL rewards). Group one was consider a control group and had SS rewards available “today”. Groups two and three were exposed to choices similar to the control group with the exception that a delay was added to both SS and LL rewards (i.e., 7 or 180 days). LL rewards ranged in value from $25 to $85 with delays that ranged from 14 to 366 days. Among groups, the proportion of choices of LL rewards was higher when the delay to both SS and LL rewards was increased by 180 days but not when the delay was increased by only 7 days (F[2,287] = 8.10, p < .001, eta squared = .053). Within participants, the proportion of choices of LL rewards was consistently higher when LL rewards were greater in magnitude (F[2,574] = 103.26, p < .001, eta squared = .265). The present results suggest that the value of monetary outcomes is not always discounted at a constant rate with delay; however, consistency may be found when relatively short front-end delays are examined.
 
17. Examining Potential Mechanisms of the Effects of Opportunity Costs on Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Recent research on delay discounting, or the devaluation of rewards as a function of their delay, has shown that opportunity costs associated with delay can have drastic impacts on an individual’s rate of discounting (Johnson, Hermann, & Johnson, 2014). While there exists much research aimed at elucidating the correlates of an individual’s propensity to discount steeply or shallowly, no work has been conducted to understand the factors that may predict discounting across delays with different costs. In the present study, we assessed discounting in college undergraduates using hypothetical monetary rewards in a standard adjusting amount task, in addition to two tasks in which a choice of the delayed option was framed as a) having no opportunity cost, and b) imposing maximum opportunity cost. The relation between discounting in each of the tasks was assessed with potentially relevant measures, such as distress tolerance and certainty of delayed reward receipt, which could elucidate the processes governing choice across these different types of delays. Preliminary results suggest that certainty of reward receipt is related to choice without opportunity costs, but not with choice under conditions of maximum cost. Alternative mechanisms and the lack of relations between discounting and other measures are discussed.
 
18. Delay Discounting of Gains and Losses in marihuana Users with Anxiety and Depression Symptoms
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Danae Ramirez Arriaga (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

From the perspective of delay discounting, preference of a small and lower value reward is considered impulsivity. Marijuana users dont have this preference for small and immediate rewards on human and animal models, in contrast to other drugs such as cigarette, cocaine, alcohol and opiates. The objective of this study was to correlate delay discounting of gains and losses (drink, activity, $200, $1500 and $3000) with anxiety and depression scores of the SCL-90 scale. The sample was composed of 31 male marijuana dependents, aged 18 to 50 years old. In the delay discounting task participants chose between a delayed gain: $ 200, $ 3000, 40 units of drink, 100 minutes of free time activity or a delayed loss: $ 1,500 and an immediate option (the magnitude varied by 50% according to election). The delay for each outcome varied in the range of 7, 30, 180, 365, 1095 days. Results showed that high levels of depression correlate significantly with low levels of area under the curve (AUC) that means more impulsiveness in the drink and $200 outcome, no significant results were found in anxiety correlation. Also the AUC scores of most marijuana users were adjusted to quasi-hyperbolic equation.

 
19. A New Model of Discounting: Choice Between Consequences of Conflicting Valence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AARON DUMAS (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Some problematic human behaviors (e.g., binge drinking) can be conceptualized as choice of a large immediate reinforcer followed by a delayed aversive event, in lieu of a small immediate reinforcer and no delayed aversive event. The aim of the present study was to develop an animal laboratory model for studying such choice situations. Rats could choose multiple food pellets plus delayed shock, or a single pellet. Using a titrating procedure, adjustments were made in delay to shock based on choice, and adjustments continued until delay stabilized. Mean delay over the stable period was treated as the indifference point – the delay at which shock devalued multiple pellets to equal the value of a single pellet. Indifference points were generated for different combinations of shock intensity and shock duration. In Experiment 1, stable delay was an increasing function of shock intensity and duration. As shock was made more intense or longer lasting, it needed to be further delayed to obtain indifference. In Experiment 2, adding a signal during the delay did not functionally alter indifference points. This procedure is a viable means of studying choice between a large immediate reinforcer followed by a delayed aversive event, versus a small immediate reinforcer.
 
20. Discounting of Delayed Lotteries: Simultaneous and Separate Devaluation by Time And Probability
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (University of Social Sciences and Humanities (SWPS)), Piotr Zielonka (Warsaw University of Life Sciences), Pawel Ostaszewski (University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Abstract: The consequences of our choices are very often delayed and are also probabilistic. The research on delayed lotteries combines two dimensions: time and risk. The present study aims to answer following questions: 1) whether the process of discounting of delayed lotteries is a simple combination of probability and delay discounting processes, 2) is discounting first by probability and than by time (separately) the same as discounting by time in the first stage and than by probability 3) are probability and time independent processes in discounting of delayed lotteries. Participants were 100 university students. The experiment used repeated-measures design. The results show that delayed lotteries are discounted at slower rate when probability and time are combined in one alternative, and that time and probability are separate processes.
 
21. Descriptive and Arbitrary Verbal Stimuli in an Observing-Response Procedure with Serial Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Katya Quiñones (National Autonomous University of Mexico), ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This experiment explored the effects of stimuli associated with extinction (S-) signaling the temporal distance to reinforcer delivery on observing responses by college students. Pressing a key resulted in monetary reinforcers on a mixed schedule in which an extinction component of 20, 40, or 60 s was followed by a 20-s random-interval component. Pressing two additional keys produced a 5-s display of verbal stimuli signaling the state of the mixed schedule. For one group of students stimuli consisted of a descriptive message stating the state of the schedule. For example, “At this time no scores can be earned but the state of the program will change soon”. This message differed in each 20-s segment of the extinction component and during the random-interval component. For another group, stimuli consisted on arbitrary labels. For example, “The current status of the program is V” In the two groups, stimuli presented during extinction were removed in a subsequent condition. It was found that observing responses during extinction decreased only when descriptive stimuli were removed. These results suggests that an S- could function as a conditioned reinforcer if it allows describing verbally the temporal distance to reinforcer delivery.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #86
AAB Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
22. Effects of Caregiver-Implemented Aggression Reduction Procedure on Aggression in Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTYN ECHTERLING-SAVAGE ECHTERLING (Beyond the Dog), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Aggressive behavior of companion animals poses a threat to caregivers, other targets of aggressive behavior (e.g., strangers, other animals), and those animals engaging in the behavior. In applied settings, it is often the caregiver who is responsible for implementing treatments to reduce aggressive behavior in dogs. This study examined the effects of a caregiver-implemented aggression reduction procedure on dog aggression. Both caregiver and dog behavior were targeted. After a baseline condition showing caregivers were unsuccessful in reducing dog aggression and the behaviors preceding aggression, caregivers were trained using consumer management procedures. Implementation of a procedure to address dog aggression in relatively simple contexts was targeted. Generalization programming then was used to target caregiver plan implementation and dog problem behavior in more complex contexts. Consumer management procedures increased caregiver implementation to desirable levels. The aggression reduction procedure effectively reduced dog aggression for all dogs. A slight reduction and increased variability in dog precursor behavior was observed when the aggression reduction procedure was implemented.
 
23. Using Big Rats and Behavior Analysis to Address Pressing Humanitarian Issues
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (APOPO), Christophe Cox (APOPO), Bart Weetjens (APOPO), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Anti-Persoonsmijnen Ontmijnende Product Ontwikkeling (APOPO), a Belgian nonprofit organization headquartered in Tanzania, employs giant African pouched rats (Cricetomys gambianus) in demining operations as land mine detection animals and in diagnostic algorithms to identify sputum samples from TB-positive individuals. High and stable rat performance is essential to APOPOs humanitarian work, and behavior analysis is the key to establishing and maintaining behavior that meets the necessary criteria. A variety of recent experiments and evaluations have contributed to the enhancement of operational TB- and mine-detection rats performance, and exploratory research examining the ability of the rats to contribute to other types of humanitarian work has informed organizational strategy and opened doors for new applications. Behavior analysis offers real, pragmatic solutions to the challenges frequently encountered in developing countries and in the challenging area of scent detection. This unconventional but impactful work clearly demonstrates the potential for new and meaningful applications of the science of behavior analysis.
 
24. Use of Preference Assessments and Structured Adopter-Dog Interactions Increases Adoptions
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (University of Florida), Maria Brandifino (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Previous research showed that lying down next to potential adopters and not ignoring their play initiations during interactions outside of the kennel correlate with increased likelihood of adoption in shelter dogs. In the present study, we experimentally assessed whether increasing these behaviors during interactions with potential adopters influenced adoption outcome. In Experiment 1, we validated a brief play preference assessment in order to find individual preferences for toys in shelter dogs. We then used this assessment as part of the experimental intervention. In Experiment 2, we randomly assigned dogs to the experimental and control condition and evaluated 160 interactions between these dogs and potential adopters. The experimental intervention consisted of conducting a play preference assessment prior to the interaction and structuring the interaction once a potential adopter expressed interest in the dog. A logistic regression model revealed that condition, but not morphology of the dog, was predictive of adoption outcome (χ2= 3.95, P < .047). Dogs in the experimental condition were adopted 68% times more often than in the control condition. A questionnaire revealed that adopters did not find the structured interaction intrusive. This validated intervention may be used in animal shelters to increase adoption rates in dogs.
 
25. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior to Reduce Pawing in Horses
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Devon Belding (St. Lawrence University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University)
Abstract: Traditionally, aversive control is the most common method to reduce stereotypy in horses. However, it often results in unintended negative side effects, including potential abuse of the animal. Differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedules may reduce stereotypy with fewer negative consequences. The current study extended the use of DRO schedules to reduce pawing stereotypy using a multiple baseline design across three horses. Results indicated DRO schedules are effective to reduce pawing in horses; however, individual differences in sensitivity to the DRO and reinforcer efficacy may be important considerations.
 
26. Teaching a cat to go to a safe place during a tornado using stimulus control and shaping procedures.
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
REGAN GARDEN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Due to changes in legislation and public awareness, new attention is being paid to emergency planning and management of both household pets and captive wildlife. Help with behaviors related specifically to emergency preparedness is a growing area in applied animal behavior. This project provides one example of how backward chaining, stimulus prompting, and transferring stimulus control can be used to train a household pet (a domestic cat) to go to a designated place of safety during a tornado when the owner is away from home. The learner in this study was a domestic short-hair household pet adopted from a local animal shelter. Mean interobserver agreement was 93%. Training domestic animals and captive animals to go independently to a safe location can improve animal welfare. Similar projects could increase human compliance to evacuation procedures and restrictions, protect critical endangered species and zoo assets, and provide practical projects for students learning about behavior analysis. Training domestic animals in safety behaviors for classroom presentations can be a valuable educational tool when training children about emergency situations, and it can be a great way to share information and increase excitement for behavior analysis within the community.
 
27. Identifying Behavioral Precursors to Play-induced Aggression in Domestic Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Cassandra Vazquez (University of Florida), Taylor Whitley (University of Florida), Cashmere Caragan (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Dogs engage in specific behaviors often termed "play signals" to communicate intent to engage in social play with a conspecific (Bekoff 1974). However, previous research has suggested that even experienced owners and trainers have difficulty distinguishing between play and aggression in dogs. The primary aim of this study was to extend the use of conditional probability analysis as used in human clinical settings (e.g., Hershcovitz et al. 2009) to identify high-probability and low-probability precursors to aggression during dog-dog play. A total of 709 play bouts were obtained from 391 dogs at two local dog parks. The occurrence of each discrete behavior (e.g., play-type, tail position and direction, ear position, vocalization, play signals, head position, self-handicapping) within a 15-s interval preceding the end of the bout were subsequently coded from video. Play bow was among the behaviors with the highest probability of occurring prior to the end of a non-aggressive play bout, whereas "play face", a widely-cited "play signal" - occurred at a relatively lower probability. These results demonstrate how quantitative analyses of behavior can contribute to a greater understanding of behaviors that serve as visual communicative cues among dogs during social play.
 
28. Precision Teaching and Applied Animal Behavior: Using Precision Teaching to Train a Service Dog
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
SHOSHANA STEIN (Ivy Tech Community College), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: A boxer-jack russell terrier puppy of about 20 months was taken from a shelter having been given only 3 days left to live (it was a kill shelter with limited space). She is partially unreliable with any commands I teach/ have taught her. Instead of waiting until she becomes an adult and then teaching the commands to her when she can perform them with fluency, I have decided to use precision teaching to break down the end result movements into smaller components in which i can have her do over and over again to gain fluency. Using precision teaching to help gain fluency makes it easier for her to then perform at her best. Once she masters these smaller components and the data flatlines, the specific program is stopped. The movement will be continued to be tested as time goes by with reinforcers, (click treat or just click) and data will be recorded.
 
29. Impulsivity & Perseveration in Owned & Shelter Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
LISA GUNTER (Arizona State University), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Smaller-sooner or larger-later reward paradigms have been employed as a measure of impulsivity in the investigation of decision-making in lab animals (Odum, 2011), and also with companion dogs (Wright, Mills and Pollux, 2012; Reimer, Mills and Wright, 2014). Additionally, perseveration defined as a resistance-to-extinction in a previously reinforced task (Feather, 1962) has been shown to have a relationship with impulsive choice (Broos et al., 2012). Given earlier studies exploring canine behavioral persistence (Protopopova, Hall and Wynne, 2014), in this study we investigated the association between impulsivity and perseveration in dogs. In Experiment 1, owned dogs participated in a delay-discounting procedure where nose-touching of the experimenter’s left or right hand resulted in one or three pieces of food. Once this distinction was learned, an increasing time delay was introduced to the larger reward hand. We recorded the maximum time tolerated for the larger-later reward. In the perseveration task, dogs were reinforced for nose-touching on a continuous reinforcement schedule before entering into extinction. The number of nose-touches under extinction before the dog no longer responded was recorded. In Experiment 2, dogs housed at an animal shelter were also tested in these procedures. Preliminary data analysis from the two experiments will be presented.
 
30. What can a Deaf-Blind Dog Do? Scent Discrimination as Environmental Enrichment.
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Jaime Earl (Illinois State University)
Abstract: As more dogs with disabilities are adopted there remain questions as to how owners may provide environmental enrichment for these dogs, particularly those who are deaf/blind. The present investigation examined scent discrimination training as an enrichment task for deaf/blind Australian Shepherd, Keller. Three commercially available scents: birch, anise and clove (Leesburg) were used as target scents. During Experiment 1, Keller was shaped to find each of the scents: A box containing one of the three scents was placed at increasing distances, from 6 inches to approximately 42 inches, and Keller received food reinforcers for locating the box. In Experiment 2, Keller was shaped to find one of two boxes using a modified matching to sample task: The target scent was presented, and then Keller was prompted to find that scent. A second scent box served as a distractor. The target scent and the distractor scent were varied across the three scents used in Experiment 1, and the distance between the two boxes was increased from 0 inches to 42 inches. Results from Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 demonstrate that a deaf/blind dog can learn a scent discrimination task, and that scent discrimination is an excellent enrichment activity for deaf/blind dogs.
 
31. Differences in Reward Sensitivity between Hearing and Visually Impaired (HVI) and Normal Hearing and Vision (NHV) Dogs.
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Terry Coughlin (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Hearing/visually impaired (HVI) dogs show increased attending to human cues compared to normal hearing/vision (NHV) dogs. We examined whether HVI and NHV dogs would also differ in reward sensitivity when humans provided reinforcement for approach using conc VI VI schedules. Three HVI and three NHV dogs participated. Two research assistants (RAs) sat approximately 1 meter apart inside adjoining left and right 1 m x 1 m reinforcement areas. Reinforcer availability was signaled by the RA stomping his/her foot. A food reinforcer was given if the dog approached within 4 seconds of a signaled reward; if not, it was canceled. Each dog was exposed to 5 daily trials of 4 reinforcement schedules: conc VI 15 VI 60; conc VI 15 VI 30, conc VI 60 VI 15 and conc VI 30 VI 15. The amount of time each dog spent within the left and right reinforcement areas and the number of reinforcers received for each area was recorded for each session. These data were used to calculate reward sensitivity and bias using Baum’s generalized matching equation (Baum 1974). Results showed that HVI dogs exhibited overmatching, while NHV dogs showed typical reward sensitivity values. No differences were found for bias.
 
32. Generalized Identity Matching with a Dog; A Stimulus Control Approach
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY FRIER (UNT)
Abstract: How the environment is arranged can greatly impact an organism's learning. While teaching a dog to match to sample, it was discovered that how the environment was arranged impacted how successful the dog was in matching to sample; if the objects were in a straight line, the dog was unsuccessful, but scatter the objects around the room with other objects and the dog was able to match to sample successfully. We will break down the stimulus control of the different environmental arrangements and how each affected the dog's learning and behavior.
 
33. Punishing an Operant Response in Betta splendens Without the Use of Shock
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
DIANA SADER (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The effects various intensities of shock have on different animal behaviors has been investigated, yet there is a lack of research on the impact alternative, more ethical forms of punishers have on behavior. Thus, the following study will investigate if a less severe punisher within a punishment contingency can also exert stimulus control over behavior. Water flows, the less aversive punisher, will be presented to Betta splendens contingent on their operant response in an aquatic shuttle tank. This novel punisher will also be pitted against an established unconditioned reinforcer to determine its relative suppressive strength. It is expected that the water flow will suppress the fish's response of crossing over into the compartment of the tank that will contain the active water flow. However, consistent with previous research it is also expected that the response of crossing over into the compartment will increase when the reinforcer is added into the side of the tank that has the active water flow. This study will contribute to existing punishment research by ascertaining if less harrowing punishers can effectively suppress target behaviours.
 
34. Evaluating the Spatial Learning of the Red Claw Crayfish, Cherax Quadricarinatus
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALEXIS WASHA (Southern Illinois University), Kelti Owens (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (The University of Mississippi), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study examined the use of water deprivation and negative reinforcement on the spatial memory of the red claw crayfish (Cherax quadricarinatus) in a T-Maze. Three crayfish were used in the study using an ABCB multiple-baseline across-subjects experimental design. In baseline, completion of the T-maze to either the left or right resulted in 1-min of water access. Following baseline, only completion of the T-maze to either the left or right resulted in water access. For each crayfish, the side that resulted in water access in the first and third experimental phases was the opposite of a demonstrated side bias in the baseline phase. A side reversal occurred in the second experimental phase. The results demonstrated that each of the three subjects allocated their responding to the side that provided access to water, and learning curves were observed across all experimental phases and subjects.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #87
CBM Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
35. An Evaluation of Free-pour Training Procedures for College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Emily Metz (Franklin County Board of Developmental Disabilities), Katrina Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), MOLLY HANKLA (University of the Pacific), Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), Amir Cruz-Khalili (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Students are generally inaccurate when pouring a standard serving of alcohol. Although this skill is often taught during mandated alcohol-training courses, the effectiveness of training is rarely assessed. The current study assessed the effectiveness of three training methods on college students’ (N = 14) free-pour accuracy of a standard serving of beer. Participants were randomly assigned to verbal feedback, superimposition, or stimulus fading (SF) training or a control group in an ABA or ABACA design (for those requiring additional training). Participants completed two post pours and one-week and 30-day follow up and generalization pours. Overall, 5 of 12 participants required a second training. Results maintained and generalized for 9 of 12 participants at 1-week follow-up. At 30-day follow-up, results maintained for 5 of 10 and generalized for 6 of 10 participants. Superimposition or SF combined with superimposition training appeared to be most effective. Control participants (n = 2) showed no improvement across all 10 test pours, and pours at 1-week and 30-day follow-ups; however, they did accurately pour after receiving superimposition or combination training. These results suggest pour-training is effective, particularly a combination of SF and superimposition, although the effects may not maintain over time or generalize for some students.
 
36. Demonstrating the Validity of the Video Game Functional Assessment-revised (VGFA-R)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Excessive video play has been well documented over the course of the last decade. So much so that newest version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5; APA, 2013) has included excessive video gaming as disorder categorized as internet gaming disorder. To date, several researchers have designed assessments to evaluate excessive video game play based on the previous editions and current editions of the DSM. However, these assessments primarily measure the criterion established in these manuals, instead of measuring the maintaining function of the video game play. The field of applied behavior analysis has been utilizing functional assessments for the last 30 years and has showed evidence of effective results across different populations and environments. Therefore, the purpose of this is to validate an indirect functional assessment entitled the Video Game Functional Assessment-Revised (VGFA-R) by means of conducting content, construct and criterion related validity.
 
37. Child Raising Practices Associated to Problematic Behavior Reduction: A Public Health Approach.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Parent behavioral training is based on empirical evidence. The objective of this paper is to identify the most effective components of a parent?s behavioral training for the acquisition of raising skills and its relations to the problematic child behavior reports in Mexican children by means of a pre-experimental study. We considered 84 volunteer parents, (of one of their children, from two to twelve years old) with a mean age of 36 years, from eight selected states of the Mexican republic according to a public health institutional quota sampling. Self-reports of child behavior change and a parent behavior? direct observation systems of child-parent interaction in simulated situations were used. The parent behavioral training program was based on eight basic child raising skills. It was observed a significant reduction of defiant oppositional and aggressive behavior mean scores, as well as a reduction in parent reported hyperactivity and inattention, ever since the behavioral training. The intervention strategies that were most effective in the program were correction, praise, clear instructions, rule establishment, problem solving, social interaction, and the reduction in punishment. To identify child raising practices associated to inadequate behavior in public health settings allows the design of effective and less costly intervention procedures.

 
38. Measuring Quality of Life Variables in Older Adults with Dementia in a Special Care Unit
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Western Michigan University), Erin E. Watkins (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Activity engagement has been the subject of much behavior-analytic research with older adults with dementia (see Altus, Engleman & Mathews, 2002; Brenske et al., 2008; and Leblanc et al., 2006, for examples), and is considered an indicator of the degree of quality of life. Moreover, research conducted with individuals with developmental disabilities who have poor verbal skills, and therefore are unable to provide reports on their enjoyment of activities, has produced objective measures that assess happiness (e.g., smiling and laughing). Moore, Delaney, and Dixon (2007) were the first researchers to apply this measurement system to older adults with dementia who also could not verbalize enjoyment with activities, and saw increases in these indices when presented with highly preferred events. Direct comparison of the two types of data collection strategies will determine if one is more valid and sensitive in measuring quality of life over the other. In addition, the concurrent measurement of both activity engagement and indices of happiness allows for correlational analyses. This is important information to be gained, as happiness indices may or may not increase with increased activity participation. To our knowledge, the two quality of life measures have not been compared in any systematic way in the literature.
 
39. Decreasing Disruptive Behavior during Routine Dental Visits: A Video Modeling Intervention for Young Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY F. HINE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ryan Hajek (Department of Pediatric Dentistry, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Holly Roberts (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: In a randomized controlled trial, 40 children, 3-6 years old, were shown either a brief, dentist-created video model or a control video (cartoon) prior to a routine dental visit. Using 10-s partial interval recording, results demonstrated that watching a brief video model of the expected procedures reduced the vocal and physical disruptive behavior and the need for restraint in young children visiting the dental clinic for the first time. In addition, subjective rating scales completed by the dentist, the dental assistant, and a blind observer showed higher ratings of cooperation and compliance in those children who had watched the video model prior to the session. Social validity measures also suggested that participants who watched the video model also rated their experience more favorably than the control group. These results suggest that video modeling can lead to children who are lee disruptive and easier to manage and who also are more likely to enjoy their visit with the dentist. Limitations and recommendations for integrating video modeling into every day practice are discussed.
 
40. Effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioral Intervention to Smoking Cessation in College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LIRA MANDUJANO MANDUJANO (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Facultad de estudios superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

Tobacco consumption is a public health problem both in the world and in Mexico as it is associated with chronic degenerative, irreversible, disabling and deadly diseases. According to the National Survey of Addictions (2011) 21.7 of the population aged 12-65 years is active smoker, who began daily consumption at 20.4 years on average. One of the actions that have been implemented to address this problem is early detection, focused on the application of brief interventions based on cognitive behavioral techniques. Therefore, this study was aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a cognitive behavioral intervention for smoking cessation in young students. Participants were 10 college students who smoked less than 10 cigarettes daily, aged between 19-25 years. The intervention consisted of an evaluation session, four treatment sessions where self-control techniques, problem solving and gradual reduction of nicotine and tar were used. The pattern of consumption, the levels of anxiety and depression, the levels of negative and positive affect, and the level of readiness for change were obtained and compared before, during treatment and at three months follow-up. The results showed that the pattern of consumption reached abstinence in nine of the participants and one only decreased consumption. The results are discussed in terms of abstinence rates obtained at the end of treatment and at follow-up at 3 months and that set the tone for the establishment of effective strategies for early detection college.

 
41. Factors Associated with the Drop-Out of a Cognitive Behavioral Intervention Brief for Smoking Cessation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LIRA MANDUJANO MANDUJANO (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), CESAR CARRASCOZA (Facultad de estudios superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Facultad de estudios superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

In the international literature has demonstrated the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral treatments targeting drug users, specifically the effectiveness in terms of maintaining abstinence or reduced consumption over time. However, a problem frequently identified is the high attrition rate of the user. In various studies have identified various factors associated with treatment drop-out which are categorized into 1 patient-related factors (age, sex, education, substance use), 2. treatment factors (treatment method, scenario treatment, duration of treatment) and 3. Factors treatment process (motivation, alliance, treatment satisfaction). Therefore, the objective of this research was to identify factors associated with the desertion of a brief cognitive behavioral intervention for smoking cessation. Involving 45 people who applied for the implementation of the intervention, of whom 25 completed the program, 14 dropped and 6 were not located. The results showed that the variables associated with the drop-out were self-efficacy and level of readiness to change in the initial evaluation. The results suggest the importance of designing strategies for both smokers with low self-efficacy as low readiness to change before starting the procedure.

 
42. Effects of a personal exercise program on the physical health and psychological adjustment among individuals with SCI
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Harim Kim (Department of Psychology, Yonsei University), KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Department of Psychology, Yonsei University), Justin Y. Jeon (Department of Sport and Leisure Studies, Yonsei University), Dong Il Kim (Department of Sport and Leisure Studies, Yonsei University)
Abstract: Several studies have reported that regular physical activity has physical and psychological benefits for individuals with SCI. The current study aimed to investigate the effect of a personal exercise program on the physical and psychological health of individuals with SCI. 17 patients with SCI (11m & 6f) whose ages ranged from 23 to 53 (M=37.24, SD=6.83) participated in either a 6-week exercise program (n=11) or a non-exercising control group (n=6). Outcome measures consist of factors for the physical health including BMI, percentage of body fat(BF), and waist circumference(WC) and the psychological adjustment such as health related quality of life (HQoL), depression, anxiety, self-esteem and perceived social support. Additionally the Stages of Change scale(SoC) and the Process of Change scale(PoC) of the Transtheoretical Model of change(TTM) were administered to assess the progression of the behavior change as well as the use of the strategies applied for the behavioral change. Results showed nosignificant changes after the training in the indicators of physical health between groups. However participants in the exercise group reported significant improvements on overall psychological variables except for self-esteem and 2 out of 9 subdomains of HQoL. These participants also reported more progress in the stages of change for exercise behavior and using a greater number of strategies to translate exercise intentions to practice when compared to participants in the control group. Additional findings, further implications and limitations are discussed.
 
43. Functional Analysis of Noncompliance Behaviors of Children and Adolescents in a Medical Treatment Situation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Federal da Integração Latino Americana), Márcia Cristina Gon Caserta Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
Abstract: The functional analysis is an effective way to identify maintaining contingencies of childhood behavior considered problematic. Studies conducted with children with atopic dermatitis demonstrated that caregivers often complain of children’s noncompliance, especially during medical treatment situations. This study aimed to assess noncompliance behavior of children with atopic dermatitis during a medical treatment situation. The study evaluated six typically developing 4- and 14-year-old girls and their caregivers in a structured medical situation. The behaviors of children and their caregiver were observed and recorded under three or five conditions: baseline, followed by two or four medical treatment situations. The assessments with adolescents (9- and 14-year-old) evaluated the effects of caregivers’ instructions in compliance and noncompliance behavior, the assessments with scholars (6- and 9-year-old) evaluated the effects of caregivers attention and task difficult in compliance and noncompliance behavior and the assessments with preschoolers (4- and 6-year-old) evaluated the effects of escape and attention in compliance and noncompliance behavior. The results showed that the manipulation of these variables changed noncompliance responses in all children. The use of direct instructions and feedbacks increases the probability of compliance behaviors, especially when associated with physical guide and praise.
 
44. Anxiety in University Academics of Iztacala's Mexican University
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BENITA CEDILLO ILDEFONSO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Susana Mel�ndez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Norma Cortés (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Veronica Monroy (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Pérez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Anxiety is defined here as an emotional state aroused in response to some current stimulus, which in the past has been followed by a disturbing stimulus. It involves emotional, motor, physiological and cognitive components. The objective of this research is to compare the Physiological, Cognitive, and Motor anxiety between Biology, Medicine, Dentistry and Psychology university academics. It was applied to 38 voluntary university academics of both sexes, the the Inventory of Situations and Answers of Anxiety (ISRA: Tobal and Cano Vindel, 1986) evaluates the general level of anxiety, cognitive, physiological and motor components. The results demonstrated a greater level of cognitive anxiety than physiological and motor in the university academics of Biology, compared with the other professional careers. It is inferred that this would imply to recognize the importance of the effects of the anxiety in one self's perception; this is the way professors perceive and think of themselves when being evaluated for something important in their job or for a new assignment, the importance given to social critics when making mistakes, their negative attitudes toward themselves and toward others, feelings of inferiority and incompetence.

 
45. An Examination of Treatment Wording on Treatment and Therapist Acceptability
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brea Banks (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mindy Chadwell (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: It has long been recognized that the words we use when describing treatments to lay persons may effect treatment acceptability and adherence (e.g., Woolfolk, Woolfolk, & Wilson, 1977). In fact, the 4th edition task list of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board states that applied behavior analysts must be able to "explain behavioral concepts using everyday language (lay terms)." There is minimal empirical research; however, that examines the effects of how treatments are described on treatment acceptability or adherence. Research that has been done has focused largely on teachers or undergraduates. This study examines parent perceptions of a commonly prescribed behavioral intervention (time-out) that is presented via video by the same therapist but using three different descriptions. Parents presenting to an outpatient behavioral health clinic with their children are randomly assigned to one of three time-out description conditions: 1) technical terminology, 2) lay terminology, or 3) popular terminology. Participants watch a video of the therapist describing time-out and then complete a survey of treatment and therapist acceptability, as well as their comprehension of the procedure. Differences observed between conditions in parent acceptability of treatment and therapist will be described. Implications for how applied behavior analysts present information to parents are provided.
 
47. Inappropriate Verbalizations
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract: The following study focuses on an individual who displays verbal behavior that is often perceived as teasing, harassing others or simple disruption to a hospital unit. The intervention applied a technique to reinforce productive verbal behavior, while at the same time assist the patient in learning how to acquire social attention in a more acceptable manner. This patient has had behavior problems for many years and the theme is invariably about poor interactions with his peers. Based on a review of the literature a definition was developed to address a problem identified as inappropriate verbalizations. Using this definition, the patient was observed for inappropriate verbalizations, during the daily routine. This addresses the research question by directly viewing the patient in a social interaction in the very type of setting where he has had altercations in the past. During the treatment phase, the patient had the opportunity to read a joke, previously selected by the author, to an audience of fellow patients during this line-up process. An A-B-A-B design made a comparison of the patient in the baseline and treatment phases.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #88
DEV Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
49. Preference for Similar Others: Replication and Extension
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
KATRINA BETTENCOURT (University of the Pacific), Amir Cruz-Khalili (University of the Pacific), Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), Molly Hankla (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Mahajan and Wynn (2012) contend infants’ preference for similar others is innate, not learned, and influenced by the salience of the similarity; they also contend this helps explain behaviors such as genocide and prejudice. In their study, infants (N=32) were more likely to choose the puppet that liked the same food when the infants chose the food first (high salience) then chose a puppet (84%) compared to infants (N = 16) who chose a puppet and then chose a food (44%) (low salience). Limitations of their study include potential parental bias (i.e., parents were not blind to infants’ food preference in the high salience condition) and use of a single choice measure. Our replication of the low salience condition (N = 20 infant-parent dyads) will include an extension in which (1) half of the parents indicate their infant’s food preference before viewing the puppet show (i.e., creating “high saliency” only for parents, not infants) and (2) a within subjects measure in which all infants will choose a puppet five times. Data collected thus far (n = 1; no questionnaire condition) show the infant chose the dissimilar puppet across all five choice trials. Results and implications are discussed.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #89
EDC Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
50. Effects of Physical Activity on Academic and Behavioral Performance of Children with Behavior Problems: An Analysis of Single Case Studies
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFERY HART (The Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Penn State)
Abstract: All classroom teachers deal with behavior issues in their classroom. This is particularly true for special education teachers, who may have children who demonstrate challenging behaviors. Some have suggested exercise as an intervention for improving behavior and academics. Single case design meta-analytic tools were employed for six studies (n = 30 participants). Results of this analysis indicate that moderate to vigorous physical activity has moderate to strong effects on decreasing inappropriate classroom behavior and increasing academic engagement for students with behavior problems. Triangulation of three different effect size measures showed consistent moderate to strong positive results on classroom behavior and academic engagement for exercise. Variables that enhanced the effectiveness of physical activity on both academic performance and classroom behavior were also noted.
 
51. Challenging Behavior Service: Analyzing New Trainees Behavior Knowledge Across Disciplines
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JAYME MEWS (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Since 2009, the Iowa Department of Education (DE) has supported an initiative to improve functional behavior assessments in school settings by contracting with a team of behavior analysts from the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to provide training and consultation in the area of applied behavior analysis to challenging behavior teams from Area Education Agencies and local school districts. Currently, 29 participants have participated from 6 school districts behavior teams. Team members educational discipline included behavior analysis, psychology, social work, special education, and administration. An assessment of each participants prior experience with behavior assessment skills related to preference and choice assessments, experimental analyses, antecedent strategies, and function based strategies was conducted. Additionally, an exam assessing the trainees knowledge in the area of behavior principles was administered. Data were analyzed by discipline and differences across scores on the exam were noted (behavior analysts were the only discipline who passed the exam). Interestingly, there were no substantial differences in report of experience with functional analyses, antecedent analyses, and concurrent operants assessments across discipline. This poster will highlight the projects service delivery model and analyze the training needs and exam results across disciplines for the local school district.
 
52. Identifying Academic Demands That Occasion Problem Behaviors for Students With Behavioral Disorders: A Functional Analytic Approach
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNA HAGAN-BURKE (Texas A&M University), Maria Gilmour (Wynne Solutions), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University), William Crowder (Piedmont College)
Abstract: This poster summarizes findings from two independent experiments that investigated the effects of academic interventions to decrease problem behaviors and increase the subsequent task engagement of two elementary-aged children. The participants were in first and third grade; both received special education services for behavioral disorders. Preliminary functional behavior assessment data suggested that each student’s problem behaviors functioned to escape/avoid academic demands. We employed a series of functional analyses to systematically examine different features of academic tasks that appeared to be associated with participants’ problem behaviors. Once hypotheses were established, experimental analyses performed in naturalistic settings confirmed relations between their problem behaviors and specific aspects of academic task demands. Next, we worked with the participants’ teachers to develop antecedent-based interventions to decrease the likelihood of escape-maintained problem behavior. Separate single-case alternating treatment experiments indicated functional relations between the academic interventions and increases in appropriate task engagement for both students. Findings support the use of a functional analytic approach to improve the social behaviors and academic performance of students who exhibit escape-maintained problem behaviors associated with academic task demands.
 
53. Effects of Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcers on Academic Responding and Problem Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE ROBINSON (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: We compared distributed and accumulated reinforcement schedules by assessing response rate and problem behavior during free-operant math tasks with children who engage in chronic, severe problem behavior. The accumulated reinforcement condition produced the highest response rate and almost no problem behavior for the first completed participant. The distributed condition produced low response rates and moderate amounts of problem behavior, and the control condition produced higher rates of problem behavior with, at times, no responding. The average accuracy, however, was slightly lower in the accumulated condition compared to the distributed condition. Overall, for this participant, the accumulated condition presented to be the most effective and efficient condition to provide reinforcement and increase skill acquisition. Data collection for two additional participants is underway. Concurrent-chains assessments will suggest that clients have preferences for one format of reinforcer delivery. Overall, it appears that the accumulated reinforcement schedule shows higher response rates and lower rates of problem behavior.
 
54. A Functional Behavioral Assessment-based Intervention of Academic Engagement of Students in the Regular Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHIHARU BABA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Narumi Yamamura (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Abstract: Academic engagement during whole-class-based instructions is important in promoting academic achievement of students in the regular classroom. Two groups of seventh graders from five classes of an urban middle school in Japan were screened according to on-task rates and academic exam scores. Twenty two students with on-task rates of 30-60% and academic Z scores of 35-53 were screened as the moderate(M)-group, while 10 students with on-task rates of 0-30% and academic Z scores of 28-41 were screened as the low(L)-group. We conducted a functional behavioral assessment which revealed that 1) on-task behaviors were not reinforced, and 2) whole-class-based difficult instructions were likely to trigger off-task behaviors which were maintained by escape. We implemented an intervention of 1) individually praising on-task behaviors, or 2) delivering easier individual instruction and praising on-task behaviors for both the M&L-groups. Mean on-task rates and academic exam scores of the M&L-groups were each compared across semesters. Results revealed that the M&L-groups� mean on-task rates increased by 17% and 6%, respectively, suggesting a larger increase for the M-group. The mean academic Z scores of both the M&L-groups increased by 0.7 and 0.9, respectively, indicating slight changes.
 
55. The Effects of Self-Management Strategies on the On-task Behaviors of High School Students with Disabilities in General Education
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN COOK (University of Georgia), Elias Clinton (University of Georgia), Sara Snyder (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Research indicates self-monitoring of attention is effective in improving on-task behaviors. However, although on-task and other engagement behaviors are reportedly lowest during high school years (Wang & Eccles, 2011), only two self-monitoring of attention studies have been conducted in high school general education. Additionally, audio-tones that are often used as self-monitoring prompts can be conspicuous in general education. Furthermore, McDougall et al. (2006) recommended researchers investigate additive effects of self-graphing with self-monitoring. The current study employed a single-case multitreatment design to compare effects of self-monitoring alone with self-monitoring plus self-graphing on on-task behavior. Participants were high school students with disabilities in general education with low levels of pre-baseline on-task behaviors. The MotivAider® vibrating app (for iPhones) was used to prompt participants to self-monitor. On-task behaviors were measured with duration per occurrence and momentary time sampling. After collecting duration per occurrence of on-task behaviors, error tables from Wirth et al. (2014) were used to verify that the selected time sampling interval was appropriate. Generalization and maintenance probes were also conducted. Preliminary results of self-monitoring using the vibrating app indicated mean level increases in on-task behaviors; additionally, participants indicated that use of the iPhone app was socially acceptable in general education.
 
56. An Evaluation of Preschool Children's Preferences for Types of Attention Across Different Adults
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARY HALBUR (St. Cloud State University), Lindsay M. Knapp (St. Cloud State University), Trista Linn (St. Cloud State University), Marie Erickson (St. Cloud State University), Mackenzie Schroeder (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that different types of attention (i.e., eye contact, praise, physical, conversation, and reprimands) affect an individual's responding differentially; meaning, some types of attention can be more reinforcing than others. Previous research has rates of problem and on-task behavior when different types of attention are delivered; however, the researchers were kept constant throughout these studies, and it has been suggested that individuals may have preferences for different clinicians or teachers. If children have preferences of teachers, one reason may be the type of attention provided by an individual teacher or children's preference for different types of attention may change based on the person delivering it. This purpose of the current study was (a) to evaluate if three types of attention (i.e., praise, physical, and conversation) have similar preference hierarchies across three different adults, (b) to evaluate if the reinforcing efficacy of these attention types are similar across three different adults, and (c) if children have a preference for one of the adults based on the attention being provided. Preliminary results were that one child’s preference for different types of attention varied across two researchers; however, the reinforcer assessment for each therapist matched the preference assessments.
 
57. n Evaluation of the Efficacy of and Preference for Pre-session and Within-session Reinforcer Choice Across Primary and Secondary Reinforcers on Acquisition Skills of Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TRISTA LINN (St. Cloud State University), Lindsay M. Knapp (St. Cloud State University), Marie Erickson (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Research on the efficacy of choice as a treatment for problem behavior has been evaluated as a procedure for increasing appropriate behavior and skill acquisition. More recently, different variables regarding the implementation of choice procedures has also been evaluation including pre-session vs. within-session choice arrangements using maintenance skills and primary reinforcers. It has been suggested that one variable affecting the efficacy of choice as an intervention and teaching procedure component is the possibility to select a reinforcer based on moment-to-moment changes in preference due to satiation or deprivation of a given item. This variable would be especially significant when using edible reinforcers as compared to token reinforcers, as satiation and deprivation is more likely to occur when the reinforcers are consumed throughout a session. The purpose of the current study was to (a) evaluate the efficacy of choice arrangements, (b) evaluate preference for these choice arrangements, and (c) evaluating the effect different types of reinforcers have on this efficacy and/or preference. Preliminary results were that, when edibles were used, the within-session choice condition was the most effective and preferred condition; however, when tokens were used, all conditions were similarly effective and the within-session choice condition was preferred.
 
58. An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of the Good Behavior Game in a Tier 2 High School Special Education Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (University of South Dakota)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game is an interdependent group contingency that relies on the influence of other important group member to modify challenging behaviors of a student or a group of students within the classroom. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of The Good Behavior Game when used to increase on-task behavior and completion of daily work with students identified with emotional and behavioral disorders. Three students identified with emotional and behavioral disorders are targeted for participation in this study. Each of these participants was randomly assigned to one of three different groups within a Tier 2 special education high school resource room. The classroom teacher assigns specific daily activities that each group must complete as well as the specific tasks that individual members of the groups must contribute for the successful completion of the task. The teacher and primary researcher them communicate the task the group must complete, the individual contribution required of each member of the group that is required, and the criteria for successful task completion and participation in the reward phase of the group contingency. Results from the data collection of on-task behavior and assignment completion of the participants are provided. Consumer satisfaction rating by the target students, their respective group members, and the classroom teachers are also presented. Additionally, interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data are provided to additional credibility and internal validity for both the measurement system and the implementation of the intervention. Implications and recommendations for practice in a high school setting and for future research are also discussed.
 
59. Increasing Preschool Teacher Involvement in Functional Behavior Assessments
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ELLEN VANDELAAR (Texas A & M University), Carley Rector (Texas A &M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A &M University)
Abstract: Young children in preschool settings are engaging in more frequent and more intense challenging behavior than ever before. Many of these young children are in need of intensive, individualized behavioral intervention. However, most preschool teachers have little to no training in prevention and intervention for challenging behavior. Research shows that while functional behavior assessment is critical to developing effective individualized interventions, teachers are often uninvolved in the functional behavior assessment process. This lack of involvement can limit the uptake and maintenance of teachers’ intervention usage and fidelity. The purpose of this poster is to present a functional behavior assessment model which involved preschool teachers in meaningful ways. The model includes specific features of teacher training and coaching. The model also includes specific recommendations for teacher involvement in indirect and descriptive assessments, as well as trial-based functional analysis. This poster presents an overview of the functional behavior assessment model, descriptions of teacher training and coaching procedures and implications for service delivery.
 
60. Long-term Evaluation of School-wide Positive Behavior Interventions in Rurally-located Elementary and Middle Schools
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LEIA D. BLEVINS (East Tennessee State Univ.), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University)
Abstract: This study reports long-term evaluation of school-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) in a rurally-located K – 8 and a middle school. With assistance from a university-based PBS project, these schools developed and implemented a SWPBS program. Target positive behaviors (respect, responsibility, cooperation) were operationally defined and directly taught to students. A reward ticket system was used to reinforce students’ positive behaviors. Office discipline referrals (ODRs) and reward tickets were recorded. At the end of each grading period, students with at least 1 ticket attended a school-wide celebration. An A-B case study design analyzed results for five-years for the K-8 and four years for the middle school. Following the first year of SWPBS, ODR rates decreased substantially, correlating moderately with reinforcement tickets given. Compared to two similar schools without SWPBS in the same district, the K-8 school’s had substantially fewer overall ODRs and fewer students with high-risk levels of referrals. ODR reductions resulted in recovering an average 5.25 and 10 student class hours and 11.75 and 25 administrative hours in the elementary and middle schools, respectively. These results replicated and extended effects reported by others. Issues regarding consistent SWPBS implementation and measurement of its effects as well as future research are addressed.
 
61. A Small/Efficient Token Economy to Increase Work Completion in a Kindergarten Student
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KIM SAIN (Eastern Washington University), Ryan Sain (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: A kindergarten student was identified because of his failure to complete any academic tasks. The teacher approached the PI to see what options were available to assist the student in demonstrating even a few academic tasks. Based on a teacher and student interview a token economy was implemented to select for change in the student’s behavior. Because the student’s behavior was so low during baseline only a few behaviors were required to earn tokens. The student was able to earn one token for each ‘academic task’ he completed prior to lunch. Once five tokens were earned the student could exchange them for time on the computer, extra recess time, time with the teacher, or other small tangible reinforcers from a toy bin provided by the teacher. Because the intervention was designed to be implemented without the investigator present a student and teacher intervention acceptability rating scale was administered pre and post intervention. Student academic completion behavior increased dramatically with a total of 95% of intervention data points being above the baseline. The teacher and the student both reported that they thought the intervention was highly acceptable. However, the teacher was not willing to support proper thinning of the schedule.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #90
AUT Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
62. Evaluating the Use of Two Seating Arrangements on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kari J. Adolf (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ami J. Rourke (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meye), Heather Doll (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that several variables, such as the seating arrangement, influence skill acquisition for typically developing children during discrete-trial training. Van Houten and Rolider (1989) demonstrated that a knee-to-knee seating arrangement increased children’s accuracy with correct responding to flashcards. The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Van Houten and Rolider by evaluating the effects of two seating arrangements, table seating and knee-to-knee seating, on the accuracy of responding during discrete-trial teaching in five children with autism. Three children had no exposure to either arrangement while three had some exposure to one arrangement. During the knee-to-knee arrangement, both the therapist and child sat with knees touching and no table or distractors were present. In the table seating arrangement, the therapist sat adjacent to the child at a table. Following low levels of correct responding during baseline, the two seating arrangements were implemented using a combination multiple-baseline/alternating-treatment design to compare skill acquisition. Reinforcement was provided on a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule for correct responding in each teaching arrangement. Results showed that there was a larger and more rapid increase in correct responding with the table seating arrangement relative to the knee-to-knee condition for two participants with previous exposure to the table arrangement. For the children with no previous exposure, results were mixed.
 
63. Peer-Mediated Interventions for High School Students with Autism: Predictors of Treatment Response
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA A. SHALEV (New York University Langone Medical Center), Gregory L. Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Bolt (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Heartley B. Huber (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Emerging evidence suggests peer-mediated interventions (PMIs) improve outcomes for secondary students with autism. However, studies have not investigated the moderating effects of participant characteristics on treatment outcomes. We used a randomized trial to examine the moderating effects of participant characteristics (autism severity, social competence, baseline levels of peer interactions, and adaptive behavior) for two types of PMIs (peer support and peer network) and a treatment-as-usual comparison condition (adult support). Observational outcome data were collected in general education classrooms for 56 students with autism and included peer interactions and academic engagement across three time points at both baseline and postintervention. Employing a two-level hierarchical linear model, we found that baseline rates of peer interactions moderated treatment effects for the peer support intervention. Higher rates of initiations at baseline predicted greater increases in social initiations (p = .002) and decreases in engagement in class activities (p = .004). Similarly, higher rates of total interactions at baseline predicted greater increases in social initiations (p < .001), task responses (p = .039), engagement in non-class activities (p = .005), and non-engagement (p = .029), and greater decreases in engagement in consistent activities (p = .023).
 
64. Social Skills Instruction for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders Delivered Through a Peer Network
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANY BORN (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Gregory L. Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Lori Beth Vincent (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jenna LeQuia (University of Wisconsin- Madison)
Abstract: Peer networks, a type of peer-mediated intervention, have been shown to be effective in increasing the social contacts and relationships of students with disabilities. However, the literature on peer networks varies as to if specific social skills training for the target student is included. This study examined the effectiveness of a peer network plus intervention which incorporated an explicit social skills training component within a peer network framework. Four participants with an autism spectrum disorder participated in a 10-week peer network intervention. A social skills training component was added to the peer network systematically. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, this study demonstrated that the social skills component of the peer network plus intervention was effective at improving targeted social skills of all four participants. Two independent coders found Strong Overall Evidence for improvements in social skills when the social skills component was added for each participant. There was Moderate Overall Evidence for the impact of the social skills training component on the number of interactions students with autism had with their peers during the network meetings. Students with autism, peers without disabilities, and school staff interventionists all rated the intervention favorably.
 
65. Comparison of the Effecacy of Parent Generated and Delivered Social Stories and Videomodeling in Teaching Prosocial Skills to Children with AS
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CIMEN ACAR (Anadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University), Ahmet Yikmis (Abant Izzet Baysal University)
Abstract: This study was designed to explore the differential effectiveness of parent delivered social story intervention and videomodeling intervention in teaching their children with ASD. Moreover maintenance and generalization effects of both intervention were assessed. Three parents participated to this study. First, parents were taught how to develop and deliver social story and videomodeling intervention. Parents were taught by description, role modeling-guided practice, and feedback sequence. Their entry level was assessed prior to training. An alternating treatments design was used in the study. Two target behaviors were defined for each parent-child dyad. These target behaviors were in equal difficulty level. One target behavior was aimed to teach by social story and the other was aimed to teach by videomodeling. Moreover a control behavior was identified to control experimental effects. The efficiency of the intervention was tested by collecting data about number of training sessions and trials, number of incorrect response, and total duration through criterion. Data showed that parents were able to use both procedures with high treatment integrity and both interventions were equally effective in teaching prosocial skills to children with ASD. Moreover, social validity findings of the study were positive in general.
 
66. Video Modeling to Train Staff to Deliver Preferred Qualities of Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI TABER (The May Institute), Nathan Lambright (The May Institute), Amy Szumiez (The May Institute), Tiffany Born (The May Institute)
Abstract: Attention is regularly used as positive reinforcement for desired behaviors, although rarely is consideration given to the qualities of attention that may be preferred by an individual. The purpose of the current study was to train classroom staff to provide attention that included specific qualities preferred by an adolescent student with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A video modeling technique was used to train staff to use open ended statements, musical tones, chanting and smiling when delivering praise statements to and interacting with the student in the classroom, throughout the school day during regularly scheduled instructional and leisure activities. The video model was created using the student and a novel, neutral staff member to demonstrate the delivery of attention containing the qualities preferred by the student. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate staff delivery of the preferred qualities of attention following the video modeling training. Results indicated that the video modeling technique was effective in increasing staff use of preferred qualities of attention. Data will be collected for a one month follow-up phase to evaluate staff maintenance of the increased delivery of preferred qualities of attention.
 
67. Assessing Adaptive Functioning in Children and Adolescents with Autism: A Comparative Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE PEARSON (NYC Autism Charter School)
Abstract: An evaluation of adaptive functioning is recommended as best practice in the assessment and treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Results of these evaluations are especially important for individuals with ASD as they guide educational programming, identify intervention targets and provide valuable information about the generalization of skills across settings. In this study, results from two commonly used adaptive measures, The Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Second Edition (Vineland-II) and the Scales of Independent Behavior-Revised (SIB-R) were compared. The parents and teachers of 24 children and adolescents with ASD completed the checklist formats of both assessments within a 1-month timeframe. Results were analyzed to determine whether significant differences in perceived level of adaptive functioning would exist based on the particular measure used and the reporter of the behavior (parent versus teacher). In addition, a growing line of research has suggested that individuals with ASD have a distinct adaptive behavior “profile” so data were examined to assess whether this profile was seen among the study sample. Analyses revealed statistically significant (p < .001), strong correlations (r > .90) between corresponding domains on the SIB-R and the Vineland-II for both parent and teacher raters. Significant between-group differences were found between parent and teacher ratings on the SIB-R Personal Living and Community Living domains. In instances of ratings discrepancies, parents consistently rated their child higher than teachers. Across all participants, the Vineland-II yielded higher adaptive scores than the SIB-R. Results did not support the existence of a distinct adaptive behavior “profile.” Implications, limitations and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
68. The Social Validity of Joint Attention Intervention to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HATICE BILMEZ (Anadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University), Gonul Kircaali-Iftar (European University of Lefke)
Abstract: Establishing joint attention and responding to it is one of the major problem areas in children with autism spectrum disorders. This study was designed to examine the effects of least to most prompting strategy in teaching responding to joint attention skill to preschool age children with autism spectrum disorders or pervasive developmental disorders during acquisition, maintenance and generalization levels. A multiple probe design across participants was used in the study. The study consisted of baseline, intervention, maintenance, and generalization sessions. A pilot study was conducted to shape intervention plan prior to intervention. Maintenance sessions were conducted 4 and 6 weeks after the intervention sessions and generalization sessions was conducted across persons and settings. These sessions was conducted just like baseline sessions. Pretest-posttest design was used to collect generalization data. An undergraduate special education student conducted generalization sessions. Reinforcement was thinned during maintenance sessions (VR6 was used). Results showed that least to most prompting strategy was effective in teaching children with ASD to establish and/or giving response to joint attention with a third party. The results are highly promising in terms of maintenance and generalization as well. Social validity analysis was conducted in the study. The opinions of the parents towards the intervention was obtained through semi-structured interview. In addition to that social comparison, a form of social validity, was used to compare the level of responding to joint attention skills of the participants with their peers. Both assessment procedures showed that teaching establishing joint attention skill via least to most prompting is socially valid.
 
70. Using Functional Communication Training (FCT) to Increase Compliance in Three Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL MCINTOSH (Southwest Autism Research), Amanda M. Sumney (Southwest Autism Research), Christine Wentz (Southwest Autism Research)
Abstract: Engaging in restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior is a core symptom associated with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis (DSM-IV). These behaviors may take on the form of inflexibility within daily routines and activities, and as a result, may impede on an individual's ability to learn and to establish positive social relationships. In the current study, three children with ASD received Functional Communication Training (FCT), along with a concurrent schedule of reinforcement to increase flexibility within daily routines and activities. The participants were initially taught to utilize a visual card system that allowed them to escape/avoid undesired routines or activities. The use of a prize board was used to increase motivation to comply within these daily routines and activities. Results suggest this intervention produced an effective way to replace inappropriate behaviors associated with inflexibility and increase in compliance within daily routines and activities. Interventions that target increased compliance paired with lessening core symptoms of autism are critical in the successful development and maintenance of social relationships with others.
 
71. Teaching Social Skills to Students With Autism to Enhance Integration into Mainstream Schooling.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Joe Mwenda (Kaizora Consultants, Kenya.), POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: Appropriate social interaction is vital for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) seeking to join a typical education facility. Yet functional interaction with others is a major challenge them. This study seeks to train two students with ASD; Juma 8, and Tonia 7, on the basic conversational and play skills to enhance their efforts to integrate into a mainstream school in Kenya. The students attend school at Kaizora, an ABA focused Centre. Discrete Trial Training is used to teach the subjects to initiate and answer to common conversational phrases which are then generalized with their peers at the centre. They also visits a mainstream school for three hours a week where they join students in year 3 for snack time, a music session and Physical Education (P.E). Dependent variables are: Opportunities to interact Initiation of interaction Responses to others initiations Prompted responses Multiple baseline design is used to collect data at the mainstream school which is collected for 30 minutes during break time and scored as percentage of total opportunities to interact. Presently, Juma has shown improvement in the number of initiations and number of responses. Tonia has completed baseline trials and is due to start intervention.
 
72. A Qualitative Study Examining the Discrete Trial Teaching Process in the Teaching of Matching Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YESIM GULEC-ASLAN (Sakarya University)
Abstract: Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) is a scientific method based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). It is widely used in the field of autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The present study examined the process of "teaching of basic matching skills via DTT" involving a child diagnosed with autism through qualitative case study. The study made an attempt to answer the following research questions: (a) How was the DTT process conducted with the participating child?, (b) What kind of changes were observed in the participating child? Qualitative data were analyzed through inductive analysis. Also, quantitative data were presented through transfer to graphics. The findings revealed that the process of teaching via DTT involving the participating child was carried out as planned in general, some difficulties were overcome through some arrangements for the child, and some changes were made in planning so that teaching could be more effective. Also, some changes were observed in participant.
 
73. The Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH GENTILE (APEX Behavioral Consulting), Stefanie Fillers (APEX Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is an evidence-based procedure used to decrease several maladaptive behaviors. RIRD is implemented by interrupting the targeted behavior and redirecting to an appropriate behavior (Ahearn et al. (2008). Ahearn et al. (2007) reduced vocal stereotypic behavior for 4 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder using RIRD. The purpose of the current study was to replicate the procedures by Ahearn et al. to decrease the vocal stereotypy in an applied home setting for an eight year old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Pervasive Development Disorder- not otherwise specified. The effects of the procedure were evaluated using an ABAB withdrawl design. The results indicate that RIRD significantly reduced rates of vocal stereotypy from baseline levels. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed. IOA was collected in 3/11 sessions, totaling 27% of sessions and resulting in 100% agreement.
 
74. Matrix Training of Language Skills With a Toddler With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY CURIEL (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Howard Goldstein (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Matrix training is a systematic teaching approach that can facilitate generalized language. Specific responses are taught that result in the emergence of untrained responses. This type of training facilitates the use of generalized language in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This study used a matrix training procedure with a toddler with ASD. The participant was taught five responses that consisted of action-object instructions. He generalized responding to 11 untrained of 16 total responses. This case study provided preliminary support for the use of a matrix training procedure with a toddler with ASD to promote generative language acquisition.
 
75. Understanding the Effects of a Parent-Implemented Communication Intervention: Case Studies of Two Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MOON YOUNG CHUNG (University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign), Melinda Snodgrass (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Yusuf Akamoglu (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

Communication delays can have detrimental effects on children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and their families, which make communication interventions a priority for children with ASD (Stoner, Meadan, & Angell, 2013). Meadan, Meyer, Snodgrass, and Halle (2013) implemented the Internet-based Parent-implemented Communication Strategies (i-PiCS) program that provided long-distance training and coaching to parents of young children with ASD. Parents were taught to use evidence-based naturalistic teaching strategies to improve their childrens social communication skills through the i-PiCS program. Participating parents learned to implement the teaching strategies with high fidelity and some changes in their childrens communication behavior were observed. To better understand the effects of the i-PiCS program, we conducted a secondary, in-depth examination of the intervention effects within two participating families contexts. The purposes of this study were (a) to examine the characteristics of parents strategy use and (b) to examine the characteristics of childrens communication behaviors. The case study expanded the results of the original study. Each childs communicative behavior positively changed based on topography across phases (see Figures) and the mothers decreased their use of physical prompting and increased their intentional use of the strategies over time. The results of and implications from these analyses will be presented.

 
76. Teaching Young Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) Skills Using the Television Show Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University), Marisol Alonzo (Texas Tech University), Adam Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Children with ASD can learn effectively from video models. Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood is a children’s educational television show on PBS that incorporates many of the elements of effective video modeling interventions such as labeling and breaking down a targeted skill, modeling appropriate behaviors, and encouraging practice of the skill. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the impact of watching Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood episodes on the accurate performance of targeted skills by young children with ASD using a multiple-baseline-across-skills design. Children watched each episode with the facilitation of either an experimenter or parent. Target behaviors for each child included engagement and off-task behavior while watching each episode and the performance of the target skills (e.g., sharing, waiting, trying new foods) during probes conducted during naturalistic play sessions at the beginning and end of each experimental session. Results indicated that children who watch episodes of Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood can learn and generalize skills taught in those episodes to naturalistic play situations.
 
77. An Investigation of Observational Learning as a Method of Condiioning Effective Consequences
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROCIO NUNEZ (California State University, Fresno), Adam M. Schellenberg (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

This study systematically replicated and extended previous research on the use of observational learning procedures to condition stimuli as effective consequences for three preschool children with autism spectrum disorders (Greer & Singer-Dudek, 2008). Independent variables consisted of an observational learning procedure and the pairing of facial emotional responses with neutral items. Dependent variables included the number of correct responses per minute on the performance task, the number of correct responses on the learning tasks, the number of correct responses in the observational learning intervention, and finally the number of attempts to access the experimental items. A secondary measure was facial emotional recognition probes. A multiple baseline across participants design was used with visual inspection for data analysis.

 
78. Evaluation of Response Allocation or Position Biased in an Adolescent Diagnosed with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN BORGEN (Monroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Caitlin Fulton (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber Godsey (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Errors in responding can emerge due to children attending to stimulus features other than those being programmed by the therapist (e.g., shape, amount, positioning). Specifically, errors in responding such as a side-bias can interfere with skill acquisition. The current analysis was designed to treat position biased responding in a child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Previous research has eliminated position biased responding in preference assessments by manipulating the quality or magnitude of the reinforcer for some individuals, but error correction was necessary for others (Bourret, Harper, Iwata, & North, 2012). In the current analysis, biased responding emerged during the differential reinforcement baseline phase of a quantity discrimination program (e.g., selecting a plate with the larger quantity of edible items). Treatment consisted of programming an equal proportion of reinforcement for responses allocated to stimuli positioned on the participant’s left and right sides, as well as an error correction procedure. Results of treatment indicate that variability of responding was achieved during reintroduction of baseline sessions, thus decreasing side-biased responding.
 
79. Making Treatment Decisions Using Different Sources of Baseline Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY AUTRY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Baseline conditions in function-based treatments for problem behavior are often identical to the test condition that produced elevated rates of problem behavior during the functional analysis (FA). Sometimes the data from the mulitelement FA test condition are used as the baseline, while other times a new baseline phase is conducted. The current study systematically compared the two methods for collecting baseline data to determine if baseline collected as part of a multielement FA differs from collecting new baseline data. Three clinicians rated 13 pairs of data sets. Each pair included treatment graphs with (1) multielement FA test condition used as baseline and (2) the same dataset with new baseline data. They documented at what point they would stop the treatment, treatment effectiveness when stopping, and treatment effectiveness based on the entire first treatment phase. Agreement on treatment effectiveness at the stop point was 74% and agreement for the overall graphs was 82%. On average, clinicians completed 2.5 more treatment sessions when provided with FA data versus a new baseline. These data suggest that using FA data as baseline may be an effective and efficient method. Clinical implications and patterns in the data that may predict disagreements are discussed.
 
80. Reducing Rapid Eating in an Adolescent with Autism: Generalization and Maintenance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LOUIS LEIBOWITZ (Garden Academy), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Erin Copeland (Garden Academy), Michael DiVito (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Although the prevalence is unknown, we have observed rapid eating to be a common clinical issue in individuals with autism. Rapid eating may be an important target for treatment because of choking risks and stigmatization in community settings. In the current study, we evaluated a multiple-component intervention package for increasing appropriate eating and decreasing rapid eating in an adolescent diagnosed with autism and Fragile-X syndrome. The participant was taught to engage in appropriate eating (i.e., taking one bite of food at a time, keeping hands on his lap while chewing food, and swallowing all food in his mouth prior to taking the next bite). Intervention components included providing rules, differential reinforcement of appropriate eating, response interruption, and time-out from food and attention. A multiple-baseline design demonstrated that the intervention package increased the percentage of bites eaten appropriately, effectively reducing rapid eating behavior. This study focused on transferring stimulus control to naturalistic contingencies, generalizing appropriate eating behavior across foods, contexts, and eating topographies, and maintenance of appropriate eating over time.
 
81. The Effects of Parent Training on the Fidelity of Parents' Implemented Procedures and Their Child's Performance
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIAH COLE (Western Michigan University), Sean Field (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Previous studies have demonstrated that there are a variety of effective ways to train individuals in the implementation of Discrete Trial Training (DTT). This study applies previously established training methods in training parents to implement DTT with their children. This evaluation was done by using a multiple probe baseline across participants on treatment integrity. In addition this study further evaluate the impact of that training on the development in the childs behavioral repertoire. The effectiveness of training is evaluated by performance in baseline and post training of parents accuracy of implementing DTT programs. The childs repertoire of daily life skill components was also measured, to insure program effectiveness. The children worked on daily life skills (e.g. hand washing, brushing teeth, and eating with utensils) during sessions with their parent. A generalization of training to other protocols and to the home will also be evaluated if time permits to test generalizability of the training.
 
82. Teaching Conversational Exchanges to Children with Autism Using Video Modeling and Peer Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Abstract: This study was conducted to evaluate the effects of video modeling in combination with elements of peer training to teach children with autism to engage in conversational exchanges. In this study, two children with autism observed videotaped conversations consisting of peers discussing three specific topics. The three topics were: 1) food items 2) social/personal questions 3) pictures from a magazine. The study utilized a multiple baseline design across 3 sets of stimuli. Scripted and unscripted exchanges were recorded during exposure to each set of stimuli. The students were enrolled in a day school program in Paris (France). Results indicate an increase in scripted and in unscripted statements.
 
83. Modifications to Intensive Toilet Training Protocols for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE SULLIVAN (Bancroft), Kelly Dulak (Bancroft), Sonam Dubal (Bancroft), Lindsay K. Branch (Bancroft)
Abstract: Toileting is a complex operant and social learning process that is often delayed in individuals with disabilities (Azrin & Foxx, 1971). Toilet training procedures are often modeled after the intensive procedure described by Azrin and Foxx (1971) utilizing a toileting alarm, sitting schedule, positive practice, and fluid loading (for a review, see Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Systematic modifications of the intensive toileting treatment have been evaluated. For example, LeBlanc et al. 2005 used a modified sitting schedule, positive practice component, and fading schedule. The current study extends LeBlanc et al. (2005) by evaluating the addition of a booster intensive toileting training day for two children with autism. Following implementation and fading of the toilet training procedure, a second day of intensive training was initiated with a reset of the fading schedule when progress with continence had declined. The addition of the booster session resulted in rapid increases in continence levels for both participants.
 
84. Effects of Lag Schedules and Response Blocking on Variant Food Consumption by a Girl With Autism and Parent-Reported Selective Feeding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Hollie Wingate (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Behavioral interventions for repetitive and stereotyped (RSB) behavior primarily target reduction rather than replacement of RSB with adaptive behavior. The latter might be achieved by directly reinforcing operant variability. Evidence suggests lag-schedules of reinforcement increase levels of variability in verbal and play behavior of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The current study extends research on lag-schedules to variant food consumption by a girl with ASD and high food selectivity (HFS). HFS is viewed here as a form of RSB consisting of the excessive repeated consumption of a narrow range of edible stimuli despite alternatives being readily available. Zero levels of variant consumption were observed during baseline. A lag-schedule of positive reinforcement failed to increase variant consumption. Additional treatment components were evaluated in combination with lag-schedules. Component analysis revealed response blocking (RB) of invariant consumption produced a lag-schedule of negative reinforcement that increased variability, maintained ceiling levels of variant food consumption, and maintained zero levels of challenging behavior. These levels maintained across changes in lag values and an overall increase in variety of food consumed was observed. This study is the first to demonstrate increased operant variability and variety of food consumption using lag-schedules with RB.
 
85. On the Combination of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement and Vocal Functional Communication Training for a Boy With Autism: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: We discuss the case of a 4-year-old boy with autism referred for treatment of disruptive behavior. Prior studies by our group (in preparation) showed lag-schedules embedded in functional communication training (FCT) replaced challenging behavior and increased variant manding across multiple non-vocal modalities. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a lag-schedule in FCT across multiple vocal mand topographies. A functional behavior assessment including functional analysis indicated disruptive behavior was maintained by the termination of task demands. We implemented FCT to replace disruptive behavior with socially appropriate vocal mands. We first taught the participant to emit three appropriate vocal topographies in a brief discrete-trial training arrangement. Next, we implemented a lag-schedule of reinforcement targeting all three vocal mand topographies during FCT. Combinations of lag-schedules and FCT were ineffective, but followed by successful standard FCT targeting only the predominant mand form. We discuss the complications associated with training multiple response exemplars at an early stage of FCT using schedules of reinforcement selective for operant variability.
 
86. When Enough is Enough: Effects on Free Operant Levels After Contingent Motor Stereotypy Increased Above Baseline Levels
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH PRADOS (Graduate Student CSU Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Children who are diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder often exhibit motor or vocal stereotypy. These behaviors can interfere with learning and are often difficult to treat. Although there are many different forms of stereotypy, these behaviors are defined as repetitive and rigid motor movements or vocalizations. The literature has shown that different interventions can be used to decrease these behaviors, the most successful being response blocking with response interruption and redirection. An alternative method of treatment involves increasing stereotypy above baseline levels to reduce its reinforcing effectiveness. The participants in the study were three children between the ages of five and seven diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The research design was a concurrent multiple baseline across participants. During baseline, frequency of motor stereotypy and percent correct for the task was recorded. There were a total of 10 intervention sessions that included the following elements: free access one, contingent access, and free access two. During both free access portions, participants were free to engage in motor stereotypy and materials for the task remained available. During the contingent access portion, participants were prompted to engage in stereotypy if the task was completed correctly either independently or with prompting. Stereotypy was blocked during the task and when the participant did not complete the task correctly. Follow up sessions were conducted with the exact same procedures as baseline. The results showed a decrease in stereotypy during free access for two out of the three participants and an increase in free access levels for one of the participants.
 
87. Functional Analysis Modifications to Evoke Differentiated Patterns of Responding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE KEYS (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) methodology described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) has been consistently replicated and empirically validated and is the standard procedure to identify the maintaining functions of problem behavior. In a recent review of 176 cases, Hagopian et al. (2013) found that the majority of functional analyses using the standard procedures will identify at least one function. When the results of the FA remain undifferentiated, however, modifications to the standard FA procedures have shown to be effective at producing differentiated results. Hagopian et al. (2013) classified FA modifications into four categories: antecedent conditions, consequent events, design of the analysis, or a combination of these. The current study examined several different modifications to typical FA methodologies, such as modifying session location, altering reinforcement delivery procedures, and informing the participant of the FA contingencies, to identify the function of problem behavior after initial FA results remained undifferentiated. All participants in this study were diagnosed with autism and lived in a residential facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior, and the modification made to their FA produced differentiated results and a clear function of their problem behavior was identified.
 
88. Using Peer Training Procedures to Teach Complex Tasks to Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Abstract: A child with autism was taught to engage in a variety of multiple step tasks by a trained typical peer. The student is enrolled in a day school program in Paris (France). The student receives 15 hours weekly of one to one intensive behavioral treatment. The student is a vocal learner and has developed the ability to repeat spoken language. This study was conducted at the day school program. The typical peer was taught to implement the teaching procedures by modeling, role playing, and didactic instruction. After training, the peer used these procedures in the absence of direct supervision by adult staff in a classroom environment to teach a variety of play and daily living skills. The results of the study confirm that training by a peer can be an effective instructional method in working with children with autism.
 
89. Teaching Sportsmanship Skills during Tabletop Games to Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Behavioral Skills Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMI J. ROURKE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meye), Melissa Bowen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Given that persistent deficits in communication, such as developing and maintain relationships, is a diagnostic feature of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), improving social interactions with adults and neurotypical peers should be a priority in early intervention. One opportunity for children with ASDs to interact with neurotypical peers includes tabletop games during free-play periods at school (e.g., Bingo, Sorry, War, Candyland, and Memory). We assessed sportsmanship skills with one 9 year-old child by measuring the extent to which omission errors (failing to provide compliments), and commission errors (engaging in negative vocal and nonvocal actions such as complaining) occurred when an opponent performed well and commission errors when the child performed well (bragging or boasting) and poorly (complaining). Initial teaching consisted of behavioral skills training in a trial-based format and was following by a session-based format. The teaching procedures produced an immediate increase in sportsmanship skills and a decrease in problem behavior during Candyland. We observed generalization of the acquired skills across two games and maintenance of the skills in the absence of teaching. The results provide initial support of an individualized assessment and intervention process for addressing sportsmanship deficits during tabletop games.
 
90. The study of the listener’s effect in the reporting behavior for the children with autism spectrum disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine whether the children with autism spectrum disorder tended to select the listener who repeatedly reinforced their report. The target behavior was to report the name of stimulus picture, seen by the display, to the listener. We used the pictures from two categories, fruits or animals, and presented each one separately. There were 5m distances between the listeners and the display. In study Ⅰ, the dependent variable was that the child selected the listener who reinforced his report. We presented the stimulus pictures from one category on the first condition. On the next condition, we presented the other stimulus pictures, which the other listener reinforced. In study Ⅱ, we presented the stimulus pictures in random. The dependent variable was that the child selected the listener according to the stimulus picture, which the listener reinforced. On the training condition, we showed the children the photograph that represented how to select the listener. As the result of the training, the children could select the listener depending on the stimulus picture. We discussed the effect of the listener in the reporting behavior.
 
91. A Systematic Review of Behavioral Interventions for Improving Communication and Social Interaction of Older Children and Adolescents with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MADALYN HUNGATE (Northern Arizona University Student), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: A review and analysis of empirical single-subject design research to identify ABA-based therapies targeting language, communication, and social skills of children ages 6-17 with ASD was conducted. The National Standards Project (NSP) and The National Professional Development Center on ASD (NPDC) have both established review methods to identify effective interventions. Both organizations, as well as Horner et al. (2005), have established rigorous standards to determine the effectiveness of various components for the treatment of ASD. In the current study, first only “data-based” articles were identified and scored by two independent reviewers according to the 21 quality indicators (Horner, et al., 2005). A total of 50 articles were acknowledged, scored, and organized into categories according to the established treatments identified by the NSP and the evidence-based practices identified by the NPDC for this specific age group. Thorough evaluation revealed a significant overlap between interventions identified by the NSP and NPDC, as well as the quality indicators of good quality research (Horner et al, 2005). Most reviews have been focused on empirically supported components for young children with ASD (EIBI), but the current study investigated these components for older children who experience difficulties with language, communication and social skills.
 
92. Increasing the Social Validity of Function-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FAITH CAWTHON (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Alvarez (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional assessments, and function-based treatments, are the gold standard for treatment of problem behavior, and have historically been conducted in analog environments to increase internal validity. Subsequently, there has been less emphasis in the literature on evaluating treatments in naturalistic environments or modifying components to increase social validity (i.e., the acceptability of the treatment to the individual, their caregivers, and society; Wolf, 1978). A review of behavioral treatments in the research literature reported that only 27.4% of studies attempted to generalize treatment to new environments (Campbell, 2003). The purpose of this case example is to outline an approach to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior that emphasizes social validity by identifying treatment goals, generalizing treatment, and implementing caregiver training. The participant was a female diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and admitted to an intensive day treatment clinic for assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The clinician collaborated with caregivers to identify socially valid goals for admission, conducted a Functional Analysis and implemented a Treatment Evaluation with components including Multiple Schedule, Response Cost and DRA. Next, the treatment was generalized to leisure, academic, life skills and interrupt conditions. Overall, problem behavior remained low in each of the generalized settings.
 
93. Effects of Verbal Reprimands on Targeted and Untargeted Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LYNN COOK (Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Lindsey Anne Gomes (Monarch House), Tammy Frazer (On Solid Ground), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House)
Abstract: Results of brief functional analyses indicated that motor and vocal stereotypy persisted in the absence of social consequences for 5 participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Subsequently, effects of a stimulus control procedure involving contingent reprimands for each participant’s higher probability (targeted) stereotypy were evaluated. Results indicated that contingent verbal reprimands (a) decreased the targeted stereotypy for all 5 participants, (b) decreased the untargeted stereotypy for 2 of 5 participants, and (c) increased the untargeted stereotypy for 1 of 5 participants. Although response suppression was not achieved for any participant, 3 participants maintained low levels of the target stereotypy with one or two reprimands during 5-min sessions. Furthermore, 2 of those participants maintained near-zero levels of motor and vocal stereotypy during 10-min sessions. These findings suggest that signaled verbal reprimands may be a practical intervention for reducing stereotypy in some children with ASD. Some limitations of the findings and areas of future research are briefly discussed.
 
94. Increasing Water Consumption by Blending a Non-preferred Beverage into a Preferred Beverage
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN EATON (The May Institute)
Abstract: The goal of the study was to increase the consumption of water by blending the nonpreferred beverage (i.e., soda water) with a preferred beverage (i.e., soda). The blending procedure was successful until the 70/30 ratio, at which the participant refused the blend; however, began accepting tap/flat water in small quantities. Subsequently, the clinician implemented a changing criterion reinforcement design until water consumption increased to a clinically significant level. The participant now consumes 10 ounces of water prior to accessing a preferred beverage. Past researchers questioned whether antecedent manipulations (e.g., a blending procedure) would have been successful in the absence of reinforcement contingencies. In this study, the blending procedure was only successful until the 70/30 ratio in the absence of a reinforcement contingency, and then reinforcement was necessary to further increase water consumption to a clinically significant level.
 
95. A Comparison of Indirect and Direct Assessment Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE BONFONTE (The New England Center for Children), Kylie Roberts (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Some studies have shown peer attention as a maintaining variable for child problem behavior but no research has been published on the role of peer attention in maintaining problem behavior in children diagnosed with autism. In this study we compared the outcomes of indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses investigating teacher reports of peer attention following problem behavior, observed occurrence of peer attention following problem behavior, and the impact of peer attention on problem behavior, respectively. Data were analyzed to investigate agreement between these measures. A correlation coefficient was calculated from the data below to compare the outcomes of indirect assessments and descriptive assessment (r=.13). We plan to continue evaluating agreement between these measures using results from ongoing functional analyses. Interobserver agreement data were collected during all phases of the study in at least 20% of sessions and averaged more than 80% in all cases.
 
96. Promoting Daily Living Skills for Adolescents with ASD via Parent Delivery of Video Prompting on the iPad
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is characterized by persistent deficits in social communication, social interaction, and restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interest, or activities which together limit and impair everyday functioning. Utilizing visual resources, such as video modeling procedures, to support these individuals has yielded positive outcomes across a variety of skills, including enhanced levels of independence. The development of daily living skills can promote autonomy and self-determination for persons with ASD; therefore, it is essential that individuals with ASD utilize self-prompting techniques and learn to effectively self-manage for attainment and maintenance of independence and to foster generalization of these skills across settings. A variety of technological devices have proven to be effective and efficient tools for the delivery of videos aimed at promoting independence among individuals with ASD while reducing the need for external prompts provided by others. As technology advances, devices have become more portable and, ultimately, affordable. Parents and caregivers have not only attained these advanced technological devices, but actively seek to become more competent in using them to assist their children with ASD in a variety of ways. While there is ample research to support the use of portable devices to promote daily living skills for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities, relatively few studies have examined whether parents can be effectively trained to deliver evidence-based practices, such as video prompts, through the use of portable, mainstream devices. The current study sought to evaluate parent fidelity of implementing video prompting procedures using an iPad® as taught during a behavior skills training. Procedural fidelity was assessed utilizing a multiple baseline across participants’ design to determine if their children with ASD, between the ages of 12 and 17, were able to acquire and master the steps of a targeted daily living skill. Results indicated that parents were successful in their implementation of the training procedures. Results also indicated that their children were able to correctly and independently complete the steps of their daily living skills with high accuracy while also self-fading viewing of the video prompts.
 
97. Impact of Titrating Hours of 1:1 Wraparound Services on School Aged Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
HOPE TENENBAUM (SPIN Inc.), Lisa LaMela (SPIN Inc.), Megan Riley (SPIN Inc.), Sharon Heileman (SPIN Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavioral Health Rehabilitation Services (BHRS), also called ?wraparound?, are short-term, intensive behavioral services provided to youth with significant behavioral and/or social challenges. BHRS are intended to improve individuals? qualities of life through implementation of individualized support plans, which aim to reduce problem behaviors while teaching more appropriate, yet functionally similar, replacement skills and behaviors. The current research will evaluate effectiveness of titration of BHRS. Data collected on behaviors of three male and one female participant, ages five, six, eight, and 16, will be analyzed for this study. Each participant is a student in the School District of Philadelphia, and received 30-35 hours per week of TSS at the start of the 2014-2015 school year. After 90 days, all participants? levels of TSS will be reduced by five hours per week. Furthermore, three participants will undergo an additional 3.5-5 hours per week of titration before the close of the school year. Data collected during each phase of titration will be compared to pre-titration baseline data in order to evaluate the impact of titration on participants? behaviors and outcomes. Findings may be useful in informing individualization within titration planning for BHRS for children with autism.

 
98. Assessment and treatment of pica and destruction of holiday decorations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIDGETTE SCHNEIDER (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Mey), Patrick Romani (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism can be disruptive to families’ practice of traditions, such as holiday decorating. We present data from a case study of a 6-year-old girl who engaged in pica and destruction of holiday decorations. Her evaluation was conducted within an ABCBC reversal design. During Phase A, an ignore baseline was conducted showing elevated rates of pica and destruction. Thus, it seemed likely that problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Differential reinforcement of toy play was then implemented in Phase B to teach a response likely to compete with problem behavior. Unfortunately, little change in toy play or problem behavior occurred. During Phase C, we implemented a facial-screen restraint contingent on attempted or successful pica or destruction of holiday decorations. The facial screen appeared to be aversive to the participant during a preceding stimulus-avoidance assessment. An increase in toy play and a decrease in problem behavior occurred when reinforcement of toy play was supplemented with the punishment procedure. Results are discussed in terms of how effective interventions for destructive behavior can promote socially acceptable replacement behavior in children with autism while facilitating common household activities and traditions.
 
99. Evaluation of response cost during the treatment of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA GERMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Scott Miller (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Brian Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: We present data from a patient diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder referred to a severe behavior disorders outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior (SIB). A functional analysis was conducted showing that SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Consistently elevated rates of SIB occurred during an ignore condition in which the patient had continuous access to preferred items. Within a reversal design, we evaluated the effect of a response cost contingency on SIB within the same ignore condition from the functional analysis. Specifically, a preferred item was restricted contingent on SIB and returned following the absence of SIB for 20 s. Results showed suppressed rates of SIB when response cost was in effect and elevated rates of SIB when the response cost was absent. These treatment results generalized to novel settings. Results will be discussed in terms of developing treatments for automatically maintained SIB. Interobserver agreement was calculated on at least 30% of sessions and averaged above 90%.
 
100. Evaluating the use of competing items to facilitate schedule thinning during functional communication training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
APRIL ROBINSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katie Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Patrick Romani (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Thinning the reinforcement schedule during functional communication training (FCT) can often produce increases in either problem behavior or functional communicative responses (FCR) during periods of nonreinforcement. We present data from a 7-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who exhibited such problems during schedule thinning. Functional analysis data showed that self-injury and aggression were maintained by access to edibles. FCT was shown to be effective at decreasing problem behavior and increasing FCRs. Schedule thinning was then implemented within a multiple schedule to teach the patient to discriminate between periods of reinforcement availability and unavailability. We began at a dense 60 s (SD) / 30 s (SΔ) schedule and showed low rates of problem behavior and high levels of FCRs during the SD period. We next transitioned to a 60/240 schedule in which we observed variable rates of problem behavior and reductions in correct FCRs. A competing item (preferred toy with attention) was introduced during the SΔ interval at which time we observed lower rates of problem behavior and higher levels of correct FCRs. A subsequent reversal replicated these findings. Results will be discussed in terms of modifications to FCT that facilitate schedule thinning.
 
101. Allowing Choice within Schedules Using Behavior Economic Findings to Reduce Challenging Behavior.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARA JEGLUM (The University of Iowa), Ellen Henning (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Visual schedules are frequently and successfully used with individuals with autism to provide more clear structure during the day; however, limited research has investigated the role of allowing choice within visual schedules. This poster presents a case study of a 10-year-old male, Aiden, diagnosed with autism referred to a two-week outpatient Day Treatment clinic for aggression and destruction. Results of a functional analysis suggested problem behavior was maintained by attention and escape. The treatment package included functional communication training and demand fading. We also used behavior economic approaches to bias Aiden to choose to do more work for less play. To provide more structure, a visual schedule was implemented. To make the visual schedule more effective, a visual macroschedule with four visual microschedules was used. For each microschedule, Aiden was allowed to choose the order of activities, which included five break minutes and three work tasks. At the end of each microschedule, a choice of terminal reinforcers (i.e., iPad time or a snack) was also provided. After allowing Aiden to dictate the schedules for the day, a significant decrease in problem behavior was observed. Consideration of allowing choice when using visual schedules may be beneficial for future research.
 
102. Increasing In-Seat Behavior of a Child with Autism Who Exhibits Sterotipic Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MONICA LUGO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Stereotypy refers to a class of behaviors that are repetitive, functionally self-directed, and self-stimulatory (Lovaas, Newsom, & Hickman, 1987). These behaviors are frequently displayed by children with autism and intellectual disabilities and are often incompatible with skill acquisition (Bodfish, Symons, Parker, & Lewis, 2000). However, for some individuals stereotypy may serve as a potent reinforcer to increase a desired behavior (Hanley, Iwata, Thompson, & Lindberg, 2000). The purpose of the current study was to increase the in-seat behavior of an 11-year-old boy diagnosed with autism during classroom time by providing him access to stereotypy contingent on in-seat behavior. While functional analyses did not reveal that problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands, Daniel was described by others as always on the go and he rarely, if ever, sat down to complete work. A differential reinforcement schedule was established whereby Daniel was provided access to stereotypy only when he was seated at a table. This treatment component, in conjunction with a systematic prompting procedure plus extinction, improved in-seat behavior and reduced aggressive behaviors. To increase compliance, blocking stereotypy when a prompt was delivered was introduced, and as a result, compliance improved. Reliability data were collected for 1/2 of the sessions and averaged above 90%.

 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #91
DDA Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
103. Effects of Shared Active Surface Technology on the Communication and Speech of Two Preschool Children with Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JASON TRAVERS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Shared active surface technology is a new technology that can be described as a supersized tablet computer for multiple simultaneous users. Shared active surface technology allows for manual (i.e., touch) input from several users to simultaneously interact with digital content and each other. This technology has the potential to resolve teaching and learning issues associated with single-user computer technology, but has not yet been investigated for use in classroom settings. This study reports findings f of the effects of a shared active surface technology on the social communication and non-social speech of two preschool children identified with autism and developmental delay. An alternating treatments design was used to detect whether differences existed in non-social speech and social communication behavior as a function of two conditions. Triads comprised of one learner with disability and two typical peers participated in a digital coloring activity on the shared active surface device and analog coloring activity using crayons and poster paper. Sessions were 10 minutes long and videotaped for analysis using partial and whole interval recording. Results indicated differences in social communication and non-social speech for both participants. One child engaged in more non-social speech during the shared active surface condition than analog. The second child engaged in more social communication during the shared active surface condition than analog (see four figures attached). Implications of the findings will be discussed and directions for potential research with this technology will be provided.
 
104. Conditions and Steady State Responding in the Trial-Based Functional Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Appalachian State University), Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University), Marissa Stockstad (Appalachian State University), Laura Spratt (Appalachian State University), Justyn Roark (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Prior studies suggest that trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) can be used to identify the function of problem behaviors for individuals with intellectual and developmental disorders. Across studies, there have been several procedural variations. For example, of the 14 studies published to date, six used a control segment after the test segment; five used a control segment prior to the test segment; one randomized the order of the test and control segments; and two studies used a control before and after the test segment. Additionally, the number of observations conducted per test condition has varied between six and 10 observations, yet steady-state responding is not typically identified as a key for determining the number of sessions to conduct. The purpose of this study is to (a) examine patterns of responding in pre- and post-control conditions to determine whether either or both are necessary and, (b) evaluate response patterns within and across test conditions to determine whether it might be more appropriate to use stability criterion to determine number of test conditions. This study also is distinguished from prior studies as we conducted the TBFA in children’s homes, with caregivers implementing contingencies. Three children with developmental disabilities and their caregivers will participate.
 
105. Treatment of Aggression Maintained by Access to Idiosyncratic Vocal Responses from Others Following Perseverative Speech
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA GOETZEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Phillip Orchowitz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebcca Getachew (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Prior functional analysis research about perseverative speech shows this behavior is often socially-mediated (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). Therefore, perseverative speech is an important behavior to address because it can greatly impede an individual’s ability to interact with peers; there is a need for function-based treatments that emphasize developing stimulus control over the behavior (Dixon, Benedict, & Larson, 2001). In this study, the participant was a 16-year-old male diagnosed with Autism, who was admitted to an inpatient unit for severe aggression. Results of a functional analysis suggested the participant’s aggression was maintained by positive reinforcement to access a specific, scripted vocal response to perseverative statements. Treatment consisted of alternating periods of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to preferred responses, followed by periods of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) for perseverations to access the NCR period. Schedule changes were indicated via a discriminative stimulus card and the schedule of reinforcement was thinned over time. Results from a reversal design show that aggression was substantially lower with the implementation of the intervention when compared to baseline, thus indicating that the use of a multiple schedule can be effective in reducing problem behavior related to perseverative speech. Strategies for generalization and maintenance will be discussed.
 
106. Behavioral Interventions for Adults Who Engage in Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY GREGORI` (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior can be a chronic problem for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Over an extended period of time, self-injurious behaviors can produce irreversible physical damage. In addition to medical concerns, chronic self-injury can lead to social rejection, limited employment opportunities, as well as an increased risk of abuse and neglect. Although these behaviors often continue into adulthood, there is a lack of behavioral services available for these individuals once they exit the school system. While there is a significant literature base for the treatment of challenging behavior and self-injury for children, there is a need for research with adult populations. We present a review on non-pharmacological behavioral interventions for treating self-injurious behaviors in adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. A synthesis of the literature and implications for future research are presented.

 
107. Prediction of Treatment Efficacy through Evaluation of the Functional Analysis Control Condition
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHLOE J. MCKAY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Most severe problem behavior is treatment resistant, thus treatment effects are difficult to distinguish from no treatment effects during initial treatment implementation. One consequence of this is that potentially effective treatments may be terminated prematurely, creating a false negative conclusion. Another consequence of this is that many sessions may be required to verify the absence of the treatment effect. Therefore the purpose of this study was to evaluate how the degree of differentiation between the functional analysis (FA) test and control conditions relates to eventual treatment outcome. To assess this potential, we summarized 160 cases of assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior published in the Journal of Applied Analysis over the past 10 years. Results suggested that: 1) the amount of differentiation in the FA more effectively predicted treatment outcome for nonsocial than for social cases, across different treatment intensities and 2) although differentiation does not predict effectiveness of treatment in all cases, greater differentiation in the FA is more likely to lead to greater reductions in treatment.
 
108. Some Effects of Different Adults During Functional Analysis and Treatment Evaluation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A functional analysis is used to experimentally identify variables maintaining target behaviors. However, it may be necessary to modify some aspects of the analysis so as to achieve conclusive results. In the present study, the individual serving as therapist was manipulated in order to identify function. It is hypothesized that the staff person conducting the analysis may not have provided the essential antecedent stimuli indicative of the individuals natural environment. Functional analyses were conducted with a 15-year-old male diagnosed with Intellectual Disability. Results from the initial analysis conducted by staff were inconclusive due to zero responding. Results of the analysis conducted by the individuals mother showed clear differentiation between the attention and control conditions, indicating that the individuals problem behavior was maintained by his mothers attention. A subsequent replication of the functional analysis with staff acting as therapist resulted in low to rates of problem behavior. An attention treatment evaluation with the individuals mother as therapist was conducted and resulted in an 89% reduction of problem behavior from baseline levels. Results of this study support the need to modify the functional analysis on an individualized basis and highlight the effects of therapist-specific antecedent and/or consequent stimuli for some individuals.
 
109. Teaching Non-Verbal Children with Intellectual Disabilities to Wear Headphones for a Hearing Exam
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study was part of project to develop a technology for teaching non-verbal children to take a hearing exam. Hearing loss, if left uncorrected, can delay and limit language development. Correction requires examinations using earphones to assess both ears. Without the results of such a test, hearing aids cannot be properly adjusted. Children who cannot follow verbal instructions present a challenge for audiologists to assess in general, and often refuse to wear earphones. Participants were children with autism aged 4-5 years. Those who refused attempts to place headphones on their heads during baseline received training. Across sessions we shaped wearing headphones by delivering reinforcers through a series of steps (holding earphones close to the ear, then over the head, and eventually over the ears). If the child showed signs of distress, we backed up to an earlier step. Results showed a decrease in non-compliance across sessions and that the participants wore the earphones without experimenter assistance in 2-3 sessions following baseline.
 
110. Evaluating Procedures to Teach Social Skills to Children with Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities typically require direct social-skills instruction to successfully acquire the skills. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of class-wide, small-group, and individual instruction on acquisition of social skills, including responding to name, tolerating waiting, tolerating denied requests, requesting attention, and requesting assistance. Eight children with developmental disabilities participated in the study. Participants ranged from three to five-years old and attended an integrated preschool at least two days per week. A multiple-baseline across-behaviors design will be used to show the effects of instruction (class-wide, small group, and individual) on acquisition. Prior to baseline, participants were observed for a minimum of 20 min and across at least five opportunities to practice each skill in the classroom. During baseline, researchers arranged opportunities to practice each skill. Following baseline, class-wide instruction will be delivered. The intensity of instruction will be increased as necessary for participants to acquire the skill. Probes will be conducted in the classroom to test for generalization. Four participants never engaged in any social skills and four participants engaged in low levels of social skills during pre-baseline observations. Zero to low levels of skills were observed during current baseline sessions.
 
111. The Effectiveness of Using Video Modeling Booster Sessions to Maintain Vocational Skills Following Summer Break
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Daina Hunt (Indian Prairie School District #204), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Ximena Burgin (Northern Illinois University), Wendy Bonneau (DeKalb High School), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Improving independent completion of vocational skills is critical for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and/or intellectual disabilities (ID) to obtain and sustain employment; however, another consideration is maintenance of those skills, particularly when there are interruptions in work schedules. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of using video modeling “booster” sessions to maintain vocational skills of students with ASD/ID following a 12-week summer break. Six young adults participated and each was assigned two vocational tasks at their employment settings. Their independence with each task was measured prior to and following break and evaluated using a nonequivalent dependent variables design. One task was assigned to a control condition (no video) and the other was assigned to a video modeling booster condition (watching video model three times before going to work). Vocational tasks were counter-balanced across participants and order of conditions was randomized across employment sites. Results indicated that 5/6 participants increased independence following the video modeling procedure and 5/6 participants decreased performance with the control condition. A large effect was observed for one group (d=2.12) and a medium effect size was identified for second group when comparing treatment and control conditions (d=0.54) across order of conditions.
 
112. Functional Analysis and Treatment for Chronic Emesis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL THOMAS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alexander Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anthony Concepcion (Kennedy Krieger Institute | University of Maryland), Gabriella Ulloa (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abby Long (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Emesis and rumination can be associated with severe medical complications including gastrointestinal issues, weight loss, malnutrition, and tooth decay. Prior research has shown that rumination is often automatically maintained (Lyons et al., 2007), but can still be effectively treated using behavioral strategies. Increasing the volume of food (Rast et al., 1981), following a fixed-time delivery of food (Lyons et al., 2007) and delivering noncontingent reinforcement (Kliebert and Tiger, 2011) are effective for reducing rumination; however, there is a dearth of research showing the effectiveness of such strategies for the treatment of emesis. The participant in the current study was an 18-year-old male admitted to an inpatient hospital unit for the assessment and treatment of chronic emesis. Results of a functional analysis showed emesis was automatically maintained. Treatment, which was evaluated using a reversal design, focused on developing stimulus control over the behavior by increasing the latency to the occurrence of emesis after the delivery of food. Results from a comprehensive treatment, which included noncontingent reinforcement, response cost, and overcorrection, showed an increase in the latency to the first occurrence of emesis during a 30-minute meal, which was subsequently extended to a 60-minute leisure period immediately following the meal.
 
113. The Effectiveness of Video Prompting to Teach Transition Age Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
IRENE JONES (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Transition from high school to adulthood is fraught with challenges for many students with intellectual disabilities. Providing instructional strategies to meet their unique needs is complex. This review synthesizes 18 studies, examining the use of video prompting strategies to increase the acquisition of independent living and vocational skills for transition-age individuals with moderate-to-severe intellectual disabilities through the use of a variety of single-subject designs. The 18 studies reported outcomes for 61 participants, who ranged from 13 to 41 years of age and had a diagnosis of intellectual disability. Interventions directly targeted the acquisition of independent living or vocational skills through either the use of video prompting alone or a combination of video prompting plus error correction procedures. Nine studies focused on teaching participants to self-operate a variety of video prompting devices (e.g., iPod Touch, DVD player, etc.) with largely positive results. While outcomes for the 18 studies are somewhat tempered by the fact that only 48% (n=29) of participants acquired targeted skills using video prompting alone, results suggest that video prompting is an evidence-based practice for this population. Implications for practitioners using commercially available technology to support transition-related goals for students with intellectual disabilities and future research will be discussed.
 
114. Case Study: Efficacy of a Combined Behavioral Skills Training and Precision Teaching Method
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CRAIG A MARRER (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training and precision teaching methods were used to teach a modified dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) sequence, based upon Julie Brown's Skills Training Program (Brown, 2011), to a pre-adolescent, high functioning male with a diagnosis of autism. Results of the training sessions, which were conducted in a multiple baseline design, indicated that the behavioral skills training method alone was insufficient to exert the necessary level of control over the participant's responding. The addition of precision teaching methodology to the training program led to a nearly immediate increase in performance accuracy that maintained over time. Prior to implementation of the program, the participant displayed regular instances of physical aggression, property destruction, and self-injurious behavior, several of these instances led to significant injury to others. During and following the training program, instances of problem behavior decreased markedly. It is reasoned that the DBT sequence was a behavioral chain in which an individual sequence of the chain acted as a discriminative stimulus for the following. In summary, the behavior sequence was incompatible with previous problem behavior.
 
115. Using Stimulus Equivalence Training Procedures to Teach Receptive Emotional Labeling and Self-emotional Expression to Students With Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAYO IWAMOTO (University of Tsukuba), Takayuki Tanji (University of Okayama), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the ramifications of the self-emotional expression and factors that generalization came into effect between sets. The design used a multiple probe between stimulus-class sets. There were four (happiness, anger, sadness, and fear) emotional states. Participants were 6-year-old and 8-year-old students with Developmental Disabilities. Participants in this study had acquired relations between schematic faces expressing emotion and printed-words/oral labeling of emotions prior to this study. The participants were taught relations between the emotional situation cartoons and printed-words/oral labeling of emotion in training phases. Only one of the stimuli class (CB) training, the participants increased percent of correct responses the other classes included self-emotional expression. Training sessions were conducted in a university clinical service room. The results suggest effectiveness and efficacy of the stimulus equivalence training for teaching emotional labeling and derived effect of self-emotional expression.
 
 
 
Poster Session #92
PRA Saturday PM
Saturday, May 23, 2015
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
116. An Evaluation of the Relation Between Problem Behavior and Self-Restraint
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY DULAK (Bancroft), Sonam Dubal (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: There are a number of possible functional relations between self-injurious behavior (SIB) and self-restraint in individuals with developmental disabilities who engage in both response classes. Smith, Iwata, Vollmer, & Pace (1992) suggested three possibilities: (1) SIB and self-restraint are members of the same response class; (2) self-restraint is negatively reinforced by providing escape from SIB; or (3) SIB and self-restraint are functionally independent. Rooker and Roscoe (2005) proposed a fourth possibility: (4) SIB is reinforced by access to self-restraint. Their study demonstrated higher SIB when self-restraint was contingent on SIB than when self-restraint was available noncontingently. An alternative explanation of their results is (5) that self-restraint creates an abolishing operation (AO), effectively decreasing the reinforcing value of SIB. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of an extinction procedure to determine if self-restraint was a reinforcer for SIB or whether self-restraint produced lower rates of SIB as an AO for two children diagnosed with autism. For both participants, contingent access to self-restraint produced high rates of SIB during functional analyses and self-restraint analyses. Rates of SIB were lower during the extinction phases of the self-restraint assessment, suggesting that SIB was maintained by access to self-restraint.
 
117. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and Graphic Feedback on Staff Implementation of Pre-Session Pairing
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Ashley Lugo (Munroe Meyer Institute), MELISSA L. KING (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Paige McArdle (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Laura L. Needelman (University of Southern Mississippi), Therese L. Mathews (UNMC)
Abstract: Pre-session pairing is a procedure designed to promote interactions between a therapist and client. Recommended procedures have included a therapist delivering preferred tangible items and/or activities to a client prior to introducing demands. Literature on the verbal behavior approach to teaching language suggests using pre-session pairing at the onset of treatment (Barbera, 2007; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). However, no known study to date has developed or experimentally evaluated the procedure for pre-session pairing. The current project had three objectives: a) to develop a pre-session pairing procedure b) to develop and evaluate a staff training protocol to teach pre-session pairing, and c) evaluate a maintenance plan to promote the implementation of pre-session pairing with integrity (McMahon & Forehand, 2003; Barbera, 2007; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). The pre-session pairing procedure was adapted from existing literature on behavioral parent training and the verbal behavior approach. Behavioral skills training and performance feedback was used to teach staff to correctly implement steps of pre-session pairing and increase the use of pre-session pairing skills during session, respectively. Details regarding the development of the pre-session pairing protocol and data from the training and maintenance phases will be presented. Preliminary results indicate that participants were able to acquire some pre-session pairing skills with the use of a baseline checklist. However, participants required behavioral skills training and performance feedback to meet implementation criteria.
 
118. The Effects of Acquisition of a Visual Activity Schedule on Functional Toy Play and Problem Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER FRUGOLI (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Visual activity schedules (VAS) are commonly used instructional interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Visual schedules can include picture schedules, written lists, picture or text prompts as well as schedules using apps on tablet devices. They are often implemented across multiple environments and conditions, and may be used with or without direct teaching. The effectiveness of these interventions on acquisition of the targeted skills has been well documented. However, anecdotal evidence has suggested collateral gains in learner independence as well as reductions in problem behavior. A multiple baseline design and pre/post test data were used to evaluate the effects of the acquisition of a visual activity schedule on the use of physical prompts and rates of interfering behavior. Results suggest that acquisition of the VAS was correlated with reductions in problem behavior as well as increased independence in both targeted and non targeted play conditions.
 
119. Token-earn vs. Token-Loss Contingencies: Effects on Problem Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LAURYN TOBY TOBY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Timothy Edward Gray (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Token systems are common methods of decreasing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behaviors (Kazdin, 1982). There are many variations on token system packages, yet specific features of these have not been extensively studied. For example, only a few studies have compared the effectiveness of token-earn versus token-loss contingencies. Instead of earning tokens contingent upon the absence of target behavior, in token-loss procedures children start with a certain number of tokens and then lose them contingent upon each instance of target behavior. At the present time, these types of systems have been evaluated primarily in classroom settings using groups of typically-developing students (e.g., Conyers et al., 2004; Donaldson, DeLeon, Fisher, & Kahng, 2014; Kaufman & O’Leary, 1972; Iwata & Bailey, 1974). Results of these studies are mixed; some have found that both contingencies are equally effective at reducing disruptive behavior and increasing on-task behavior; however, more recent investigations have found that the token loss contingencies actually proved to be more effective over time (Conyers et al., 2004), and also were more preferred by both students and teachers (Donaldson, DeLeon, Fisher, & Kahng, 2014). Further complicating matters, the use of response cost procedures is typically criticized when compared to reinforcement-based treatment methods. However, the validity of such response cost procedures may increase if it can be better paired with reinforcement procedures. In addition, the utility of token-loss contingencies with special populations has not been previously investigated. In the current study, a token-loss contingency with specified criteria for re-earning tokens was implemented in order to decrease the problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, disruptions) of two girls with autism and moderate intellectual disability. Initial attempts at a DRO (token-earn) system yielded variable results; upon switching to a response cost with specified token re-earn criteria, a significant reduction in problem behavior from baseline levels was observed in both cases. Additionally, anecdotal reports from caregivers indicated a clear preference for the token-loss system over the token-earn system, citing ease of implementation as a significant benefit of the token-loss system. Implications and future directions are discussed.
 
120. Parent consultation to reduce the frequency of functional constipation in a child with autism
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
SERAPHIM MORK (Student)
Abstract: Constipation is conceptualized as the postponement of/or trouble with bowel movement for at least a two week period. Constipation can be classified into the organic and functional subtypes. Functional constipation can be attributed to refusal to defecate due to previous incidents of painful defecating. Constipation is widespread among preschool and school aged children and is especially common among children with developmental disabilities. This poster will provide information on the cause and continual occurrence of constipation in a 5 year old male with autism and how this function was linked to an evidence based intervention. The intervention plan comprised of parent education, token economy, scheduled toilet sittings as well as dietary changes. Additionally, information on how collaborative parent consultation techniques were used in the design and implementation of the intervention will be provided. Participants will develop a greater knowledge of pediatric constipation in children with developmental disabilities and collaborative consultation techniques.
 
121. A Review of the use of Punishment to Treat Aggression
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
EDWARD PAGE (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The use of a behavior reduction procedure (i.e., punishment) is typically reserved for extreme challenging behaviors such as aggression. There are a number of procedures that can be used to reduce aggressive behaviors ranging from timeout to overcorrection. The purpose of this study was to determine what punishment procedures have been used to treat aggression in people with intellectual disabilities (ID), which decades they were most prevalent, who implemented the procedures, and where they were conducted. An exhaustive review of the literature was completed which identified 30 articles. The results of the study indicated that punishment procedures were effective in reducing aggressive behaviors, most often direct care staff were running these programs and that these programs were conducted in schools, and finally that the use of punishment procedures to treat aggression were most prevalent 1980’s and their use has declined overtime.
 
122. Effects of Reinforcement Manipulation on Preference for Work Schedules
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Effective reinforcement delivery is critical to the success of all instruction and has been much studied. However, a clearer understanding of individual specific variables influencing reinforcement efficacy and teaching efficiency is essential to maximizing learning. Knowing an individuals preference for a specific distribution of reinforcement during discrete trial training would be useful information when designing programming for students, particularly since data has suggested that learner choice is correlated with better learning outcomes. Existing literature that has reviewed the topic of concurrent-operants on the distribution of and efficacy of reinforcement, as in Fienup, Ahlers and Pace, 2011 and DeLeon, Iwata, Goh, & Worsdell, 1997) suggest that continuous work schedules with reinforcement provided at the end was preferred over schedules that interspersed preferred activities. Previous research has shown this with older students (Ward-Horner, Pittenger, Pace and Fienup (2014). It is not known if this finding would be consistent with younger learners. The current study replicated previous findings and extended them to assess other effects of reinforcement such as the addition of social reinforcement combined with access to a chosen activity, with 4-6 year old learners with a diagnosis of ASD.
 
123. Towards a Functional Analysis of “Prompt Dependency”
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Prompt dependency is a term used to describe a characteristic inherent to an individual often labeled as “prompt dependent”. Prompt dependency is described when correct responses only appear when the controlling prompt is presented during skill acquisition. Prompt dependency can be affected by differential reinforcement of independent vs. prompted responses by manipulations of the rate and quality of arbitrary reinforcements. The current study attempted to identify and describe an avoidance contingency that establishes and maintains prompt dependency. That is, refraining from emitting a known response until a prompt is delivered. A 5-year old girl diagnosed with ASD was exposed to trials in which (1) an instruction was delivered, (2) a choice between responding independently or with a physical prompt was made, (3) independent or prompted response was made, and (4) consequences were delivered. Two conditions differed in the consequence delivered following prompted responses (Aversive and No-Aversive Conditions). The aversive stimulus was verbal error correction and “help” delivered by parent in the natural environment. Data indicate that the participant consistently chose to respond independently when praise was delivered following both independent and prompted choices, but chose the prompt condition when the aversive stimulus was introduced following independent responses (ABA design).
 
124. The Effects of Staff Preference on Functional Analyses
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LATOYA KINARD (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Nicole Sullivan (Bancroft), Jonathon Metz (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that the presence of specific stimuli, such as particular toys or people, may evoke problem behavior and influence the amount of differentiation that can be observed during a functional analysis (Tiger et al. 2009). Specifically, Ringdahl et al. (2000) demonstrated that differentiated functional analysis results could only be obtained when a caregiver served as therapist while the rates of problem behavior would remain lower and less differentiated when a staff member served as therapist. The current research extends the work of Ringdahl et al. (2000) by comparing the effects of using highly preferred and less preferred staff members when conducting functional analyses. Preference assessments were conducted using staff photographs for individuals with developmental disabilities and severe problem behavior in a residential treatment setting. Functional analyses were then conducted with both high-preferred and low-preferred staff members. The results of this analysis confirm that idiosyncratic staff preferences may influence FA results and also demonstrate that escape from lowly preferred staff members alone may maintain high rates of problem behavior.
 
125. Effects of Different High-Probability Request Sequences in Increasing Compliance
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINA KYRIACOU (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (Univeersity of West Florida), Sue Heatter (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

High-probability (high-p) request sequence has been used widely as an antecedent intervention to increase compliance with medical examinations, food acceptance, transition, and social behaviors, as well as to decrease challenging behavior such as aggression and self-injury. Recent reports have suggested its effectiveness in increasing compliance when the sequence was comprised by high-p requests that were relevant to the target behavior. The present study extended previous research on four different high-p request sequences, comparing task related to non-task related sequences in combination with programmed reinforcement to increase compliance in one 6-year-old boy diagnosed with Chromosome Ring 14 syndrome. A multielement design (Figure 2) was used to compare the effects of the four high-p request sequences on participant's compliance with regard to drawing. Interobserver reliability averaged 85%; treatment integrity averaged ???100% for baseline and 92.8% (range 87.5%-100%) for the intervention phases. Results demonstrated higher compliance to the low-p request after the delivery of the task related request sequences (Figure 1) than the non-task related sequences. More specifically, the highest level of compliance occurred following the delivery of the 3 task related high-p request sequence. A social validity assessment was performed. The results and implications of the current study for applied use and future research are discussed.

 
126. A Failure to Replicate: Response Generalization in Preference Assessment Research
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Laura J. Dantona (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated a number of ways that staff can be taught to effectively conduct stimulus preference assessments such as Free Operant (FO), Paired Stimulus, and Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO), Weldy, Rapp and Capicosa (2014) and Roscoe and Fisher (2008). These procedures have typically used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of training on one method of conducting preference assessments on performance. In these studies experienced staff received training on one method and then the effects on both methods were evaluated. In these published studies no response generalization from one assessment condition occurred in the other assessment condition. In the current study a similar alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling as a training technique (for efficiency and logistical advantages) to teach FO and MSWO assessments. However data from three subjects failed to demonstrate experimental control. This was likely due to improved performance of all subjects in both conditions after training in only one assessment procedure. These results differ from the previous studies cite above where response generalization was not observed. Results are discussed in terms of advantages of response generalization occurring and materials that may support its occurrence.

 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Business Meeting #93
Neuroscience Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
209 (CC)
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:
The Neuroscience SIG brings together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersection of behavior analysis and neuroscience as it relates to basic research, clinical interventions, or general neurological dysfunction. The Neuroscience SIG has four primary missions: 1. To introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and introduce neuroscience research to behavior analysis. 2. To serve as a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals interested in basic and applied neuroscience research. 3. To serve as a forum for collaborative relationships, funding applications, and the sharing of best practices. 4. To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction.
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, neurological dysfunction, neuroscience, SIG
 
 
Business Meeting #94
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
008B (CC)
Chair: Stephen Foreman (Lee Specialty Clinic)
Presenting Authors:
The Kentucky Association for Behavior (KYABA) meets each year at the ABAI annual convention to review and update members and potential members on the chapter’s recent accomplishments, update on current issues and activities concerning the state and practice of behavior analysis in Kentucky, and the focus for the upcoming year. This year, there will be continued emphasis on increased membership involvement, events with top-notch presenters, and dissemination of behavior analysis across the Commonwealth of Kentucky. If unable to attend, please check out our website kentuckyaba.org
Keyword(s): KYABA KENTUCKY
 
 
Business Meeting #95
Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MT ABA)
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
008A (CC)
Chair: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings)
Presenting Authors:
Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MT ABA) became a new chapter in the fall of 2013. This meeting of MT ABA is open to members and prospective members. Members are montana residents or individuals who are interested in behavior analysis in Montana in three categories: (a) Full Members, (b) Student Members, and (c) Friends of MT ABA. Events discussed at this meeting will represent a culmination of our second year in existence. Together we will make plans to further promote behavior analysis in Montana through education, research and practice. Join us in this celebration!
 
 
Business Meeting #96
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
Presenting Authors:
The theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual issues special interest group is open to anyone interested in the scientific foundations of behavior analysis and its relations to other versions of behaviorism, the fields of psychology, and to other fields of science. From methodological issues of basic, applied, and clinical research to explanatory practices involving complex human behavior, the implications of such issues reach every aspect of behavior analysis as a basic and applied science. This first TPC/SIG meeting will include a brief presentation by the current SIG Chair regarding the functions of TPC issues in the continuing development of behavior analysis, an update regarding recent activities of the SIG, the election of SIG officers, and a general discussion regarding possible activities and development. All behavior analysts are welcome.
 
 
Business Meeting #97
Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group (BATech SIG)
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
214B (CC)
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BATech SIG) mission is to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. Technology is defined as “…the use and knowledge of tools, techniques, systems or methods in order to solve a problem or serve some purpose” (Twyman, 2011). The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. Membership is open to researchers, practitioners, parents, academicians, students, and others who are actively engaged or have a vested interest in the dissemination, development, and application of technology. The BATech SIG will consist of three classes of members: voting, affiliate, and student. The members of all classes are entitled to the rights and privileges as they correspond to their membership category.
Keyword(s): technology
 
 
Business Meeting #98
Clinical SIG
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
214C (CC)
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): Applied, Clinical, Mental Health
 
 
Business Meeting #99
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
211 (CC)
Chair: John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Presenting Authors:
The Autism SIG, chartered by the Association for Behavior Analysis, brings together those individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of autism across the lifespan. During our annual business meeting, we will review the activities of the SIG, particularly those on social media, discuss the SIG's mission and solicit support and recommendations for future projects. All are welcome and an open discussion will help shape our future as a SIG.
Keyword(s): Autism SIG
 
 
Business Meeting #100
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
006C (CC)
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Presenting Authors:
The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association (LaBAA) meets each year at ABAI to update current and potential members on the past years' accomplishments and upcoming endeavors. LaBAA currently has more than 150 members and is committed to continuing its advocacy and leadership in Louisiana on behalf of consumers, practitioners, and researchers.
 
 
Business Meeting #102
Chapter Meeting: Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
006D (CC)
Chair: Matthew J. Welch (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:
Business meeting and quarterly membership meeting of the Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis. All conference attendees with an interest in behavior analysis in Wisconsin are welcome to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #103
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
007B (CC)
Chair: Gwen Dwiggins (Accelerated Learning Clinic)
Presenting Authors:

At this meeting, members will review business items associated with the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis. This meeting is open to all sustaining, full, affiliate, and student members.

Keyword(s): Conference, Membership, NABA, Nevada
 
 
Business Meeting #104
New Hampshire Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
007A (CC)
Chair: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges )
Presenting Authors:
Meeting open to all interested in discussing the business of New Hampshire ABA.
 
 
Business Meeting #105
Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis Business
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
007D (CC)
Chair: Melissa J. Gard (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:
The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers, and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA), and an approved continuing education provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).
 
 
Business Meeting #106
Arizona ABA Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2015
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
007C (CC)
Chair: Diana M. Davis (Chapter)
Presenting Authors:
Annual Chapter Meeting
Keyword(s): Arizona Chapter
 
 
Expo Poster Session #108
Accredited Behavior Analysis Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
1. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. In 2011, OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, the first doctoral program to receive ABAI accreditation (1995), is the nation's only special education doctoral program explicitly built upon behavior analysis. This program prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, ABAI accredited since in 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.
 
2. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs (Doctoral Degree, Master's Degree, and Undergraduate Minor) at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This poster describes the Applied Behavior Analysis programs at the University of South Florida. The academic programs at USF include the ABA Minor, ABA Master’s Program, and ABA Doctoral Program. The ABA Master’s Program is ABAI Accredited and BACB approved. The ABA Minor is also BACB approved. The ABA Doctoral Program, designed to meet ABAI Accreditation Standards, was recently approved and began in the fall of 2013. The 15 credit hour ABA Minor provides the coursework needed to prepare students for BACB certification and for admission to a behavior analysis graduate program. The 46 credit hour ABA Master’s Program integrates coursework, research, and practice to produce master’s level behavior analysts who are trained as researchers and practitioners. The new ABA doctoral program accepts students with a master’s degree in ABA and consists of 54 credit hours (21 credit hours of coursework, 18 hours of dissertation, and 15 credit hours of independent research). The doctoral program focuses on scientist-practitioner training to prepare students for academic positions, research positions, and leadership positions.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University, Los Angeles
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The poster will highlight the applied behavior analysis program at California State University, Los Angeles. Moreover, course requirements and application processes will be discussed. In addition, a summary of the core faculty will be provided.
 
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at McNeese State University
JOSEPH HACKER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello (McNeese State University), Kaycie A. Frey-Stacy (McNeese State University), Lettie Alexander (McNeese State University), Nelson Dronet (McNeese State University), Megan Cross (McNeese State University), Cam L. Melville (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (McNeese State University)
Abstract: McNeese State University (MSU) is a member of the University of Louisiana System, and offers a Master of Arts Degree in Psychology with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis. MSU is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International, with coursework approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The course work provides students with the foundation of both psychology and applied behavior analysis. Additionally, students are able to receive clinical experience from the McNeese Autism Program, founded in 2008 by the Department of Psychology. The McNeese Autism Program is located on campus and offers individualized behavioral services to the community at large, while serving as a training site for master’s level students. Supervised experience by nationally board certified behavior analysts and licensed clinical psychologists are available to aid students in their application for national board certification in behavior analysis. Graduate assistantships in the clinic are available to qualifying students. Furthermore, MSU has an animal operant laboratory facility; thereby, allowing students to gain valuable research experience with both humans and animals in single-subject procedures. Following a Master’s degree at MSU, students are fully prepared to either take the BCBA exam or purse a doctoral degree in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University
KIMBERLY A. SCHULZE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: The ABA program at SCSU offers the BCaBA and BCBA courses as well as a M.S. degree in ABA. Our programs are available on-campus and on-line. The M.S. program is accredited by ABAI, and the BCaBA and BCBA course sequences are approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Graduates of the M.S. program have gone on to work in a variety of human service agencies, educational settings, and as independent consultants. A number of our graduates have also completed doctoral degrees and pursued careers in academia.
 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis requires accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC M.A. track is responsive to the increasing call for such services and fills a gap in the availability of such programs in the mid- Atlantic region. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s (KKI) Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to support a rigorous program in applied behavior analysis. The track is accredited by the Association of Behavior Analysis International and is included in the list of programs approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, so that students who have completed our M.A. degree are qualified and well prepared to sit for the BCBA certification examination.
 
7. Applied Behavior Analysis at University of Houston-Clear Lake
TARAH BOWSER (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Danielle Dupuis (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lauren Phillips (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lisa Rettig (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis and psychology through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming Licensed Psychological Associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
8. Applied Behavioral Science at University of Kansas
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice.
 
9. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Chris Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech)
Abstract: The on-campus M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology will be presented.
 
10. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University
ELIZABETH KYONKA (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), James E. Cook (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.
 
11. Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada Reno
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 24th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2015: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations.
 
12. Behavior Analysis Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York (CUNY)
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Mariam Chohan (Queens College), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Training Area of the City University of New York Doctoral Program in Psychology, located at Queens College, offers doctoral students in Psychology training in the experimental and applied analysis of human and animal behavior, including behavioral neuroscience and behavioral pharmacology. Students and faculty investigate a wide spectrum of behavioral processes, from environmental and neural perspectives, through lectures and experimental laboratory course work, advanced seminars, informal student- faculty discussions, practica, internships, and individual research projects. Faculty and students publish regularly in peer-reviewed journals on a wide variety of research topics. Faculty members serve on the editorial boards of major behavioral journals, and are strongly represented at major national and international conferences and organizations. The Behavior Analysis Training Area program is accredited in behavior analysis by the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and its curriculum is preapproved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board.
 
13. Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis at Western New England University
GREGORY P. HANLEY (Western New England University)
Abstract: Through a combination of coursework and supervised practical and research experiences, the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England University is designed to provide advanced training and authentic experiences for researchers, teachers, and practitioners in Behavior Analysis. The primary aim is to train researchers and scientist-practitioners in the discovery, translation, and application of knowledge toward solving human behavior problems of societal importance. The program prepares students to successfully embark on academic and research careers, as well as careers in the delivery of behavior analysis services. Knowledge and skills are developed through an intensive, 3-year, full time curriculum of (a) formal course work encompassing conceptual, historical, translational, basic, and applied domains of behavior analysis, research and scholarship, professional communication, legal and ethical issues, and teaching; (b) supervised practicum experiences integrating research, college teaching/advising, and professional practice; (c) a requirement to write, present, and defend a publication-quality, extensive, integrated, and critical review of basic, applied, or conceptual literature relevant to behavior analysis; and (d) a requirement to propose, conduct, write, present, and defend an empirical dissertation whose questions and methods are based on a behavior-analytic approach.
 
14. Florida State University Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: The Florida State University Panama City master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis has been established since 1999. The program has been accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2007. The course sequence and practicum are both approved by the Behavior Analyst certification Board. Since its inception 200 students have graduated and gone on to productive careers across the country. Other graduates have continued their education through acceptance to top notch doctoral programs.
 
15. Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships, in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at UNT's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more.
 
16. M.S. Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum and research opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility and can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities.
 
17. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers an ABAI©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. The core of the program consists of a BACB-approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience.
 
18. Masters and Ph.D. Training at Southern Illinois University
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Southern Illinois University Carbondale offers Masters and Doctoral level specialization in Behavior Analysis and Therapy. The master’s training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. The behavior analysis and therapy program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. Training is offered in behavioral practice, research and theory as it applies to problems such as child abuse and neglect, developmental disabilities, chronic medical conditions, and traumatic head injury. The Masters degree requirements are to fulfill 45 semester hours, and the doctoral degree requirements are 96 semester hours for the doctoral courses (up to 30 hours from a master’s degree may be included). The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation.
 
19. Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
ANNE BAKKE (Akershus University College), Britt Andersen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Gunnar Ree (Akershus University College, Norway)
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Science at Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences offers a Bachelor's program in psychology with an emphasis on behavior analysis, and a Master's program in Learning in complex systems. Both programs were accredited by ABAI in October, 2015. Both programs are approved by BACB.
 
20. Post Graduate Opportunities in Behavior Analysis in Norway
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Anne Bakke (Akershus University College), Britt Andersen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Gunnar Ree (Akershus University College, Norway)
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Science at Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences offers a Bachelor’s program in psychology with an emphasis on behavior analysis, and a Master’s program in Learning in complex systems. Both programs were accredited by ABAI in October 2015. Both programs are approved by BACB.
 
21. The Behavior Analysis Program at Simmons College
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Master's Degree program in Behavior Analysis was started in 2000 and received course approval from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that same year. The Master's Degree program then met the eligibility standards for its initial accreditation (2005) by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In 2006 a Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis was launched and in 2008 the Department of Behavior Analysis was created. Since that time enrollment in both programs has grown markedly. Post-graduate school employment for Masters student is close 1to 100% and the pass rate on the BACB examination is above 80% (BACB, 2013). Finally, our faculty is supplemented by the participation of esteemed Behaviorists, such as Dr. David Palmer, Dr. Vince Carbone, Dr. Harry Mackay, Dr. Phil Chase, Dr. Julie Vargas, Dr. Ted Carr, Dr. Carol Pilgrim, etc. as Instructors, Dissertation Committee members or Invited Speakers at our Annual Conference.
 
22. The Graduate Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.
 
23. University of Cincinnati School Psychology Program
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Tai Collins (University of Cincinnati), Janet L. Graden (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly skilled professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging fields of education and psychology through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the Programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology.
 
24. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
25. Western Michigan University's Behavior Analysis Program
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Denise Ross (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Primary specialty areas are: developmental disabilities, basic operant research with humans and non-humans, organizational behavior management/performance management, behavioral pharmacology, and behavioral medicine. We utilize a mentorship model for all training.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #109
Graduate Training Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
26. Western Michigan University: Industrial-Organizational Behavior Management M.A. and Ph.D. Programs
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial-Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions.
 
27.

Western Michigan University's Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS)

RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Petree (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The students in the BATS program are trained as practitioners and complete the coursework and experience training (intensive practicum) to become competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in two years. Throughout the program our students acquire a solid foundation in the principles and concepts of behavior analysis through completion of two practical MA projects rather than an MA thesis. Our students also attain early, intensive, behavioral intervention skills, supervision experience, and time management skills

 
28. ABA @ UTSA
LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Soraya Shanun Kunnavatana (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching at The University of Texas at San Antonio offers a Master of Arts in Education degree program with a concentration in special education. Through this program, students can pursue advanced coursework in applied behavior analysis (ABA). This graduate program prepares highly trained individuals to educate children and youth with autistic and other challenging behaviors in school, home, and community settings. Graduates are prepared to become classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or educational consultants with public or private agencies. Course work specific to the Applied Behavior Analysis emphasis: EDP 5003 – Psychological Learning Theories (behaviorism section only) SPE 5503 – Applied Behavior Analysis for Teachers SPE 5633 – Instruction for Students with Mild/Moderate Disabilities SPE 5643 – Instruction for Students with Moderate/Severe Disabilities EDP 6263 – Behavioral Assessment and Intervention SPE 6403 – Culturally Responsive Teaching and Ethics Each of the above courses covers 45 hours of specific content area instruction in applied behavior analysis required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (for more information on the 4th edition task list content standards, see www.bacb.com). The above course sequence has been approved by the BACB to meet these specific content area requirements. All five courses must be completed with a grade of B or higher in order to be eligible to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) exam. In addition to the degree and course sequence requirements, to be eligible to sit for the BCBA exam, students must also complete 1500 total hours of supervised experience. Registered students will have the opportunity to complete an intensive practicum to meet the supervised field experience hours across two additional practicum courses (SPE 5793/5893). Please see the BACB website (www.bacb.com) for more information on field experience requirements.
 
29. ABA Master's Program at Fresno State
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (Savannah State University), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed in the College of Science and Mathematics. Our program has a number of exciting campus facilities including the Central California Autism Center, a newly constructed building, and state-of-the-art classrooms and laboratories. Our students receive extensive education in the philosophy, principles, research methods, and applications of ABA, as well as intensive practicum experience that includes early and intensive behavioral intervention for children with Autism, the reduction of a wide range of intensive problem behaviors, general skills acquisition, social skills training methods, and parent training. Additional faculty research interests include verbal behavior, perspective taking, health, sport, and fitness interventions, Organizational Behavior Management, applied animal training, and environmental sustainability.
 
30. Applied Behavior Analysis and Temple University
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University)
Abstract: Temple University features interdisciplinary graduate programs in behavior analysis at master's and doctoral levels. Temple's nationally known behavior analysis faculty hold leadership positions in regional and national behavior analysis organizations, and their research regularly appears in the highest quality journals of the field. The M.S.Ed. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis, established in 1991, involves faculty in special education, school psychology, and psychology programs. M.S.Ed. ABA students complete practica in a variety of settings and learn applications of behavior analysis in drug treatment, behavioral safety, autism intervention, academic and functional assessment, and other areas. Students work closely with faculty on community and school-based research in the Philadelphia area through a research thesis project. Doctoral training opportunities in special education, school psychology, and psychology are available with assistantship opportunities for doctoral students. Temple and Melmark, Inc., located in Berwyn, PA, have a collaborative partnership in which employees complete Board Certified Behavior Analyst coursework on Melmark's campus through Temple and receive BCBA supervision through Melmark.
 
31. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University
STEPHEN F. WALKER (Aurora University), Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide.
 
32.

Applied Behavior Analysis at CSUN; MS in Applied Behavior Analysis (California State University, Northridge

ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis Master's program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Our students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics and family relations. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practica experiences and research projects. While we prepare our students to practice as master's level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs nationwide.

 
33. Applied Behavior Analysis at George Mason University: Online, On-Campus, and Around the World
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Kristy Park (George Mason University), Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University), Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University), Dorothy Zhang (George Mason University)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis training program at George Mason University celebrates its fifteenth anniversary this year. We have grown from a campus-based graduate certificate program to a program consisting of an undergraduate minor, a graduate certificate, a Master's in Special Education with a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, and doctoral level coursework. Our courses are offered on campus, all around the Commonwealth of Virginia, and all around the world through our online Undergraduate, Graduate Certificate, and Master's Degree programs.
 
34. Applied Behavior Analysis at Missouri State University
Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University), Matthew Fanetti (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Ann Rost (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology, in conjunction with Special Education, now offers a Master's Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program allows students to specialize in application with Autism Spectrum Disorders, as well as provides training and research opportunities for those students interested in doctoral study. This is a two year, five semester, program that includes practicum work. Students will complete the necessary coursework to prepare them to meet certification requirements.
 
35. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus
ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/Autism Home Support Services), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA. Our MS in ABA program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities working with a variety of populations in a variety of settings. Our PhD in ABA program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as to become lead practitioners and consultants in the field. Both programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have a faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, to enjoy views of the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and to take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!
 
36. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Washington
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott A . Spaulding (University of Washington), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), Natalie Badgett (University of Washington)
Abstract: A description of the on campus and distance ed Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington. Programs include a BACB approved coursework sequence, an intensive practicum, and a Master's Degree in Special Education.
 
37. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Georgian Court University
DAVID M. WILSON (Georgian Court University)
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of the programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Georgian Court University. The psychology department offers both an undergraduate concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis and a Master of Arts graduate program. The programs at both levels are designed to provide students with the knowledge and competencies to deliver effective behavioral programs to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Courses provide training in the philosophy of behaviorism, basic and applied principles, assessment and intervention strategies, as well as ethical practice in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Both the undergraduate and graduate programs include course sequences and a practicum option that have been preapproved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. therefore, students may be eligible to sit for the certification exam upon graduation. Georgian Court University’s values-based approach to education creates a personalized, positive experience where each student is encouraged and supported to challenge themselves and succeed.
 
38. Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization in the Disability Disciplines Doctoral Program at Utah State University
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University)
Abstract: Faculty from the Applied Behavior Analysis specialization in the Disability Disciplines doctoral program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students.
 
39. Ball State University: ABA and Autism Program
Evette A. Simmons-Reed (Ball State University), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University), JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (Ball State University)
Abstract: Approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the masters degrees and certification programs will prepare you to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Exam. Becoming a certified behavior analyst means you have demonstrated a thorough knowledge of behavior analysis, including conducting behavior assessments and formulating analytic interventions. This puts you at a great position in a field facing a national shortage of qualified professionals. Graduates of this program work in schools, hospitals, mental health centers, behavioral centers, residential facilities, and in corporate and industry settings. This 30-credit hour program is completely online and is taught by faculty in Ball States Department of Special Education. Ball States education programs are accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and are one of the nations most comprehensive educator programs. Founded in 1918, Ball State is a public university in Muncie, Indiana. Ball State is a ranked research university by the Carnegie Foundation and is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
 
40. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Dannah Lowell (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a non-thesis program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The full-time program requires three consecutive semesters (12 months) of coursework and intensive practicum training. Practicum training involves a practicum course, small group supervisory sessions, and individual supervisory meetings. Students receive training at multiple sites, including an inclusive preschool, behavioral assessment and treatment clinic, parent and in-home training for foster, adoptive, and birth families, and a school-based treatment facility for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Agency Fellowships are available to qualified students. These fellowships are sponsored by public and private human service agencies in Alabama and around the country. The fellowship helps pay for tuition and provides the student a monthly stipend. Students accepting fellowships agree to work for the sponsoring agency for one year immediately following graduation. Auburn's application deadline is February 15th and interested students can learn more about our admission process at www.auburn.edu/psychology/aba.
 
40a. Behavior Analysis at Central Michigan University
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Central Michigan University offers BACB approved course sequences at the graduate (BCBA) and undergraduate (BCaBA) levels for on-campus students. The graduate course sequences are specifically designed for students accepted into our Experimental Psychology and School Psychology programs. In addition to these courses, Central Michigan University offers assessment and treatment services at the Central Autism Assessment and Treatment (CAAT) Center. The CAAT center provides comprehensive multi-disciplinary assessments for children and adolescents and offers an ABA early intensive behavioral intervention program. The center provides supervised experience to our BCaBA and BCBA students.
 
41. Behavior Analysis at the University of Arkansas
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Kristan Elsken (University of Arkansas), Alison Karnes (University of Arkansas), Hollie Lawless (University of Arkansas), Ashley Parnell (University of Arkansas), D. Renee Speight (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: The University of Arkansas currently offers a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis offers a coursework sequence that has been pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board�. The curriculum scope and sequence aligns with the current course requirements set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board�. The graduate certificate can be completed 100 percent online and within an 18-month time frame. In addition to the pre-approved course sequence, the University of Arkansas also offers an on-site practicum opportunity through the �University of Arkansas ABA Family Service and Research Clinic. Within the clinic, students have the opportunity to work as instructors for learners with autism, while under the direction and supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral. The University of Arkansas is located in Fayetteville, Arkansas. Prospective students will need to be admitted to the University of Arkansas Graduate School. The Graduate School requires the scores from the Graduate Record Examination and a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 in the last 60 hours taken in the undergraduate program or evidence of an earned graduate degree.
 
42. Behavior Analysis at UW-Milwaukee
TIFFANY KODAK (UW-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Hannah Geiger (UW-Milwaukee)
Abstract: UW-Milwaukee offers basic, translational, and applied behavior analysis training at the Master and Doctoral level. This poster will provide information regarding our program, graduate admissions, funding, research and practicum opportunities and an opportunity to interact with our current students and faculty.
 
43. Behaviour Analysis Training at the University of South Wales
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales)
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s MSc in Behaviour Analysis and Therapy, housed with the School of Psychology, is designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and practice skills. Our course team have a range of specialisations, ensuring that students gain an understanding of the scope of behaviour analytic science and application. The program is approved by the Behaviour Analyst Certification Board and includes 120 credits of taught modules and a 60-credit dissertation. The university’s on-campus clinic, combined with partnerships with local schools and service providers, provide a wealth of settings and populations for research and practical experience.
 
44. California State University, Sacramento: Applied Behavior Analysis Program
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of scientist practitioners. Most of our graduates publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. The ABA program coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
45. Capilano University Bachelor's of Applied Behavior Analysis - Autism
FARAH RATTANSI (Capilano University), Richard Stock (Capilano University), Brenda Fossett (Capilano University)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis department at Capilano University offers a Bachelor's degree and a Post-Bac Diploma in ABA - Autism. Both programs are BACB approved course sequences leading to BCaBA eligibility and both programs include a 500 hr intensive BCBA supervised practicum. Our programs are available in-class and on-line.
 
46. Clinical Health Psychology Doctoral Program with Specialty in Applied Behavior Analysis at East Carolina University
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract: East Carolina University has a clinical psychology program of study that leads to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the students chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the APA and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.
 
47. Elms College Graduate Programs in Autism Spectrum Disorders
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Elms College)
Abstract: The Elms College graduate program is one of the first master of science degree programs in autism spectrum disorders in the nation and is the only program in the nation that is housed in the Division of Communication Sciences and Disorders. The BCBA (board certified behavior analyst) course sequence is embedded into our master of science and certificate of advanced graduate study curriculum. Our philosophy and approach to instruction provides students with broad preparation. Students will learn how to intervene appropriately with individuals at various points on the autism spectrum by incorporating behavioral principles. In addition to extensive autism content, courses in essential communication disorders information such as social skills theory and intervention, which are necessary for individuals on the spectrum, are integrated within the plan of study. We also offer a C.A.G.S. program for individuals who want to complete the BCBA course sequence as well as our additional courses but who do not want to earn a second masters degree. We offer numerous electives in ASD and communication science and disorders, such as coursework in nonverbal learning disabilities, augmentative and alternative communication systems, and social skills. Finally, our undergraduate concentration in autism provides coursework approved by the BACB for students to become BCaBAs.
 
48. Graduate and Certificate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
ROBERT F. LITTLETON JR. JR. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located in Massachusetts at Cambridge College. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Cambridge, Massachusetts with a second campus located in Springfield, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-approved course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the approved BACB-approved sequence. The BACB-approved courses are delivered in a hybrid learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
49. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy at Eastern Michigan University
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Karla Maschalko (Eastern Michigan University), Leanna Gonzalez (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's level (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral level (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various basic and applied laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology, including options for behavioral research is available (thesis required).
 
50. Graduate Training in the Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program at Sam Houston State University
AMANDA BOSCH (Sam Houston State University), Kristina Vargo (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract: The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism (LIDA) program at Sam Houston State University provides training in Applied Behavior analysis (ABA) in a BACB-approved course sequence. The LIDA program provides comprehensive training in ABA with an emphasis on intellectual disabilities and autism. The program offers a Master's of Arts or Education in Special Education. The only difference in the degrees is that students in the M.A. track defend theses and students in the M.Ed. track complete comparable research projects but do not defend them. The program also offers a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Certificate which is a 27-hour course sequence with a concurrent year-long internship that prepares students for the BCBA exam.
 
51. Hybrid Graduate Training from Southern Illinois University in Chicagoland and Online
KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Analysis and Therapy Program at SIUC was the first master’s degree program in the world in behavior analysis and continues to be a prominent research institute in the field. Our program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. The master’s training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. Currently, SIUC is the only school in Illinois and one of only 11 nationally to have this distinction. SIUC has an approved course sequence from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board for both on-and off- campus courses that prepare the student sit for the BCBA exam. The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation. Most graduates have starting salaries ranging from $55,000-$65,000.
 
52. M.Sc./PhD Applied Behaviour Analysis, National University of Ireland, Galway
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland)
Abstract: The School of Psychology at NUI Galway offers postgraduate training in Applied Behaviour Analysis at both Master�s (MSc) and Doctorate level (Ph.D). Both courses are accredited by the internationally-recognised Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB�). The MSc is a taught programme that provides professional training in Applied Behaviour Analysis. The programme subscribes to the scientist-practitioner model, and provides students with thorough and integrated training in academic, practical, and research aspects of ABA. The Ph.D programme is a structured four-year Ph.D programme of study. This qualification articulates within the existing MSc in ABA and therefore combines the Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Students of the programmes have had their research published in peer reviewed journals and this poster will provide an overview of the research output of the programmes. Research streams include behavioral fluency, social skills intervention, investigation of co-morbidity in Autism, early intensive behavioral education, sleep and feeding, behavioural interventions for challenging behavior and mental health issues. In addition, students of the programmes have 100% pass rate on the BCBA exam. Students have access to excellent research facilities, and are supervised by academic staff with international reputations in behaviour analysis. Graduates are qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings.
 
53. Masters in Behavior Analysis and ABA Certificate Programs at Long Island University - Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gerald Lachter (LIU Post)
Abstract: The ABA Advanced Certificate program is designed for individuals who wish to receive a formal background in the theory and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. A Masters Degree program in Behavior Analysis is also available. Hands-on experience is available in human and small animal labs.
 
54. Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the Bangor University, Wales UK
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University, Wales), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University, Wales), Alexander Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Emily Tyler (Bangor University, Wales), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University, Wales), Philippa Winstone (Bangor University)
Abstract: : In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam. In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enrol approximately 60-70 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe.
 
55. Munroe-Meyer Institute and University of Nebraska Omaha Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program
ANDREA CLEMENTS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), John Lamphere (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The MMI-UNO ABA Program is a collaborative program managed jointly through the University of Nebraska Omaha (UNO) School Psychology Program and the Psychology Department at the UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI). The program has faculty with experience and expertise in the area of applied behavior analysis. The MMI-UNO ABA Program prepares students to be mental health practitioners with advanced knowledge and skills related to the provision of behavioral therapy for children. Students who graduate from the program will be eligible to sit for the examination administered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). Coursework also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska. The MA-ABA Program typically takes two years of full time study to complete. The coursework consists of a combination of online and live courses as well as BACB approved practicum experience. The MMI-UNO ABA Programs mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence relevant to the knowledge and skills of applied behavior analysis.
 
56.

Purdue University Graduate Programs in Special Education

MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Purdue University), Teresa A. Doughty (Purdue University), Carly Roberts (Purdue University), Oliver Wendt (Purdue University), Yan Xin (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Purdue University offers world-class special education programs for graduate students. Featuring an on-site PhD program, and a newly created online M.S. Ed. program, the Purdue College of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Recently, U.S. News and World report ranked the school among the top 100 online graduate education programs. At Purdue University, our reputation for innovation and discovery is built on a foundation of tradition and history. Founded as a land-grant school in 1869, today the University is known for scholarly excellence, research, and achievement in the fields of aerospace, education, engineering, technology, science and math. Our faculty and staff commit themselves every day to preparing students to become dynamic leaders and lifelong learners. Purdue is committed to research that is transferable to real-world applications and benefits the world in positive ways. Please stop by to learn more information about how to advance your career in behavior analysis at Purdue University.

 
57. Rowan University Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
DENISE KERTH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth Soreth (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board ®, Inc (BACB®) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 36 credit hour program that fulfills the coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.
 
58.

Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program

HEATHER LEWIS (Saint Lewis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a masters degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer three degree options: a masters of science in applied behavior analysis (M.S. ABA), a masters of social work with a concentration in applied behavior analysis (M.S.W. ABA), and a post-masters certificate in applied behavior analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students who attend SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to school-based settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations from children and adults with intellectual disabilities to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program.

 
59. Science, Skinner, & Surf: Master's Program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
LEA CRUSEN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lyndsay Fairchild (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sarah Haney (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington we are dedicated to providing a well-rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. In addition, students complete an empirical thesis with a faculty member. Students in our applied behavior analysis track take additional courses in clinical psychology, complete a 10-week practicum course, and a 6-month internship. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and NC licensure as a psychological associate. Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
60. Spalding University's M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis Program (Louisville, KY)
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Spalding University), David L. Morgan (Spalding University), Molly L. Dubuque (Spalding University)
Abstract: Our mission is to produce effective, ethical, and compassionate behavior analysts committed to using the science of behavior to better lives. We accomplish this mission by delivering a face-to-face comprehensive curriculum in the conceptual foundation, methodologies, and technologies that inform a natural science of behavior. Each year, cohorts comprised of 20 students or fewer are taught to apply strategies and tactics grounded in the principles of the science to a variety of behaviors and contexts. The Program contains a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB)® Approved Course Sequence (ACS) and goes well beyond the minimum coursework requirements needed to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)® examination. Additionally, our Program is approved by the BACB to offer practical training every semester in the Intensive Practicum experience category. This means we are equipped to offer our students the opportunity to meet ALL of the degree, coursework and experiential requirements needed to sit for their Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)® examination upon graduating. Finally, our campus is located in downtown Louisville, Kentucky, a great place to live with numerous attractions and things to do. You can learn more about our Program by visiting us on the web at: http://spalding.edu/applied-behavior-analysis/
 
61. Texas A&M University: Ph.D., Master’s, and ABA Certificate Programs in Special Education
JENNIFER GANZ (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Kimberly Vannest (Texas A & M University), Ee Rea Hong (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University), Corey Peltier (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: The Special Education graduate programs in the Department of Educational Psychology at Texas A&M University (main campus – College Station) offer intensive ABA coursework and field experiences. Graduate students receive training and mentoring from nationally-recognized researchers with expertise in autism, emotional/behavior disorders, developmental disabilities, and applied behavior analysis. Texas A&M offers Ph.D. and Master’s degrees and an ABA graduate certificate. Coursework and practica have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®. Advantages include: • 100% Online ABA certificate and Master’s program • The Master’s program is designed to be completed in 2 years • Local students may apply for consideration to obtain ABA fieldwork opportunities • Faculty offer opportunities to engage in applied research investigating interventions to improve outcomes for people with disabilities • The doctoral program is designed for students who desire academic positions in universities and research institutions; students receive valuable research and teaching competencies that provide a competitive advantage upon graduation • All courses are designed to develop a strong background in research and current methodologies
 
62. The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles
LESLIE A. MORRISON (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Dave Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles and Orange County’s M.S. and Ph.D. programs are designed to prepare students in in a wide variety of specialization areas within the field of ABA. Students focus on issues related to assessment and treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders, severe behavior problems, instructional design, organizational behavior management, and non-traditional populations such as geriatric, individuals with traumatic brain injury and regular/special education. The M.S. ABA program in Los Angeles and Orange County provide students with the training needed to understand the principles of Behavior Analysis and how they underlie applied practice. Students learn to implement ABA procedures correctly and ethically, and gain the skills needed in their professional progression, including eligibility for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst®. The Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program in Los Angeles expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in the M.S. program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors and high-level supervisors and consultants. In addition, the Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program prepares graduates for licensure as a Licensed Psychologist in the state of California.
 
63. The Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell’s ABAI©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience.
 
65. University of Massachusetts Lowell Master of Science in Autism Studies & Graduate Certificate Program
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Doreen Arcus (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Frye (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashleigh Hillier (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard Siegel (University of Massachusetts-Lowell)
Abstract: The University of Massachusetts Lowell offers two graduate programs to prepare students to work with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in the field of behavior analysis: the Master of Science in Autism Studies and the Behavioral Intervention in Autism Graduate Certificate Program. The M.S. in Autism Studies Program is a 42-credit combination of online and face-to-face coursework and practical experiences that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ (BACB). The program is designed to prepare students to work with individuals with ASD from a behavior analytic, developmental, and community perspective, thus enhancing their effectiveness as a professional and a practitioner. We employ a scientist-practitioner model, whereby students are encouraged to take an empirical approach to their clinical experiences. Students have ample opportunity to gain research experience during the two-year program, and are encouraged but not required to complete a thesis project. The Certificate Program provides an online BACB-approved six-course sequence aimed at developing the students’ conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis and its application to individuals with ASD; students seek practicum experience on their own.
 
66. University of Saint Joseph - Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies - Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHN D. MOLTENI (University of Saint Joseph), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (University of Saint Joseph), Andrea B. Courtemanche (University of Saint Joseph), Laura B. Turner (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: This expo poster will outline the programs in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism available at the University of Saint Joseph in West Hartford, Connecticut. The Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies offers several options for training in Applied Behavior Analysis including Masters level and Certificate training. Opportunities for students to engage in research and clinical training on-site and with arranged placements within community-based organizations and schools are also available. Faculty will be on site to discuss your professional goals and work with you to develop a program that meets your needs. All coursework at the graduate level is offered in the evening on-campus.
 
67. Behavior Analysis at California State University Stanislaus
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: The MS program in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus has a BACB approved course sequence. In addition, completion of the program meets the academic requirements for licensure in California as a Marriage Family Therapist. Three of the faculty who teach in the program are Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The program recognizes the role of basic and conceptual aspects of behavior analysis in preparing clinicians and practitioners. In addition, the program has a federal grant for funded international exchanges with two European Universities.
 
68.

US-EU Atlantis Program: Dual Degree in Behavior Analysis

Lukasz Tanas (University of Social Sciences and Humanities ), Wojciech Bialaszek (University of Social Sciences and Humanities), WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract:

In our poster we will elaborate on both faculty and student experiences with the EU-US ATLANTIS PROGRAMME "Dual master degree in Psychology with emphasis on Behavior Analysis", as well as the influence of the program on the development of the field of behavior analysis in Poland. The behavior analysis program at the University of Social Sciences and Humanities is created in cooperation with the PTPB (Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology) - a non-US ABAI affiliated Chapter. PTPB was founded in 2002 and affiliated in 2004. The society associates mainly psychologists (university lecturers as well as clinicians), students of psychology, and people representing other helping professions, mainly pedagogues and therapists. The most important goals of the PTPB is to promote the knowledge about behavior analysis as a science of behavior by organizing scientific and educational activity.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #110
ABAI Boards and Committees
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
69. ABAI Education Board
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The mission of the Education Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the training and professional development of behavior analysts. Our major efforts include recruiting training programs for ABAI accreditation and reaccrediting programs with existing status. The Education Board is also pursuing the recognition of ABAI's accreditation process by the Council of Higher Education Accreditation.
 
70. ABAI Student Committee
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Utah State University), Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth W. Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The mission of the ABAI Student Committee is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student Members that will promote participation in ABAI, enhance professional development, and enable contribution to the science of behavior analysis. The poster will outline our actions for the past year.
 
71. ABAI Special Interest Groups Board
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The ABAI Executive Council approved the establishment of the Special Interest Groups Board in November 2013. The SIG Board is designed to support ABAI’s 36 Special Interest Groups, free up ABAI staff time, and assist Council in strategically promoting diversity of interests within the field of behavior analysis. The poster will provide an update on our progress this year, current initiatives, and future goals.
 
72. ABAI Publication Board
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: ABAI publishes four scholarly journals; The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and The Psychological Record. The Publication Board consists of the editors of the four journals and a board coordinator. This poster provides information about the four journals, including their missions and submission categories.
 
73. ABAI Affiliated Chapter Board
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: ABAI Affiliated Chapter Board
 
 
Expo Poster Session #111
Affiliated Chapters
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
74. Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis
DIANA M. DAVIS (HOPE Group), Joseph Gentry (Gentry Pediatric Behavioral Services), Kristine Mooney (HOPE Group), Abigail M. Twyman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Bryan J. Davey (HOPE Group), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Erica Babino (Positive ABA), Sarah Gentry (Gentry Pediatric Behavioral Services)
Abstract: Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis (AZ ABA) was founded to promote the science of behavior and its associated technologies within Arizona. AZ ABA shall serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in Arizona who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. The association will promote research that will advance the understanding of both human and animal behavior and identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational, (re)habilitation, and behavioral health needs of persons within Arizona. AZ ABA shall also advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis within Arizona.
 
75. ABAI China Chapter and the University of Iowa's BCaBA Course Sequence
CHENGAN YUAN (University of Iowa), Yanqing Guo (Institute of Mental Health, Beijing University), Youjia Hua (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: China Association for Behavior Analysis (CABA) is an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The mission of CABA is to promote and disseminate the science of behavior analysis in the People’s Republic of China. We aim to achieve this goal by providing training, education, and research for effective application of behavior analysis in China. The purpose of the poster is to present the first Behavior Analyst Certification Board approved Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) course sequence developed by the University of Iowa for parents and teachers in China. The first group of 30 students from China completed the BCaBA course sequence offered by the University of Iowa in 2014-2015. The poster will present information regarding the course delivery format and challenges, student performance and feedback, and future development. We will include information on the first BACB approved intensive university practicum coursework in China by the University of Iowa.
 
76. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
77. Association for Behavior Analysis India
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Geetika Kapoor (Association For Behavior Analysis India), Razia Shahzad Ali (ABA India)
Abstract: ABA India a Not for Profit, Non Government Organization has been working towards advocating Applied Behavior Analysis in India since 2006. This has led to a gradual increase in professionals seeking to study Behavior Analysis. India today has 10 BCBA's, 3 BCaBA's and another 30 + studying towards certification. ABA India Chapter faces tremendous Challenges in its pursuit of advocating Behavior Analysis and service delivery mechanisms. not only for the Autism community but also the development of behavior principles in other areas of social development. The present scenario includes all Behavior Analysts in India working only in the field of Autism making the community narrow in its focus. Inspite of Government apathy and red-tapism ABA India has conducted 3 well attended ABA Conferences to explain the science, build awareness and initiate dialogue to an audience yet unexposed.
 
78. Atlantic Provinces Association of Behaviour Analysis
PAUL M. MCDONNELL (University of New Brunswick), Holly Seniuk (University of New Brunswick, Fredericton)
Abstract: The Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis is a newly formed chapter and over the past year we have been developing our membership and refining our objectives. We look forward to the opportunity to connect with other chapters and interest groups through the expo forum. In the past 10 years, interest and public support for behaviour analysis has grown substantially in our region and we would like to highlight the roles and contributions for behaviour analysts within our region.
 
79. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan: BAAM
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Leanna Gonzalez (Eastern Michigan University), Karla Maschalko (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
80. Behaviour Analysis in Ireland
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract: The "Behaviour Analysis in Ireland" group was set up in 1977, and teaching and research in Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis continues to flourish in both parts of Ireland. In the early 21st century a decision was made to turn the group into the Division of Behaviour Analysis (DBA), Psychological Society of Ireland, to improve professional recognition. The DBA holds very successful annual meetings covering both ABA and EAB with distinguished guest speakers and workshops. The next conference is in Galway in April 2015. This poster presents the history and current work of the DBA.
 
81. British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis
LAURA L. GROW (University of British Columbia), Joan Broto (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This poster will highlight the work the British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis (BC-ABA) has been doing in the past year as a very active affiliate chapter of ABAI. Data will be presented on current and past membership levels, BC-ABA sponsored and co-sponsored events, annual conference attendance and presentation numbers, as well as new developments in behavior analysis in British Columbia.
 
82. California Association of Behavior Analysis (CalABA)
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Jill M. Young (Therapeutic Pathways), Daniel B. Shabani (Shabani Institute Center for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: This poster will highlight the California Association for Behavior Analysis, it's mission, and the work it has accomplished in the state this year.
 
83.

Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review

Solandy Forte (Connecticut ABA), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Connecticut ABA), Mark J. Palmieri (Connecticut ABA), STEVEN WOOLF (Connecticut ABA), Kristine L. Marino (Connecticut ABA), Felicia Morgan (Connecticut ABA), James W. Diller (Connecticut ABA)
Abstract:

This poster is represents the Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) 2013-2014 year in review. The year in review includes information regarding our 10th Annual Conference, including lists of invited speakers and photographs from the conference. In addition, updated information regarding legislation in Connecticut, the 2014 Fall Workshop, supervision workshop, and member meetings. In 2015, CTABA Members will elect a new President Elect, Secretary, Treasurer, Applied and Experimental Representatives, Member at Large, and Student Representative. Election results will be announced at the 2015 Annual Conference. In addition, the 2015 Conference Committee Chairs will change and be headed by the Past President and the new President Elect. For more information about CTABA, please visit our website, www.ctaba.org.

 
84. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes Delaware)
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 for clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by: encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; Advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; Arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI
 
85. Florida Association for Behavior Analysis
AMY S. POLICK (Hillsborough County Public Schools, Florida), Dawn Allison Bailey (Florida State University), Kevin Murdock (Hillsborough County Public Schools, Florida), Kevin Jackson (State of Florida), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Abstract: Please visit and say hello to representatives of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA). Learn about our goals, advocacy, outreach, and other activities. FABA celebrates its 35th anniversary in 2015 and will have its big annual multi-track conference in Daytona Beach from September 30 to October 3. A great lineup of invited speakers and other presenters will provide CE workshops on Wednesday and Saturday. Thursday and Friday will be filled with top quality symposia, panels, posters, IGNITE, and other presentations. Favorite special events will include Speed Networking, SIG Roundtable Lunches, Poster Bingo, and more. Please drop by our expo booth to learn more about FABA, give us feedback, ask questions, and get on our mailing list. Don't forget to add www.FABAworld.org to your list of favorite websites.
 
86. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), Michelle Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Zach Maple (Altitude Behavioral Services), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University), David Matthew Cole (St. Cloud University), Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis, an international organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States.
 
87.

Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis

AMANDA N. KELLY (Keiki Educational Consultants), Carla T. Schmidt (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Kimberly Henkle (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

HABAs Mission: To expand behavioral knowledge, support service providers implementing behavioral interventions, and promote board certification in behavior analysis.

 
88. Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis
AMBER R. PADEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth Bullington (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Terri Newton (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Jennifer Brock (Munroe-Meyer, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services.
 
89. IABA - The Israeli ABA Chapter
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (Haifa University), Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract: The Israeli Association for Behavior Analysis (IABA) was established in 2003. IABA held its 12th conference for February 2014. IABA has about 130 active members who support ABA in various academic and clinical fields. There are a few hundred professionals taking part in IABA's programs and activities, and over 100 students who are enrolled yearly across two different certification programs. IABA is offering opportunities for CE credits to certified behavior analysts who participate and present in conferences held in Israel. IABA is maintaining the association's website (http://www.iabaonline.com) and a yearly newsletter in Hebrew sharing Applied Behavior Analysis projects and theoretical papers. Recent issue is devoted to Cross Disciplinary Collaboration. IABA, together with the Israeli Association for Certified Behavior Analysts translated to Hebrew the Code of Ethics, Glossary of ABA terms and the BACB task list and now take part in translating the BACB Exam to Hebrew. IABA goals are to: • Promote ABA as a leading science in human behavior. • Achieve recognition of ABA as a distinct and unique profession by the Ministries of Health and Education. • Establish an ABA peer-reviewed journal in Hebrew. • Establish approved ABA undergraduate and graduate programs universities and colleges. • Promote experimental and applied behavior analysis research in Israel. • Strengthen the ties with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and ABA international, and encourage more Israelis to participate as ABA members.
 
90. ICEABA Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis
KRISTÍN GUDMUNDSDOTTIR (University of Akureyri), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Bára Kolbrún Gylfadóttir (University of Iceland), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Western New England University), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Gyda Einarsdottir (Reykjavik school service center), Helgi Karlsson (Laekjarskoli)
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is now in its tenth year. ICEABA is a young association with a diverse membership. What we lack in numbers we make up for with fierce ambition. Research in behavior analysis in Iceland is growing in the area of organizational behavior management, teaching methods, and stimulus equivalence. A book on autism spectrum disorder has just been published and was written in part by Icelandic behavior analysts. We continue to monitor the international discussion on legislation and certification in the field. In addition, the work on the Icelandic lexicon of behavior analytic terms continues to be a labor of love. We are constantly adding new seminars to the field both in academia and to the public. This year we held a conference at the University of Iceland. The theme was Verbal Behavior. Dr. Anna Pétursdóttir and Dr. Caio Miguel were keynote speakers. Dr. Danielle LaFrance and Dr. Anna Pétursdóttir held workshops on training verbal behavior with children. The organization comittee has already started organizing the next conference that will be held in the University of Iceland in the spring of 2015. The theme is behavioral problems
 
91. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis
AUTUMN N MCKEEL (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA) is an affiliate chapter of Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The goals of the organization include collaboration among Behavior Analysts in Illinois, fostering relationships between practices and Universities in Illinois, and creating a licensing bill for Behavior Analysts of Illinois. This organization will serve as a connection for Behavior Analysis across the state and what we can do to improve relations within the state. The collaboration between Behavior Analysts across the state will allow mutual sharing and a relevant connection to continue effective strategies based on research. By connecting University professionals, students, and practitioners, it will build foundations for contacts, resource management, research opportunities, and experience for students across the state. The annual IL-ABA convention will allow students, practitioners, and researchers to become heard, voice their concerns, and discuss ethical guidelines in practice.
 
92. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), Samantha Cermak (The Homestead), Susan M. S. Smith (Woodward Resource Center), John J. Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), Josh Cobbs (Pier Center for Autism)
Abstract: The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA serves as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis.
 
93. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA)
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Seisa University), Kenjiro Aoyama (Doshisha University)
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The number of the membership reached 943 as June 1 in 2014 and provides many services including: to hold annual conventions, to publish official journal twice a year, publish newsletters for times a year, grant a scholarship to 2 students to attend ABAI convention. The ABAI will hold the 8th International Conference of ABAI in Kyoto, Japan on September 27-29, 2015. Informational material including submission and accommodation is available through ABAI webpage.
 
94. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jason M. Hirst (The University of Kansas), Nanette L. Perrin (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: This poster describes the purpose and purview of the Kansas Association or Behavior Analysis (KansABA). Our mission is to disseminate information about the science and practice of behavior analysis; address issues relevant to its science and practice; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis throughout the State and in the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA is governed by an Executive Council that consists of a president, full member representative, an affiliate representative, and a student representative. The Council is assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. In addition, KansABA has a Legislative Affairs Committee, a Membership Committee, Web Site Committee, and a BACB Certification Committee. KansABA’s main activity is its annual conferences. Our conferences are built around themes in research, training, and practice in Kansas to inform Kansans. The theme of research-to-practice (and practice-to-research) informs their orientation and the content of many presentations. The theme of this year’s conference was professional development (e.g., the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts, Behavior Analysis Certification Board, licensure in Kansas, ethics). This poster will describe our newest initiatives.
 
95. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
STEPHEN FOREMAN (Lee Specialty Clinic)
Abstract: KYABA has continued to grow in membership, organizational structure, and conference attendance. Over the last year, KYABA has put on a series of successful workshops drawing eager crowds from all over the region to our events. These events have offered CEU's and professional networking opportunities to both Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as teachers, consultants, and parents who are interested in learning about ABA and service delivery. KYABA continues to grow and serve as the HUB of behavior analysis in the Bluegrass State and strive to make 2015 our best year to date. Please stop by our booth or find us online at http://www.kentuckyaba.org
 
96. Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis
GERALD E. HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Lone Star ABA (LSABA) serves the greater Houston area. The purpose of LSABA is to promote behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Houston area. LSABA meets every other month. These meetings provide an opportunity for professional networking, professional discussions, participation on six committees within LSABA, as well as continuing education. Visit us at the Expo to see what we have to offer!
 
97. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which supports ABAI's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing , and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards. LaBAA was established in 2012. LaBAA is proud to be the ABAI affiliated chapter for Louisiana and an affiliate organization of APBA.
 
98. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
GENEVIEVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (Université de Saint Boniface), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba), Morena Miljkovic (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: MABA’s purpose and mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., the applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. To achieve this, MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirements within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference and student poster competition. In 2014 MABA published 2 newsletters and hosted its 9th annual conference with Dr. James Carr as the keynote speaker. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing and certification for Behaviour Analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership and participation of members, and disseminating information about behaviour analysis through various events, our website and Facebook page, and the distribution of our brochures, postcards, and bi-annual newsletter.
 
99. Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis (MASSABA)
ROBERT K. ROSS (MassABA), Steven Woolf (MassABA)
Abstract: The Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) is a 501C3 non-profit association representing professionals in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). MassABA is dedicated to professionalizing the field of ABA, providing training and educational opportunities to ABA professionals, and informing members about ABA practice developments in the Commonwealth. MassABA has over 1,100 members throughout the Commonwealth and is an affiliated chapter of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). MassABA is honored to represent the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Massachusetts.
 
100. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: A Midwest Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1974 and held its inaugural meeting in 1975 in Chicago. That organization quickly outgrew its regional roots and evolved into the Association for Behavior Analysis, now an international organization. Like the original MABA, we are a membership organization designed to promote scholarly exchange in behavior analysis, primarily through our annual convention. The new MABA took shape officially in 2001 and became an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis during the same year. Since that time, our annual conference has been held in the Fall and membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. The conference runs approximately 1.5 days on a single-speaker track, featuring talks that span a wide range of behavior analytic topics. This poster will present information about MABA membership, the annual conference, current officers, and the recent goals and objectives of the organization.
 
101. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis
NATALIE DONALDSON (St. Cloud State University), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) was founded in 2005 to provide: (1) a professional network and resource for behavior analysts in the Northland; (2) a forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs; (3) a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis; (4) a resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland; (5) the organization of an annual regional ABA conference; and (6) a provider of continuing education for professionals in the Northland. MNABA is active in policy, practice, and community conversations throughout our region, has developed a Standards of Practice document, and provides several CEU opportunities throughout the year for its members - including an annual conference in late September and a student-focused Data Blitz in late Winter. Find us at www.mnaba.org and on Facebook!
 
102. Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MT ABA)
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings), Katherine Gillispie (Full Circle MHC), Traci Burton-Sell (Pediatric Therapy Clinic)
Abstract: Montana Association for Behavior Analysis was organized in 2013 and boasted 16 members in its first year of existence. Montana is the fourth largest state in the nation in square miles, but is sparsley populated with just over 1,000,000 residents. Members of MT ABA represent a variety of regions in the state. Chapter meetings are held at two locations (Billings and Missoula), as well as online. Membership is open to all persons who reside in the State of Montana as well as interested persons outside Montana who are interested in or actively engaged in behavior analysis. Membership shall be in one of three classes: 1. Full Member, 2. Student Member, or 3. Friend of Behavior Analysis. Membership is by the calendar year. Please join us at the Expo!
 
103. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
GWEN DWIGGINS (Accelerated Learning Clinic), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Justin N. Kyriannis (Achievable Behavior Strategies, LLC), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our continued mission is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice. Through participation in the Expo, the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis will promote awareness of this affiliate chapter and the resources currently available to members through our interactive website. Additions to our website include a news blog, a discussion forum, new practitioner reports from experts in our area, and articles and updates regarding licensure, insurance billing, and other relevant topics and issues in behavior analysis. NABA will also provide information about its annual, single-track conference held in the Fall in Reno, Nevada.
 
104. New Hampshire ABA (NHABA)
THEA H. DAVIS (Autism Bridges), Cathy J. Booth (Autism Bridges), Jennifer Odierna (Autism Bridges), Rachel Alling (Autism Bridges)
Abstract: New Hampshire ABA (NHABA) was founded in 2013 to promote the development and awareness of behavioral services within the state of New Hampshire by: supporting the development of state standards for the practice of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting behavior analytic research within the state, promoting research, education, and practice-based principles of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting professional development of behavior analysts within the state, and raising awareness of the association and it services. As a new chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), NHABA has already begun to work on specific tasks to help us achieve our mission as described in this poster.
 
105. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: As a State affiliate chapter of ABAI, NYSABA is the representative body of the profession of behavior analysis within the State of New York. The poster will present information on NYSABA including history, current activities and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis happening in New York State.
 
106. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis
VICKI HARPER (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Kristie M. Thompson (OptumHealth Behavioral Services), Calandra Plattner (Creative Consultants), Nancy Poteet (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Selene Johnson (ABC of North Carolina), Kimberly Bunch Crump (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), R. M. Schell (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center)
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis, NCABA, celebrated its 26th conference February 11-13, 2015, in Asheville, NC. Vicki Harper, our NCABA President, coordinated an outstanding array of speakers including Denny Reid, Jim Bodfish, Melanie Bachmeyer, Frank Symons, Wendy Donlin Washington, Ruth Hurst, Julie Grimes, Kent Corso, Adrian Sandler and others. The NCABA conference featured over 20 presentations, a poster session and six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received over 1000 behavior analyst CEs for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news about next year's 27th anniversary conference in February, 2016, and to view our NCABA newsletters and history of awards. Don't forget to "Catch someone doing good!"
 
107. Norwegian ABA
JON LOKKE (University College of Ostfold), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
108. Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis
MORTEN HAUGLAND (Haugland Learning Center), Maria K. Baerkircher (The Ohio State University), Tracy D. Guiou (B.E.C.A.), Jennifer Sweeney (Solutions Behavioral Consulting), Bryan Droesch (Haugland Learning Center), Nathan Bishop (Haugland Learning Center; Western Michigan University), Whitney Sims (Nationwide Childrens Hospital), Nicole M. Powell (Nationwide Children's Hopsital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Abstract: Founded in 2008, The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis (OHABA) is an affiliated chapter of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis is a professional organization dedicated to supporting the growth and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the public and private sectors. OHABA is an organization for people interested in behavior analysis and is primarily an interest group.
 
109. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA)
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health), Jennifer Alice Cunningham (Durham Behaviour Management Services), David Phillips (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization (ABAI chapter affiliate) with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has over 300 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care.
 
110. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis Poster
JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jennifer L. Knipling (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Melissa J. Gard (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Analise A. Herrera-Minteer (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).
 
111. Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB)
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Monika M. Suchowierska (University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Lukasz Paw (Polish Society for Behavior Psychology), Ewa Kopecka (Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology), Bartlomiej Swebodzinski (NZOZ MEDI-system sp. z o.o.)
Abstract: The poster presents the mission, structure and history of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2002-2014 are listed. The poster also includes a list of major events related to behavior analysis in Poland. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described as well as a joint program of studies (with California State University Stanislaus and Bangor University) focusing on behavior analysis. Lastly, future plans are listed.
 
112. Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Malena Argumedes (Université de Montréal), Myra-Jade Lui (ASD Montreal), Kirsty Robertson (ASD Montreal), Gisela Regli (Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis), Sasha Zalob (Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis), Sylvie Donais (Clinique ABA (Montreal))
Abstract: The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organisation founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Québec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organises an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organisations that share our vision.
 
113. RI ABAI: Big Things are Happening in the Smallest State
JANE I. CARLSON (The Groden Center)
Abstract: The Rhode Island Association for Behavior Analysis represents the smallest state in the US. Despite our diminutive size, we are a very active association with a growing membership. The Association has been active in promoting evidence-based practice and services for people with autism in rhode Island. We have developed and supported legislation resulting in insurance coverage for behavior analysis services, and legislation to allow for licensing of Behavior Analysts. We are currently working with the Department of Health to implement the licensing legislation. Goals of the organization include promoting further insurance reform, promoting behavior analysis in the state, advocating for appropriate services for people with ASD's, and providing accurate information to the media about evidence-based practices.
 
114.

Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis

ELIZABETH KYONKA (West Virginia University), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.

 
115. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
SARA INGVARSSON (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden), Ned Carter (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden), Ulrika Langh (Stockholm Autism Center and Karolinska Institutet)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) was founded in 1996. SWABA is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden and to promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. The organization currently has approximately 200 members. The interest for behavior analysis in Sweden has grown over recent years, with increasing demands for applied behavior analysis from among parent and support groups for autism and developmental disorders. The interest among professionals is also growing, mainly among psychologists, special educational teachers, and speech therapists. SWABA arranges seminars twice a year and hosted the European Association of Behavior Analysis conference in Stockholm, September 10-13, 2014.
 
116. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The mission of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). Our poster will present information related to annual membership levels, conference participation, TxABA Special Interest Groups, our elected governing council, and contact information.
 
117. The European Association for Behavior Analysis
Robert C. Mellon (Panteion University of Social and Political Scienc), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast), Martti Tuomisto (University of Tampere), Børge Strømgren (Oslo and Akershus University College), TORUNN LIAN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org
 
118. The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) - UK and Europe
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University), Emily Tyler (Bangor University), Amy Hulson-Jones (Bangor University, Wales), Michael Beverley (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UKs leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members we have organised international meetings for over four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The 2013 meeting represented the 50th anniversary of the EABG conference. The 2011 meeting was marked by a special edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA). The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied Journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London, 30th March 1st April, 2015.
 
119. The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Melmark), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Philadelphia FIGHT)
Abstract: The mission of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA) is to bring together new and established behavior analysts from the local region (Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland) in an informal and informative setting. Our objective is to provide continuing education for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. This approach has been very successful at assembling behavior analysts during busy workweeks. Another primary goal of PMABA is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic. Many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment.
 
120. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA)
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis)
Abstract: Great things are happening in the state of Utah for Behavior Analysts! Come and learn about them at the UtABA Poster! This year, the UtABA leadership team held a membership drive that more than doubled the number of UtABA members. We held multiple meetings this year to prioritize the needs of the members of our organization and to keep them abreast of legislative developments related to behavior analysis in the state of Utah. UtABA continues to work with state legislators to support the creation of a state license for behavior analysts practicing in Utah. Much progress was made during the past year and the UtABA leadership team continues to work with state level administrators and legislators to move this initiative forward. This summer, UtABA will hold a one-day conference for UtABA members and others interested in behavior analysis. Prestigious national and local presenters will participate in the conference and a poster session will be held in the evening to highlight local research and services conducted and provided by Utah behavior analysts. For those interested in becoming members of UtABA, membership information can be found at: http://sper.usu.edu/utaba/
 
121. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
COREY SCOTT (VABA Student Representative), Christine Evanko (VABA President)
Abstract: VABA is for individuals interested in the science and technology of behavior analysis and its underlying philosophy, radical behaviorism. The mission of VABA is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. In order to meet our mission VABA has set forth the following goals: Goal 1: Be well known in the community Goal 2: Provide quality service to our members Goal 3: Inspire a new generation of behavior analysts VABA also holds an annual conference. This year's conference was held on April 10 – 11th. The Keynote Speaker was Gregory P. Hanley, PhD, BCBA-D.
 
122. Washington Association for Behavior Analysis
Christopher Jones (University of Washington), Stacey L. Shook (Washington Association for Behavior Analysis), RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues)
Abstract: The Washington Association for Behavior Analysis - WABA - is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International. We are dedicated to the science of behavior and its application to social issues, through ABA applied methodologies led by BCBA practitioners . Our members primarily live and work in Washington State. In the past year our Association has continued to grow its membership significantly and become a significant force in efforts to bring licensure for behavior analysts to Washington State. Additionally we put on our first Annual Conference in several years and have already begun planning for the next one.
 
123. WisABA: Fostering Behavior Analysis in Wisconsin With the Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
MATTHEW J. WELCH (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis (WisABA) was founded in 2004 as a scientific and professional reference group for people in Wisconsin who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, and interested others. We embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis, and we provide a professional development and networking forum for behavior analysts. WisABA serves as an advocacy group for behavior analysts and the people they serve.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #112
Special Interest Groups (SIGs)
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
124. Additional Opportunities to Help Military Service Members and Veterans Using ABA
KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: The Military and Veterans Issues Significant Interest Group (MilVet SIG) is entering its third year. Despite continued strategic challenges Applied Behavior Analysis has faced in gaining official support by the Department of Defense (outside of Tricare's ECHO Program for Autism) and the Department of Veteran Affairs, the MilVet SIG persists in it grassroots efforts using applied behavior analysis to help these populations. This EXPO poster lists numerous statistics about the current behavioral needs and what opportunities exist for conducting ABA with this population. The poster also summarizes the current MilVet SIG initiatives including: development of the VOCAL-MilVet assessment instrument for military/veteran patients with traumatic brain injury (TBI); use of one-minute counting and the standard celeration chart for decreasing problematic private events (e.g., depression, post-traumatic stress); using modeling to improve accurate use of force and skill acquisition in veteran law enforcement trainees; and improving military suicide prevention program evaluation via standard celeration charting. With the continued expansion of our membership, the MilVet SIG is moving from conceptual to operational! The EXPO poster provides increased opportunities for recruiting new members and increasing awareness among ABAI Conference attendees about the issues faced by service members, veterans, and their families.
 
125. All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Direct Instruction Special Interest Group
ANN FILER (Beacon ABA Services), Wendy Littleton-Kozma (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Effective and efficient instruction benefits ALL students; however evidenced-based instructional practices are essential for teaching students with learning challenges. Direct Instruction is effective, efficient and evidence-based. To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. However, effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Importantly, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The Direct Instruction philosophy: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices!
 
127. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG)
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (University of Florida), Terri M. Bright (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Abstract: The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG) is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Membership in the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior and/or behavior management/therapy with animals in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. Animal behavior is a field recognized to require an extensive knowledge of species-specific ethology. However, animal behavior change requires the addition of a complete and academically supported awareness and understanding of the principles of behavior analysis and the application of these principles in applied settings. The AAB SIG promotes empirically verified applications of behavior analysis in animal behavior change treatments, and actively promotes the application of behavior analysis to applied animal behavior therapy.
 
128. Behavior & Philosophy
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc)
Abstract: Founded in 1973 under the name Behaviorism, Behavior and Philosophy is a journal devoted to the philosophical, metaphysical, and methodological foundations of the study of behavior, brain, and mind. In addition to original articles, critical or historical reviews and responses to articles are also welcome. While we hope that everything we publish will be scientifically and philosophically sound, we insist above all on clarity and directness, respecting Francis Bacon’s dictum that “truth will sooner come from error than confusion.” Every article should be accessible to an educated but unspecialized audience. Behavior and Philosophy is published online at www. behavior.org. It is important to note that papers published online in peer-reviewed journals have the same status as papers published in the printed version.
 
129. Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), Melinda Sota (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BATech SIG) mission is to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. Technology is defined as “…the use and knowledge of tools, techniques, systems or methods in order to solve a problem or serve some purpose” (Twyman, 2011). The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. Membership is open to researchers, practitioners, parents, academicians, students, and others who are actively engaged or have a vested interest in the dissemination, development, and application of technology. The BATech SIG will consist of three classes of members: voting, affiliate, and student. The members of all classes are entitled to the rights and privileges as they correspond to their membership category.
 
129a. BAARTS: Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: This poster will provide information regarding the newly established special interest group, Behavior Analysis and the Arts. Please join us for exhibits and performances on Sunday evening, May 24th in the Mayor Cockrell room on the River Level of the convention center from 6:00-7:00pm.
 
130. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
131. Behavior Analysis Online (Journals) SIG Poster
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Paul Malanga (West Tennessee Regional Office)
Abstract: The BAO SIG is one of the largest special interest groups within the Association for Behavior Analysis International. As of January 1, 2015, the American Psychological Association (APA) becomes not only the owner but the publisher of the two Behavior Analysis Online Journals. The American Psychological Association has two large efforts to support our journals and mission. First, it has Division 25 which promotes basic research, both animal and human, in the experimental analysis of behavior; it encourages the application of the results of such research to human affairs, and cooperates with other disciplines whose interests overlap with those of the Division. The Division publishes Division 25 Recorder, a newsletter distributed two times a year to all members and affiliates, who also receive PsycSCAN: Behavior Analysis & Therapy, published quarterly. Division 25 participates in the APA annual convention, sponsoring individual speakers, symposia, and special events, such as receptions and an annual dinner. Division 25 is also an active cosponsor of social hours and presentations dealing with the field of behavior analysis. Second, the APA has an alliance with the BAO SIG. The Mission and Objectives of BAO SIG are manifold. Behavior Analyst Online (BAO) is dedicated to helping behavior analysts and psychologists keep up with current research and methodology in this rapidly progressing field. To do so, the SIG promotes the two APA journals. The BAO sig also serves as the liaison with Division 25. The BAO sig represent the Sig BAO at APA. The BAO SIG presents at ABAI Expo. It markets the Journals. It recruits submissions, and reviewers. It gets input from potential and present readers and authors as to the functioning of the journals. Behavior analysis is one of the more dynamic professions today, with significant influence in the clinical setting; behavioral medicine; mental health; health, sports, and fitness; developmental disabilities; school-wide positive behavioral support; special education; organizational dynamics; criminology; offender rehabilitation; and education. The emphasis on prevention, early intervention, accurate comprehensive functional behavioral assessment, collaboration, and problem solving demands that behavior analysts be creative thinkers with command of a tremendous range of evidence-based procedures based on principles of the science of human behavior. Keeping up with best practices is critical to ensuring that the clientsright to effective behavioral intervention is ensured.
 
132. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Maranda Trahan (Trahan Behavioral Services), JONATHAN C. BAKER (Southern Illinois University), Allison A. Jay (American Lake Veterans Administration), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Yash P. Manchanda (Retired - Part Time Practice)
Abstract: Behavioral gerontology is the application of behavior analysis to aging and age-related issues. By the year 2030, nearly 20% of the American population will be over the age of 65. Nearly every specialty area within the field of behavior analysis will be affected, as most areas have an older population. As individuals get older, they are forced to deal with the various issues that are unique to this time in life. However, many of the clinicians trained to work with certain populations do not have the additional training to deal with the behavioral issues that occur in aging settings. The mission of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group is to provide intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. Additionally, we provide support to professionals in other areas of behavior analysis to help them affectively deal with aging issues.
 
133. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.
 
134. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (SIG)
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark A. Mattaini (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) is an ABAI special interest group working to support global political liberation and human rights; social, environmental, and restorative justice; and sustainable and aesthetically rich lifestyles through contributions from behavior analytic and behavioral systems analytic science for practice, advocacy, activism, media outreach, and publications. In particular we encourage behavior analysts to become active as socially responsible global citizens, individually and collectively. The SIG publishes the journal Behavior and Social Issues, now in its 24th volume. We are also currently making special efforts to expand our online presence and engage with other groups and individuals who are interesting in similar social issues. We also publish the journal Behavior and Social issues. At the EXPO we will encourage participants to attend our business meeting, hold extended conversations following the meeting during the convention, and maintain social media contacts over the coming year. Students are particularly encouraged to participate in our activities, but there is a place for everyone in BFSR.
 
135. Clinical SIG
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. CBA clinicians work with the relationship between thoughts, feelings, and other behavior to help people move beyond their problems and toward living more fulfilling lives. The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings. A sample of clinical domains in which CBA clinicians work includes: anxiety disorders, behavioral gerontology, behavioral health, childhood disorders, cognitive rehabilitation, couples therapy, family therapy, forensic psychology (assessment and treatment), habit disorders, intellectual and developmental disabilities, health psychology, mood disorders (e.g., depression), serious mental illness (e.g., Borderline Personality Disorder, Schizophrenia), substance abuse, and trauma. The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply clinical populations. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application.
 
136. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
MEGAN MILLER (The Ohio State University), Amanda N. Kelly (Keiki Educational Consultants)
Abstract: The mission of the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group is to disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large, through the use of easy to understand explanations. Our goal is to promote behavior analysis in a positive and accurate light, to help society realize the potential of our science. Current activities of the DBA-SIG include disseminating information about behavior analysis on social media, publication of Behavior Analysis Digest International, presentation of the Skinner Journalism Award, and webinars where members can earn CEUs for free or at reduced rates. During the expo, the officers will answer questions about the DBA-SIG, inform people of upcoming activities for the year, and gather information for new ideas about how to effectively disseminate behavior analysis. Association of Behavior Analysis International members who are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis are encouraged to stop by our expo booth to learn more about the DBA-SIG.
 
137. Ethics & Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
DAVID J. COX (University of Florida)
Abstract: The mission of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis (EBA) SIG is to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title "behavior analyst." This is accomplished by engaging in analyses regarding what does ethical emission of behavior analytic activities look like as well as engaging in a behavioral analysis of ethical behavior.
 
138. Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Functions of the Evidence-Based Practices Special Interest Group (EBP-SIG) identified in Savage Controversies • To identify appropriate methods for evaluating evidence from single-subject research and promote these methods within both ABA and the larger context of the evidence-based practice movement • To promote activities that address the large-scale implementation of EBP within systems that support their sustainability • To advocate for behavior analysis in this societal shift by following developments in other disciplines that influence the evolution of evidence-based practice and allow the larger professional community to have a voice We achieve are goals through active committee membership. Committees include: conference, elections, membership, financial, outreach–liaison, outreach-publications, outreach-technology, policy & procedures. Our primary goals for 2014-2015 are to increase outreach to other SIGS and organizations outside of ABAI who are committed to evidence-based practice, increase student involvement and develop a student award, and increase the number of presentations at ABAI dedicated to evidence-based practice, particularly as it applies to the practice of ABA.
 
139. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
J. ADAM BENNETT (Eastern University), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: This competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
 
140. Gambling Special Interest Group
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Gambling Special Interest group is open to all persons interested in gambling and how behavior analysis serves to inform this subject area. The Gambling Special Interest Group has been with ABAI for over a decade and has seen some of the most influential behavior analysts as members. The Gambling Special Interest Group holds semi-annual conferences featuring today's most prominent behavior-analytic gambling researchers. We offer many features to our members, including The Quarterly Handle--our official newsletter--and access to software programs to jumpstart your own gambling research. Whether you're interested in the experimental analysis of behavior, the experimental analysis of human behavior, clinical interventions, theoretical, conceptual, and philosophical issues, ethical concerns, or just like gambling, the Gambling Special Interest Group has something to offer you. Membership is free and is available through our website, accessible through ABAI's special interest group homepage. Please stop by our expo poster and check us out!
 
141. Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group
BETHANY W NELSON (Endicott College)
Abstract: The mission of this SIG is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sport and fitness (HSF). Goal 1: To bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with a professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sport & fitness. Current activities and goals are: (1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sport and fitness (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members.
 
142. History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
Abstract: This poster describes the purpose, mission, objectives, and purview of the Association for Behavior Analysis’s Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purpose is to advance behavior analysis, nationally and internationally, through a greater understanding of its history. Our mission is to advance that understanding. Our objectives are to (a) cultivate and nurture, (b) enrich and improve, and (c) communicate and disseminate the field’s history. Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins, both internal and external. Internal history includes the field’s research methods, sciences, conceptual systems, philosophies, professions, and institutions, as well as its scientists, scholars, and professionals. Its external history includes the field’s historical, social, and cultural contexts. At the moment, our activities include maintaining a Listserv (HOBA@LISTSERV.UHD.EDU) and holding an annual business meeting at the ABAI conferences. The poster will describe considerations for future activities (e.g., our web site’s functions, annual ABAI HoBA symposia, an awards program).
 
143. Human Development Special Interest Group
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The poster outlines the aims and interests of the Human Development Special Interest Group, formerly called the Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG. This SIG emphasizes empirical and conceptual analyses of environment-behavior interactions in basic science and applied contexts within and across particular developmental periods. Its purview includes animal as well as human research, theory, and applications. Members of the DEV SIG typically participate in the program at annual meetings of ABAI in symposia, paper sessions, and poster sessions. The DEV SIG also sponsors a B. F. Skinner Lecturer, an invited paper presentation, and an invited tutorial. Information about DEV SIG membership requirements and responsibilities will be available at the SIG table. Information about colleges and universities that provide graduate education in relevant disciplines will also be available, emphasizing ones that house members of the SIG. The DEV SIG publishes a journal, the Behavioral Development Bulletin, and encourages DEV SIG members and nonmembers to submit manuscripts on topics related to the aims and interests of the SIG. All submissions are refereed, and submitted manuscripts must conform to rules of style and format specified in the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association.
 
144. Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analyst
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Kozue Matsuda (Children Center), Jane Yip (Purdue University), Robyn M. Catagnus (Ball State University), Dana Garner (Penn State), Lila Ayyad-Alharsha (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract: Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is a special interest group of the mother organization, Association for Behavior Analysis International. The ABAI organization consists of over 20,000 members from all over the world. The purpose of Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is to connect behavior analysts who have an interest and/or experience in serving multicultural/minority populations-whether they be ethnic, religious, geographic, or socio-economic. The hope is to create a network of behavior analysts who speak a language or have a skill set relevant to a given population with people who need those services, as well as to connect behavior analysts with others who share common interests. An additional purpose of the Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is to spread the mission of ABAI worldwide while being in alignment with the NGO of the civil society of the United Nations. MultiABA is currently listed in the UN Civil Society database, and applying for consultative status with ECOSOC.
 
145. Organizational Behavior Management Network
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Anna Conard (Western Michigan University), Daniel B. Sundberg (Western Michigan University), Marlies Hagge (Western Michigan University), Yngvi F. Einarsson (OBM Network; Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through: Research, Education, Practice, and Collaboration. The OBM Network is a non-profit organization, whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact to organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, and membership benefits. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the Network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the Network.
 
146. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS SIG)
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Abstract: Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools, organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. The SIG also provides interested members opportunities for networking, providing input on the goals and objectives, and to develop plans for disseminating accurate information about positive behavior support and promoting its presence at future conferences.
 
147. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG is dedicated to the establishment of behavior analysis as a unique clinical practice. This Expo poster describes recent efforts and plans for the coming year.
 
148. Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group continued to support the expansion of Behavior Analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation and related areas. This is a great opportunity for professionals from many states to share ideas. Areas of interest include staff training, program protocols and support for working with diverse populations. The R.A.I.L. SIG Facebook page has continued to assist with contact and information exchange for its members. Visit the page to check it out and join/like, the URL is - http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Rehab-Special-Interest-Group/118243448217580 . Individuals can join the SIG anytime by sending a message through the Facebook page to chairman Chris Persel or visit the group at the next conference SIG business meeting.
 
149. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
BRIGID MCCORMICK (Instructional ABA Consultants), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
151. Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Monarch House), Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in our SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.
 
152. Standard Celeration Society
KELLY J. FERRIS (Organization for Research and Learning (ORL)), Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The society’s heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley, who in 1972 (p. 9) named Precision Teaching because "what was really new in our procedure was precision, we decided to use that as an adjective in front of whatever it was one was doing: hence in our case, "precision teaching." Lindsley (1971) hoped that the standard recording and charting system would be used throughout the behavioral fields as Precision School Psychology, Precision Social Work (Green & Morrow, 1972), Precision Speech Therapy (Johnson, 1972), and so on. Dr. Lindsley’s greatest contribution as written in tribute by T. V. Joe Layng was his showing “that bringing frequency to the people revealed not only his heart, but the heart that resides in the science of human behavior as well.” The Society encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world. – Bill Helsel & Kelly Ferris (Executive Council 2008-2010).
 
153. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
Abstract: Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis. TBA's purpose is simple - to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting where those activities occur. Those settings include formal classrooms; agencies and organizations that design behavioral interventions for children, adults, and animals; business concerns that provide performance management training for their personnel or consultees; and homes where the main concerns are caring and effective child-raising, supportive family relationships, and enjoyable, well-mannered pets.
 
154. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Kerry A. Conde (Trumpet Behavioral Health), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of M), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay)
Abstract: The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to parents and professionals worldwide. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. First, the VB SIG publishes two newsletters annually that highlight research and practice in verbal behavior with featured labs and interviews. Second, the VB SIG holds an annual student research competition. The best three student winners each receive a plaque, a small check, and a current copy of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Third, the VB SIG offers an annual student grant competition in which the winner receives $500 to support her or his project. Fourth, the Jack Michael Award is given to a distinguished researcher in verbal behavior. The VB SIG Council presents these awards at the annual business meeting at ABAI. Finally, the VB SIG Student Group contributes to disseminating information about verbal behavior through the website, Facebook, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the many activities of the VB SIG and to get involved.
 
155. Autism Special Interest Group
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #113
Other Organizations
Saturday, May 23, 2015
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
156. Association for Science in Autism Treatment
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to disseminate accurate, scientifically sound information about treatments for autism and to improve access to effective, science-based treatments for all people with autism, regardless of age, severity of condition, income or place of residence. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup
 
157. Autism Home Support Services
JANA M. SARNO (Autism Home Support Services), Lisa Dworkin (Autism Home Support Services), Johna Sommer (Autism Home Support Services), Laura McKee (Autism Home Support Services), Steve Kaufman (Autism Home Support Services)
Abstract: Founded in 2009, Autism Home Support Services provides effective, high-quality ABA services to children diagnosed with autism and related disorders. The AHSS culture delivers results for our clients through Our Core Values: Teamwork, Positivity & Energy, Empathy, and Getting Stuff Done. Along with in-home intervention, AHSS has additional services including school consulting and collaborative support with community resources, which provides a more tailored approach to meeting the specific needs of our clients. AHSS is proud to serve families in Michigan and Illinois, with BCBA opportunities available as we continue to grow. Being a BCBA at AHSS, means that you are vital member of a dynamic, highly-trained, and growing BCBA community. Our team fosters a collaborative relationship among BCBA peers and clinical support. With organizational supports that manage technology, scheduling, and billing, the BCBA is able to provide unparalleled clinical services to children and families. Regularly scheduled professional development opportunities are available, which allows the organization to bring cutting edge clinical knowledge to our team. Come learn about AHSS and grow with us!
 
158. Behavior as the Brohaviorist Views It
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Amy Lynn Evans (Brohavior), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior), Tara M. Grant (Brohavior), Cameron Green (Brohavior), Lea June (Brohavior), Scott A. Miller (Brohavior), Dominique Stedham (Brohavior)
Abstract: Brohavior is an online community of behavioral neophytes and journeymen that formed in April of 2013. The question usually goes "Why Brohavior?" Well, the name was jokingly suggested at our first meeting and has since stuck. Membership is close to 50/50 women to men with members stretched across 6 states in the U.S., 4 countries (U.S., Canada, China, and Norway) and 15 affiliations. Our aim is to create a collaborative environment where students of behavior analysis are exposed to and pursue behavior analytic literature, philosophy and research that is outside of the scope of the BACB approved course sequence. We work towards this mission via the following aims: a private listserv, weekly web-based meetings, settings weekly and monthly goals, tracking goals, and sharing professional presentations. Our main focus for involvement is that you have a passion for behavior analysis and that you are willing to experience the embarrassment, confusion, love, and all of the other “baggage” that comes with learning new things. If you share a similar interest, then please introduce yourself and chat with us!
 
159. Chimes Delaware
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes Delaware), Lois Meszaros (Chimes Delaware)
Abstract: Chimes Delaware has been supporting adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities for 20 years. Today, we are one of the largest service providers in the state of Delaware with programs operating statewide. Our array of services emphasizes choice and diversity of opportunities that span every stage of adult life, enabling our participants to fulfill their goals and dreams and maximize their independence. We provide residential, day habilitation, and employment services as well as adjunctive supports by a staff of registered nurses, a psychologist, behavior analysts, and a mental health specialist. Using a multi-disciplinary team approach, our staff works with the program participants, their families, and advocates to develop an Essential Lifestyle Plan. Each person-centered plan includes the participant’s personalized goals and corresponding evidence-based approach to assist the process. We offer internship opportunities for students seeking hand-on experience at a state of art organization. The interns will be supervised by board certified behavior analysts and a licensed clinical psychologist. In addition, we are always looking for enthusiastic and highly qualified candidates to join our team.
 
160. Graduate Internet Coursework and Continuing Education in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas
BROOK B. WHEETLEY (University of North Texas), Todd A. Ward (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of six self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) for BCBAs and BCaBAs. Students may also earn a 18-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 6-course sequence.
 
161. The Behavior Station: A Platform for Disseminating Behavior Analysis
TIFFANY N. KILBY, MS, BCBA (The Behavior Station, LLC), Natalie De Paz (The Behavior Station, LLC), Zachary Stevens (The Behavior Station, LLC)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have the task of upholding rigorous ethical standards, which includes the responsibility to disseminate behavior analysis (BACB). The Behavior Station, LLC provides a platform for achieving this goal by transporting resources and mapping out science-based information. The Behavior Station's website is committed to debunking misinformed claims that are not scientifically supported, provides access to the truth about behavior, and highlights the realities and benefits of behavior analysis. The Behavior Station starts with behavior analysts, but does not end there. One of The Behavior Station's goals is to disseminate that everyone behaves, and therefore, everyone should know about the lawfulness of their behaviors. The Behavior Station therefore serves as a burgeoning resource network of and for everyone. The Expo Poster will provide information about The Behavior Station and its online platforms for the dissemination of behavior analysis. At the annual ABAI Conventions, behavior analysts congregate for a week of discussion regarding behavior analysis and updated research in the field. The Behavior Station's Expo Poster will prompt discussion and thought on the other 51 weeks of the year - when behavior analysts should be disseminating behavior analysis to the public or individuals not trained in behavior analysis.
 
162.

Texas Tech University College of Education, Department of Educational Psychology & Leadership, Burkhart Center for Autism Education and Research

WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Expo poster listing programs, funding opportunities, research opportunities, program faculty, and other activities and opportunities available and the Burkhart Center.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}